497 1 d556638d497.htm DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC
Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2018

(as supplemented on April 17, 2018)

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers one hundred and two series of shares. Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers twelve series of shares. DFAIDG and DIG are collectively referred to as the “Funds” in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This SAI relates to thirty-four series of DFAIDG and two series of DIG (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

DOMESTIC PORTFOLIOS

 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Ticker: DFUSX

  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

Ticker: DFQTX

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

Ticker: DFELX

  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFVEX

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DUSQX

  

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

Ticker: DFSTX

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFLVX

  

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

Ticker: DFSCX

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

Ticker: DFSVX

  

U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio

Ticker: DURPX

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Ticker: DFFVX

  

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DFREX

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

Ticker: DFEOX

  

INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIOS

 

Large Cap International Portfolio

Ticker: DFALX

  

International Vector Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFVQX

DFA International Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFIVX

  

International High Relative Profitability Portfolio

Ticker: DIHRX

International Core Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFIEX

  

World ex U.S. Value Portfolio

Ticker: DFWVX

Global Small Company Portfolio

Ticker: DGLIX

  

World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

Ticker: DWUSX

International Small Company Portfolio

Ticker: DFISX

  

World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DFWIX

Japanese Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFJSX

  

World Core Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DREIX

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFRSX

  

Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio

Ticker: DSHGX

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFUKX

  

Emerging Markets Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFEMX

Continental Small Company Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFCSX

  

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DFEVX

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DFITX

  

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio (Feeder)

Ticker: DEMSX

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio


Table of Contents
Ticker: DFGEX    Ticker: DFCEX

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

Ticker: DISVX

  

This SAI is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus dated February 28, 2018, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

     1  

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

     2  

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

     5  

OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES

     8  

SWAPS

     9  

FUTURES CONTRACTS

     10  

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     11  

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

     12  

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     12  

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

     15  

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY,  AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

     16  

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

     16  

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

     16  

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     17  

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

     27  

ADVISORY FEES

     31  

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

     41  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     48  

CODE OF ETHICS

     49  

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

     49  

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     50  

PURCHASE OF SHARES

     57  

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

     57  

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

     58  

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

     73  

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

     75  

SECURITIES LENDING

     79  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     82  

PERFORMANCE DATA

     82  


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

Each of the Portfolios identified as a “Feeder” (a “Feeder Portfolio”) on the cover page of this SAI seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in a corresponding series of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”) or in the case of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, in the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”). The series of the Trust and DEM are referred to as the “Master Funds.” Each of the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, the World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, the World Core Equity Portfolio and the Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio is a “fund of funds” that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in funds managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”). The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio also may invest in funds managed by Dimensional. The series of the Trust, DEM and the portfolios of DFAIDG in which the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio invest may be referred to as the “Underlying Funds.” The Underlying Funds in which the Global Small Company Portfolio invests are The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The Canadian Small Company Series, The Continental Small Company Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series and U.S. Small Cap Portfolio. The Underlying Funds in which the International Small Company Portfolio invests are The Canadian Small Company Series, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series and The Continental Small Company Series. The Underlying Funds in which the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio may invest include the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio. The Underlying Funds in which the World ex U.S. Value Portfolio invests include The DFA International Value Series, a series of the Trust, the DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio and DEM. The Underlying Funds in which the World Core Equity Portfolio invests include the U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio. The Underlying Funds in which the Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio invests include the U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio. This SAI describes the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio offers two additional classes of shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. The DFA International Value Portfolio and Emerging Markets Value Portfolio each offer one additional class of shares, Class R2 shares. Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares are offered to qualified investors in separate prospectuses.

Dimensional serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios and each Master Fund. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including the Feeder Portfolios, through their investment in the Master Funds, and the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, and World Core Equity Portfolio through their investment in their respective Underlying Funds. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Domestic and International Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except the DFA International Value Portfolio and World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio) has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus

 

1


Table of Contents

the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of each 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which a Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios and Master Funds. For each Feeder Portfolio, the amounts include commissions paid by the corresponding Master Fund. The Feeder Portfolios, Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with their purchase or redemption of shares of their Master Funds or Underlying Funds. The Global Small Company Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio will, however, incur brokerage costs to the extent the Portfolios invest directly in securities.

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios and in the case of the Feeder Portfolios, their corresponding Master Funds during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2017

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2016

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2015

 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   $ 100,289      $ 139,560      $ 70,842  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   $ 7,538         $ 17,393      $ 14,526  

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio

   $ 46,501       $ 53,238      $ 124,579  

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   $ 1,392,825      $ 1,496,090      $ 1,728,895  

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 2,371,527      $   2,173,479      $   2,223,625  

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $   1,544,453      $ 1,178,856      $ 1,406,025  

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   $ 573,421      $ 561,848      $ 882,541  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   $ 676,211      $ 669,323      $ 1,100,154  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 217,027      $ 272,939      $ 326,959  

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 1,536,969      $ 1,469,041      $ 1,425,523  

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   $ 538,622      $ 652,219      $ 668,851  

U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio

   $ 13,631        N/A        N/A  

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 207,890      $ 172,327      $ 312,099  

Large Cap International Portfolio

   $ 361,164      $ 319,482      $ 282,097  

The DFA International Value Series

   $ 1,420,715      $ 1,304,293      $ 1,814,443  

 

2


Table of Contents

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2017

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2016

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2015

 

International Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 2,217,577      $ 1,125,682      $ 1,262,315  

The Japanese Small Company Series

   $ 301,365      $ 238,207      $ 135,437  

The Asia Pacific Small Company Series

   $ 175,287      $ 141,230      $ 78,679  

The United Kingdom Small Company Series

   $ 200,242      $ 212,960      $ 162,792  

The Continental Small Company Series

   $ 538,760      $ 358,801      $ 456,799  

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio1

   $ 180,166      $ 120,318      $ 148,501  

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   $ 502,918      $ 270,633      $ 305,581  

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $   2,160,383      $   1,911,966      $ 2,124,596  

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   $ 144,751      $ 155,960      $ 225,050  

International High Relative Profitability Portfolio

   $ 21,349        N/A        N/A  

World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 94,473      $ 76,298      $ 60,014  

World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 347,623      $ 201,650      $ 384,210  

Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio

   $ 0                 $ 1,735      $ 1,665  

The Emerging Markets Series

   $ 712,552      $ 387,603      $ 1,142,251  

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

        (Emerging Markets Value Portfolio)

   $ 2,937,011      $ 2,426,310        $  3,077,808  

The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series

   $ 1,335,630      $ 994,926      $ 1,552,799  

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   $ 2,952,615      $ 1,734,467      $ 2,425,624  

 

1

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio operated as a funds of funds and did not incur any brokerage costs in connection with its purchase or redemption of shares of its Underlying Funds; however, the Portfolio did incur brokerage costs with respect to securities the Portfolio invested in directly.

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by those Portfolios.

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of the Portfolios with respect to brokerage commissions, it should be understood that, with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets, the Underlying Funds in which the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio invest, and the Global Small Company Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio themselves, to the extent they invest directly in securities.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices

 

3


Table of Contents

of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited also may perform these services for the Portfolios and Master Funds that they sub-advise.

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Boards of Trustees/Directors of DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the Portfolios (except the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio and its Master Fund, and the U.S. Large Company Portfolio) may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The investment management agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the Portfolios or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, did not pay commissions for securities transactions to brokers for providing market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services or research services to the Portfolios or Master Funds.

Certain Portfolios or Master Funds may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio, or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio or Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio or Master Fund as of October 31, 2017.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   Royal Bank of Canada      $15,789,545  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   The Toronto-Dominion Bank      $14,006,043  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   Bank of America Corp.      $5,215,069  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   Citigroup Inc.      $4,031,057  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   The Goldman Sachs Group Inc.      $2,231,871  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   HSBC Holdings PLC      $2,036,588  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $2,021,647  

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.      $617,529  

The U.S. Large Cap Value Series

   Jeffries Group Inc.      $6,245,431  

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.      $6,448,725  

 

4


Table of Contents

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

  

Value of Securities

 

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   Virtu Financial, Inc.      $778,079  

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   KeyBank      $12,418,677  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.      $11,439,272  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   Virtu Financial, Inc.      $837,458  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   KeyBank      $22,618,362  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   The Goldman Sachs Group Inc.      $10,731,650  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   Jeffries Group Inc.      $3,957,845  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   Virtu Financial, Inc.      $57,171  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   KeyBank      $4,304,449  

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   Virtu Financial, Inc.      $3,779,485  

Large Cap International Portfolio

   Societe Generale      $10,418,394  

Large Cap International Portfolio

   Instinet      $5,067,389  

The DFA International Value Series

   Societe Generale      $108,991,827  

The DFA International Value Series

   Instinet      $42,240,944  

International Core Equity Portfolio

   Societe Generale      $44,845,199  

International Core Equity Portfolio

   Instinet      $16,085,111  

International Core Equity Portfolio

   National Bank of Canada Financial Inc.      $34,402,000  

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   Societe Generale      $3,083,107  

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   Instinet      $1,303,727  

World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   Edelweiss Securities Limited      $358,492  

World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   Societe Generale      $3,114,189  

World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio

   Instinet      $1,259,011  

The Emerging Markets Series

   Edelweiss Securities Limited      $1,954,731  

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

   Edelweiss Securities Limited      $10,821,436  

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   Edelweiss Securities Limited      $10,073,686  

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”);

 

  (2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Commission; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent a Portfolio from (i)

 

5


Table of Contents
 

purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities;

 

  (5)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (7)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, DFA International Value Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Portfolio will not:

 

  (8)

sell securities short.

The Portfolios, except the U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Global Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, International High Relative Profitability Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and World Core Equity Portfolio will not:

 

  (9)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; except that the DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry.

The U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Global Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, International High Relative Profitability Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and World Core Equity Portfolio will not:

 

  (10)

concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies), except that the DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio and the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio shall invest more than 25% of their total assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry.

The investment limitations described in (5), (9), and (10) above do not prohibit each Feeder Portfolio or the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio and the Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds or Underlying Funds, respectively. In applying the investment limitations, each such Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The investment limitations of each Master Fund are similar to those of the corresponding Feeder Portfolio. The investment limitations of the Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective statements of additional information.

 

6


Table of Contents

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Global Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio, and Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (indirectly through their investments in the corresponding Master Funds) may borrow in connection with a foreign currency transaction or the settlement of a portfolio trade. Additionally, with respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33 13% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent a Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements, acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future or participating in an interfund lending order granted by the SEC. Inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio will only hold shares of certain Master Funds, or any Portfolio structured as a fund of funds only holds shares of Underlying Funds, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the Commission staff’s current position on illiquid assets, which limits investments in illiquid assets to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the Prospectus under “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES – Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio.” Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid assets. While maintaining oversight, the Boards of Directors have delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG or DIG, as applicable, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (7) above, a Portfolio will not issue senior securities, except that the Portfolio may borrow money as described above. A Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security, delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent a Portfolio enters into an offsetting financial position, segregates liquid assets equal to the Portfolio’s obligations arising from the transaction or otherwise “covers” the transaction in accordance with SEC positions.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit a Portfolio from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolio’s investment strategies. In addition, the investment limitations described above do not prohibit the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio from maintaining a short position, or purchasing, writing or selling puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof in connection with transactions in options, futures, and options on futures and transactions arising under swap agreements or other derivative instruments.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) and (10) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an “industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be an “industry” subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of a Portfolio’s assets will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management will consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

 

7


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding any of the above investment limitations, the Global Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Series, Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducting their investment operations if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors, or whose use is otherwise considered by such Master Funds and Portfolios to be advisable. Each Master Fund and the Global Small Company Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio or Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio would “look through” any such vehicle or subsidiary to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

Except with respect to a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s limitation on borrowing or otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ and Master Funds’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may purchase and sell options on stock indices. With respect to the sale of call options on stock indices, pursuant to published positions of the Commission, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will either (1) maintain with its custodian liquid assets equal to the contract value (less any margin deposits); (2) hold a portfolio of stocks substantially replicating the movement of the index underlying the call option; or (3) hold a separate call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (a) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (b) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian. With respect to the sale of put options on stock indices, pursuant to published Commission positions, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will either (1) maintain liquid assets equal to the exercise price (less any margin deposits) in a segregated account with its custodian; or (2) hold a put on the same index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (a) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (b) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio desires.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will realize a gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Portfolio will realize a loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

If an option written by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio expires, the Portfolio realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio expires unexercised, the Portfolio realizes a loss equal to the premium paid.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is an asset of the Portfolio. The premium received for an option written by the Portfolio is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

8


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Options on Indices

There are several risks associated with transactions in options on indices. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying index, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price, the term structure of interest rates, estimated price volatility of the underlying index and general market conditions. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

Options normally have expiration dates up to 90 days from date of purchase. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying index. Purchased options that expire unexercised have no value. Unless an option purchased by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is exercised or unless a closing transaction is effected with respect to that position, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs.

A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for identical options. Although the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio intends to purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option at any specific time. Closing transactions may be effected with respect to options traded in the over the counter markets only by negotiating directly with the other party to the option contract, or in a secondary market for the option if such a market exists. There can be no assurance that the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will be able to liquidate an over the counter option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counter-party, the Portfolio may be unable to liquidate an over the counter option. Accordingly, it may not be possible to effect closing transactions with respect to certain options, with the result that the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would have to exercise those options which it has purchased in order to realize any profit. With respect to options written by the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Portfolio.

Index prices may be distorted if trading of a substantial number of securities included in the index is interrupted causing the trading of options on that index to be halted. If a trading halt occurred, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would not be able to close out options which it had purchased and may incur losses if the underlying index moved adversely before trading resumed. If a trading halt occurred and restrictions prohibiting the exercise of options were imposed through the close of trading on the last day before expiration, exercises on that day would be settled on the basis of a closing index value that may not reflect current price information for securities representing a substantial portion of the value of the index.

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s activities in the options markets may result in higher fund turnover rates and additional brokerage costs; however, the Portfolio may also save on commissions by using options as a hedge rather than buying or selling individual securities in anticipation or as a result of market movements.

Investment Limitations on Options Transactions

The ability of the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio to engage in options transactions is subject to certain limitations. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will only invest in over-the-counter options to the extent consistent with the 15% limit on investments in illiquid assets.

SWAPS

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may enter into equity index swap agreements for purposes of attempting to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Portfolio than if the Portfolio had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard

 

9


Table of Contents

“swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a group of securities representing a particular index.

The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Most swap agreements entered into by Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Portfolio’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Portfolio) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated account consisting of liquid assets to avoid any potential leveraging of the Portfolio’s portfolio. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Portfolio’s assets.

Because they are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid, and, therefore, swap agreements entered into by Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio and other illiquid assets will be limited to 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio. Moreover, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Advisor will cause Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that the Investment Committee of the Advisor has approved. Certain restrictions imposed on Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio by the Code may limit the Portfolio’s ability to use swap agreements. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and related regulatory developments imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of certain Portfolios with respect to futures contracts, it should be understood that with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Feeder Portfolio and to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets. With respect to the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio, and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio, the discussion relates to both the Portfolios themselves and the Underlying Funds in which they invest.

Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices to adjust market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio, Master Fund, or Underlying Fund. The Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds, however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may also use futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against securities prices or as part of its overall investment strategy. The Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio may also use futures contracts to hedge some or all of the currency exposure of its foreign securities.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked-to-market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will

 

10


Table of Contents

be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Master Fund, Underlying Fund and Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the Commission and interpretations of the staff of the Commission, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Equity Portfolios (or in the case of Feeder Portfolios, their Master Funds) and Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may acquire and sell foreign currency forward contracts in order to attempt to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios and Master Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to exchange two currencies at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a fixed rate set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

With respect to an International Equity Portfolio or Master Fund, the Portfolio or Master Fund may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, a Portfolio or Master Fund may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. The Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio typically hedges its foreign currency exposure.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Portfolios that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty around the future of the euro and the European Union (EU) following the United Kingdom’s vote to exit the EU in June 2016. In March 2017, the United Kingdom invoked a treaty provision that sets out the basics of a withdrawal from the EU and provides that negotiations must be completed within two years, unless all EU member states agree on an extension. However, there is a significant degree of uncertainty about how negotiations relating to the United Kingdom’s exit will be conducted, including the outcome of negotiations for a new relationship between the United Kingdom and EU. While it is not possible to determine the precise impact these events may have on a Portfolio or Master Fund, during this period and beyond, the impact on the United Kingdom, EU countries, other countries or parties that transact with the United Kingdom and EU, and the broader global economy could be significant and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments. In addition, if one or more countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

All non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, in the case of the Emerging Markets Master Funds, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant. In addition, each of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may enter into arrangements with its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

 

Portfolios and Master Funds    Permissible Cash Investments*     

Percentage

Guidelines**

 

 

               
U.S. Large Company Portfolios    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***      5%  
               
Enhanced U.S. Large Company
Portfolio
   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***      N.A.  

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***      20%  
               

 

12


Table of Contents
Portfolios and Master Funds    Permissible Cash Investments*   

Percentage

Guidelines**

           
U.S. Large Cap Value Series and U.S.     Small Cap Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio and U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
U.S. Small Cap Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
Large Cap International Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
DFA International Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
DFA International Value Series    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
International Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           

 

13


Table of Contents
Portfolios and Master Funds    Permissible Cash Investments*   

Percentage

Guidelines**

           
Global Small Company Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
International Small Company Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
Japanese Small Company, Asia Pacific Small Company, United Kingdom Small Company and Continental Small     Company    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; freely convertible currencies; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds ***; index futures contracts and options thereon    20%
           
DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
International Vector Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***; index futures contracts and options thereon    20%
           
International High Relative Profitability Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
World ex U.S. Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market mutual funds***; index futures contracts and options thereon    20%
           
World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market mutual funds***    20%
           

 

14


Table of Contents
Portfolios and Master Funds    Permissible Cash Investments*   

Percentage

Guidelines**

           
World Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
The Emerging Markets Master Funds        Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           
Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%

 

*

With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

 

**

The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.

 

***

Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series

 

15


Table of Contents

and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT

TRANSACTIONS

Each non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis. When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued. It is possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled. In addition, each non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time. Each non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on the settlement date than the price a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund committed to pay or receive for the security. A non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

When entering into a commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will segregate cash and/or liquid assets and will maintain such cash and/or liquid assets in an amount equal in value to such commitments.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity . An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest are passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

Generally, securities will be purchased by the Equity Portfolios, Equity Master Funds and Equity Underlying Funds with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year. The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio is expected to have a high portfolio turnover rate due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

 

16


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

Organization of the Board

The Board of Directors of each Fund (each a “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Funds’ policies and for overseeing the management of each Fund. The Board of Directors elects the officers of each Fund, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board of Directors of each Fund is comprised of one interested Director and six disinterested Directors. David G. Booth, an interested Director, is Chairman of each Board. The disinterested Directors of the Board designated Myron S. Scholes as the lead disinterested Director. As the lead disinterested Director, Mr. Scholes, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Directors in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Directors; raises issues and discusses ideas with management on behalf of the disinterested Directors in between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Directors (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson). The existing Board structure for each Fund also provides the disinterested Directors with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and each Fund, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Director, who, as both an officer of the Fund and the Advisor, participates in the day-to-day management of each Fund’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the disinterested Directors in order to provide the Directors with the opportunity to contact Fund management and/or the disinterested Directors’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Directors regularly communicate with Mr. Booth regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of each Fund meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

Each Board has three standing committees. The Audit Committee and Nominating Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Directors. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Directors have direct oversight of each Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and the selection and nomination of candidates to each Fund’s Board. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) consists entirely of disinterested Directors. The Strategy Committee assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Fund and its performance.

Each Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. The Audit Committee for each Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, each Fund’s internal controls, each Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by each Board. The Audit Committee for each Board recommends the appointment of each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

Each Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Edward P. Lazear, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. The Nominating Committee for each Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of each Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Douglas W. Diamond, Edward P. Lazear and Myron S. Scholes. At the request of a Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Fund, (ii) reviews performance of existing Portfolios of the Fund, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the Portfolios’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance

 

17


Table of Contents

the investment strategies or policies of each Portfolio, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for each Portfolio of the Fund. There were three Strategy Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board of each Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Fund.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board of each Fund, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Fund management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect each Fund.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of each Fund’s portfolios. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the portfolios. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a portfolio and such change could have a significant impact on the portfolio’s risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for their approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and each Fund’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enables the Board to review fair valued securities in a particular portfolio. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each portfolio. In addition, each Fund’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each portfolio’s year-end financial statements.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with each Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with the CCO, and each Fund’s CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. Each Fund’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Fund and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Fund’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Director Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of a Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road,

 

18


Table of Contents

Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of a Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board of each Fund believes that it is in the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. Each Fund’s Board believes that each Director currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Fund and protect the interests of shareholders. Each Board noted that each Director had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Director held an academic position in the areas of finance, economics or accounting. The Board also noted that Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith each had experience serving as a director on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that David G. Booth contributed valuable experience due to his position with the Advisor. Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and interested Director of a Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of a Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and  
Year of Birth
  Position   Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   Portfolios
within the DFA
Fund
Complex2
Overseen
   Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1947

 

Director

  DFAIDG –
Since 1983;

DIG – Since
1993

  Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1978).   127 portfolios in
4 investment
companies
   None

Douglas W. Diamond

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

  Director   DFAIDG –
Since 2017;

DIG – Since
2017

  Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1988). Visiting Scholar, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (since 1990). Formerly, Fischer Black Visiting Professor of Financial Economics, Alfred P. Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (2015 to 2016).   127 portfolios

in 4

investment
companies

   None

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

 

1943

  Director   DFAIDG –
Since 1981;

DIG – Since
1993

  Professor in Practice Emeritus of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (2006 - 2016).   127 portfolios in
4 investment
companies
   None

 

19


Table of Contents
Name, Address and  
Year of Birth
  Position   Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   Portfolios
within the DFA
Fund
Complex2
Overseen
   Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

Edward P. Lazear

Stanford University Graduate School of Business

Knight Management Center, E346

Stanford, CA 94305

 

1948

 

Director

  DFAIDG –
Since 2010;

DIG – Since
2010

  Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Becker Friedman Institute for Research in Economics, University of Chicago (since 2015). Morris Arnold Cox Senior Fellow, Hoover Institution (since 2002). Jack Steele Parker Professor of Human Resources Management and Economics, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1995). Cornerstone Research (expert testimony and economic and financial analysis) (since 2009).   127 portfolios in
4 investment
companies
   None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1941

 

Director

  DFAIDG –
Since 1981;

DIG – Since
1993

  Chief Investment Strategist, Janus Henderson Investors (since 2014). Frank E. Buck Professor of Finance, Emeritus, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1981).   127 portfolios in
4 investment
companies
   Formerly, Adviser, Kuapay, Inc. (2013-2014). Formerly, Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (43 Portfolios) (1980-2014).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

  Director   DFAIDG –

Since 2000;

DIG – Since

2000

  Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).   127 portfolios in
4 investment
companies
   Director, (since 2000) and formerly, Lead Director (May 2014 –May 2017), HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (21 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

20


Table of Contents

Interested Director

The following interested Director is described as such because he is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address  
and Year of
Birth
   Position   

Term of

Office1 and

Length of
Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years    Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships
of Public Companies
Held During Past 5

Years

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1946

   Chairman and Director   

DFAIDG –

Since 1981;

DIG – Since

1992

   Chairman, Director/Trustee, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until March 2017) of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) and The DFA Investment Trust Company (“DFAITC”). Executive Chairman, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until February 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, DFAIDG, DIG and DFAITC, the “DFA Entities”). Chairman and Director (since 2009) and formerly, Co-Chief Executive Officer (2010 – June 2017) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Trustee, University of Chicago (since 2002). Trustee, University of Kansas Endowment Association (since 2005). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2002 – July 2017), DFA Australia Limited (1994 – July 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (2012 – July 2017), Dimensional Funds plc (2006 – July 2017) and Dimensional Funds II plc (2006 – July 2017). Formerly, Director and President of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2012 – April 2017). Formerly, President, Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC (2009-2014); and Limited Partner, VSC Investors, LLC (2007 to 2015). Formerly, Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (2010-September 2017).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   

None

1 

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2 

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Funds; the Trust; and DEM. Each disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios of the Funds in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name    Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned    Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned
in All Funds Overseen by Director in
Family of Investment Companies
Disinterested Directors:          
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Douglas W. Diamond   

None

   None Directly; $50,001–$100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson   

International Core Equity Portfolio – Over $100,000

   Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Edward P. Lazear    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes    U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio – Over $100,000    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith

   None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

 

21


Table of Contents
Name    Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned   

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Interested Director:

         

David G. Booth

  

None

   Over $100,000

 

**

As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Funds during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by each Fund to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017. Douglas W. Diamond was appointed to each Board of the DFA Fund Complex effective June 1, 2017.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefits
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the Funds
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides

Director

   $208,969    $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Douglas W. Diamond

Director

   $111,229    $11,229    N/A    N/A    $159,500

Roger G. Ibbotson

Director

   $243,863    $24,823    N/A    N/A    $350,000

Edward P. Lazear

Director

   $229,934    $23,402    N/A    N/A    $330,000

Myron S. Scholes

Lead Independent Director

   $278,611    $28,405    N/A    N/A    $400,000

Abbie J. Smith

Director

   $208,969    $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Christopher S. Crossan

Chief Compliance Officer

   $302,797    $30,741    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory and administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 is as follows: $350,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $330,000 (Mr. Lazear) and $71,000 (Mr. Diamond). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees

 

22


Table of Contents

of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Funds and the principal occupation for each officer of the Funds. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

 

Name and Year of
Birth
  Position    Term of  
Office1
and
Length of  
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Valerie A. Brown

1967

 

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

   Since 2001    

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of

•  all the DFA Entities (since 2001)

•  DFA Australia Limited (since 2002)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2002)

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

•  Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

Director, Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

David P. Butler

1964

  Co-Chief Executive Officer    Since 2017    

Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

•  all the DFA entities

Director (since 2017) of

•  Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

•  Dimensional Japan Ltd.

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

•  DFA Australia Limited

Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Head of Global Financial Advisor Services (since 2007) for

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

•  all the DFA Entities

Stephen A. Clark

1972

  Executive Vice
President
   Since 2017    

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

•  all the DFA entities

Director and Vice President (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Japan Ltd.

President and Director (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Vice President (since 2008) and Director (since 2016) of

•  DFA Australia Limited

Director (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

•  Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

Vice President (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

Head of Global Institutional Services (since 2014) for

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

23


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

       Position   

Term of
Office1

and
Length of
Service

       Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
                    

Formerly, Vice President (2004 – 2017) of

•  all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President (2010 – 2016) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Head of Institutional, North America (2012 – 2013) for

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Christopher S. Crossan

1965

      Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer      Since 2004      

Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (since 2004) of

•  all the DFA Entities

•  DFA Australia Limited

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006) and Chief Privacy Officer (since

2015) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Chief Compliance Officer of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

•  Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (2010 – 2014)

for

•  Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

(Michael) Sam Gilliland

1962

      Executive Vice President    Since 2017      

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (since 2017) of

•  the DFA Fund Complex

Executive Vice President (since 2017), Senior Advisor and Chief Operating Officer (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Funds Advisors LP

•  Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•  Dimensional Investment LLC

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

•  DFA Securities LLC

Director of

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2017)

•  Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2017)

•  DFA Australia Limited (since 2016)

 

Formerly, Consultant (2013 – 2017) for

•  MSG Consulting

Formerly, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (2003 – 2013) of

•  Sabre Holdings

Gregory K. Hinkle

1958

      Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer    Vice President since 2015 and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2016      

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer (since 2016) of

•  all the DFA Entities

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

•  Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

•  DFA Australia Limited

Director (since 2016) for

•  Dimensional Funds plc

•  Dimensional Funds II plc

 

Formerly, interim Chief Financial Officer and interim Treasurer (2016) of

•  all the DFA Entities

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

24


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

       Position   

Term of
Office1

and
Length of
Service

       Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
                    

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

•  DFA Australia Limited

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

•  Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Controller (2015 – 2016) of

•  all the DFA Entities

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President (2008 – 2015) of

•  T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

Formerly, Director of Investment Treasury and Treasurer (2008 – 2015) of

•  the T. Rowe Price Funds

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

      Vice President and     Assistant Secretary    Vice President since 2004 and
Assistant Secretary since 2017
     

Vice President (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 2017) of

•  all the DFA Entities

Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2010) of

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Joy Lopez

      Vice President and Assistant Treasurer    Vice President since 2015 and
Assistant Treasurer since 2017
     

Vice President (since 2015) of

•  all the DFA Entities

Assistant Treasurer (since 2017) of

•  the DFA Fund Complex

 

Formerly, Senior Tax Manager (2013 – 2015) for

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Kenneth M. Manell

1972

      Vice President   

Since

2010  

     

Vice President (since 2010) of

•  all the DFA Entities

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Catherine L. Newell

1964

      President and General Counsel   

President since 2017 and

General Counsel since 2001

     

President (since 2017) of

•  the DFA Fund Complex

General Counsel (since 2001) of

•  All the DFA Entities

Executive Vice President (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2000) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

•  Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•  DFA Securities LLC

•  Dimensional Investment LLC

Director (since 2002), Vice President (since 1997) and Secretary (since 2002)

of

•  DFA Australia Limited

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Vice President and Secretary of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

•  Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd (since 2012)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

Director of

•  Dimensional Funds plc (since 2002)

•  Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2006)

•  Director of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

 

25


Table of Contents

Name and Year of    

Birth

  Position   

Term of
Office1

and
Length of    
Service

       Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
                

•  Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2012)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

•  Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Secretary (2010 – 2014) of

•  Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

Formerly, Vice President (1997 – 2017) and Secretary (2000 – 2017) of

•  the DFA Fund Complex

Formerly, Vice President of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (1997 – 2017)

•  Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2006 – 2017)

•  DFA Securities LLC (1997 – 2017)

•  Dimensional Investment LLC (2009 – 2017)

Selwyn Notelovitz

1961

  Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer       

Since

2013

     

Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer of

•  the DFA Fund Complex (since 2013)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2012)

Carolyn L. O

1974

  Vice President and Secretary    Vice President since 2010 and Secretary since 2017      

Vice President (since 2010) and Secretary (since 2017) of

•  the DFA Fund Complex

Vice President (since 2010) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

•  Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•  Dimensional Investment LLC

Vice President of

•  DFA Securities LLC (since 2010)

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2016)

Gerard K. O’Reilly

1976

  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer

since 2017

     

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

•  all the DFA Entities

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Director, Chief Investment Officer and Vice President (since 2017) of

•  DFA Australia Limited

Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) and Vice President (since 2016) of

•  Dimensional Japan Ltd.

Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since

2017) of

•  Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Director of

•  Dimensional Funds plc (since 2014)

•  Dimensional Fund II plc (since 2014)

•  Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017)

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Co-Chief Investment Officer of

•  Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2016 – 2017)

•  DFA Australia Limited (2014 – 2017)

Formerly, Executive Vice President (2017) and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

•  all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

•  all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

•  Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

26


Table of Contents
1 

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2018, the Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI, except that Directors and officers, as a group, owned approximately 1.27% of the Global Small Company Portfolio.

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

Administrative Services—The Feeder Portfolios, U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio

The Funds previously had administration agreements with the Advisor, on behalf of the Feeder Portfolios, U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio. Pursuant to each administration agreement, the Advisor performed various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Fund or Underlying Funds (as applicable), and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. Effective February 28, 2014 (with respect to the U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio) and July 21, 2015 (with respect to the Feeder Portfolios and International Small Company Portfolio), the administrative agreement and investment advisory agreement for each of these Portfolios were combined into an Investment Management Agreement that provides for an investment management fee payable to the Advisor for both investment advisory services and the administrative services described above. Prior to the Investment Management Agreement, the Feeder Portfolios, U.S. Large Company Portfolio, Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio, U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio and International Small Company Portfolio paid the Advisor a monthly fee based on average net assets equal to one-twelfth of the percentages listed below for its administrative services:

 

Portfolio

  

Administration Fee

U.S. Large Company Portfolio*

  

0.035%

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio*

  

0.15%

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio**

  

0.15%

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio*

  

0.30%

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio*

  

0.25%

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio*

  

0.32%

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio*

  

0.40%

DFA International Value Portfolio**

  

0.20%

International Small Company Portfolio**

  

0.40% (a)

Japanese Small Company Portfolio**

  

0.40% (b)

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio**

  

0.40% (b)

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio**

  

0.40% (b)

Continental Small Company Portfolio**

  

0.40% (b)

Emerging Markets Portfolio**

  

0.40%

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio**

  

0.40%

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio**

  

0.45%

 

*

Effective rate of administrative fee prior to February 28, 2014.

**

Effective rate of administrative fee prior to July 21, 2015.

 

27


Table of Contents

(a) Prior to July 21, 2015, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor had contractually agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the other direct expenses of a class of the Portfolio (excluding expenses incurred through its investment in other investments companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.45% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio were less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares, the Advisor retained the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery did not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio was not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

(b) Prior to July 21, 2015, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor had contractually agreed to waive its administration fee and to assume the other direct expenses of a class of each Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the direct expenses of a class of a Portfolio to 0.47% of the average net assets of a class of a Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement did not include the indirect expenses that each Portfolio bore as a shareholder of its Master Fund. At any time that the direct expenses of a class of a Portfolio were less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retained the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery did not cause the direct expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio was not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

Each class of each Portfolio paid its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015, the Portfolios paid administrative fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor):

 

Portfolio

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2017*

(000)

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2016*

(000)

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2015

(000)

 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 16,886  

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

DFA International Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 10,266  

International Small Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 25,866  

Japanese Small Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 1,386  

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 794  

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 1001  

Continental Small Company Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 620  

Emerging Markets Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 11,841  

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 51,318  

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 16,666  

 

*

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2017, the Portfolios did not pay administrative fees to the Advisor.

 

28


Table of Contents
1 

$99 after waiver

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the accounting and administration services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for all of the Portfolios, Underlying Funds and Master Funds. The services provided by State Street are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by State Street, the non-Feeder Portfolios (except the Global Small Company Portfolio, International Small Company Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio, and, with respect to their investments in their Underlying Funds, the Global Small Company Portfolio and DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio), the Feeder Portfolios’ Master Funds and the Underlying Funds pay State Street annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the applicable aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0063% of the Fund Complex’s first $150 billion of average net assets;

.0051% of the Fund Complex’s next $50 billion of average net assets; and

.0025% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $200 billion.

The fees charged to a non-Feeder Portfolio, a Master Fund or an Underlying Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to each such non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund based on the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to State Street with respect to the services State Street provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005, serves as the custodian for the following Portfolios and Master Funds: Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio (co-custodian with State Street Bank and Trust Company), Large Cap International Portfolio, The DFA International Value Series, Global Small Company Portfolio, The Japanese Small Company Series, The Asia Pacific Small Company Series, The United Kingdom Small Company Series, The Continental Small Company Series, The Canadian Small Company Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, International High Relative Profitability Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio, The Emerging Markets Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund.

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian for International Small Company Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio, the Domestic Equity non-Feeder Portfolios, the Feeder Portfolios and the U.S. Large Cap Value Series.

Each custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

Each Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities

 

29


Table of Contents

Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas 78746.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Funds by serving as the principal underwriter of the Funds’ shares. Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Funds. No compensation is paid by the Funds to DFAS under the Distribution Agreements.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Funds. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Funds and audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with each Portfolio and Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. With respect to an Investment Management Agreement with each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor manages the portion of each Feeder Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Feeder Portfolio for direct investment and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Feeder Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund or manage all the Feeder Portfolio’s assets directly if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Feeder Portfolio and its shareholders to do so.

Pursuant to Sub Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for Global Small Company Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Series, Asia Pacific Small Company Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, International High Relative Profitability Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, The International Value Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio, The Emerging Markets Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (each a “DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund”). DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of each DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by a DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of international companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by a DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. In rendering investment management services to the Advisor with respect to each DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, DFA Australia expects to use the resources of certain participating affiliates of DFA Australia. Such participating affiliates are providing such services to DFA Australia pursuant to conditions provided in no-action relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing registered investment advisers to use portfolio management, research and trading resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered adviser.

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“ DFAL”), 20 Triton Street, Regent’s Place, London, NW13BF, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of

 

30


Table of Contents

England, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for Global Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Series, Continental Small Company Series, International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, International High Relative Profitability Portfolio, Large Cap International Portfolio, The International Value Series, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, World Core Equity Portfolio, Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio, The Emerging Markets Series, The Emerging Markets Small Cap Series, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (each a “DFAL Sub-Advised Fund”). DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of United Kingdom and European equity market companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. DFAL is a member of the Financial Conduct Authority, a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

The Advisor or its affiliates may provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection or other consulting services) to broker-dealers or investment advisers that may be involved in the distribution of the Portfolios or other mutual funds advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”) or who may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide historical market analysis, risk/return analysis, and continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers) as well as educational speakers and facilities for investment adviser conferences. The Advisor or its affiliates may pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring such conferences or pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending an investment adviser sponsored conference. Sponsorship of investment adviser and/or broker-dealer events by the Advisor may include direct payments to vendors or reimbursement of expenses incurred by investment advisers and/or broker-dealers in connection with hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for broker-dealers and/or investment advisers or their customers. Dimensional personnel may or may not be present at such events. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more such investment advisers. Any such services or arrangements may give such broker-dealers and investment advisers an incentive to recommend DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive such non-advisory services from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds sold or recommended by such broker-dealers or investment advisers.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio (and, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (and, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund). Prior to July 21, 2015, the Advisor was paid no fee for the services it provided as investment adviser to each Feeder Portfolio. Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the Portfolios (including the Feeder Portfolios effective July 21, 2015) and Master Funds paid investment advisory fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers or recoupments by the Advisor):

 

31


Table of Contents
    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2017

(000)

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2016

(000)

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2015

(000)

 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio(a)

   $ 4,4201        $ 3,64324      $ 3,41341  

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio (b)

   $ 5402           $ 418      $ 424  

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio (b)

   $ 1,560          $ 1,13525      $ 78442  

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio* (c)

   $ 77,3313      $ 60,03226      $ 29,61743  

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio(d)

   $ 33,824        $ 26,301      $ 22,368  

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 71,538        $ 60,645      $ 59,499  

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio (e)

   $ 30,987        $ 23,598      $ 20,824  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio (e)

   $ 40,192        $ 31,418      $ 28,377  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio (e)

   $ 13,194        $ 10,982      $ 10,933  

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio

   $ 50,054        $ 40,791      $ 35,759  

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

   $ 29,147        $ 24,790      $ 25,481  

U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio (f)

   $ 954               N/A        N/A  

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio (e)

   $ 13,3455      $ 11,95027      $ 11,59744  

Large Cap International Portfolio (g)

   $ 8,8386        $ 8,053      $ 7,966  

DFA International Value Portfolio* (c)

   $ 56,6847      $ 44,04928      $ 26,61445  

International Core Equity Portfolio (h)

   $ 61,3998      $ 53,516      $ 47,090  

Global Small Company Portfolio (i)

   $ 379               N/A        N/A  

International Small Company Portfolio (j)

   $ 47,621       $ 38,540      $ 10,284  

Japanese Small Company Portfolio* (k)

   $ 6,23310      $ 4,95729      $ 3,20846  

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio* (k)

   $ 3,04711      $ 2,50530      $ 1,59947  

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio* (k)

   $ 2,22812       $ 1,98831      $ 2,13248  

Continental Small Company Portfolio* (k)

   $ 7,05113       $ 5,46632      $ 3,71849  

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio (e)

   $ 11,824        $ 9,646      $ 9,270  

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio (l)

   $ 11,35114      $ 9,07233      $ 8,21750  

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 94,441        $ 80,458      $ 80,364  

International Vector Equity Portfolio (e)

   $ 9,791          $ 7,682      $ 6,833  

International High Relative Profitability Portfolio (f)

   $ 6015              N/A        N/A  

World ex U.S. Value Portfolio (m)

   $ 1,00016       $ 79434      $ 60951  

World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio (n)

   $ 2,153         $ 1,404      $ 1,18152  

World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio (o)

   $ 7,48317       $ 5,66335      $ 3,14253  

World Core Equity Portfolio (p)

   $ 1,34118       $ 83436      $ 43054  

Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio (q)

   $ 1,03019       $ 79937      $ 58355  

Emerging Markets Portfolio* (r)

   $ 30,89120      $ 26,73938      $ 10,27356  

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio* (c)

   $  107,31721      $ 89,15339      $ 38,45257  

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio* (c)

   $ 53,67322      $ 42,16240      $ 19,09058  

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio (h)

   $ 109,40923      $ 88,014      $ 86,533  

 

*

Effective as of July 21, 2015, the fees set forth in the table above include the fees paid to the Advisor by both the Feeder Portfolio and its corresponding Master Fund for investment management services.

 

1

$4,444 after recoupment of fees previously waived

2

$382 after waiver

3

$56,284 after waiver

4 

$39 after waiver

5

$12,608 after waiver

6

$8,798 after waiver

7 

$39,551 after waiver

8

$58,807 after waiver

9 

$0 after waiver

10

$5,675 after waiver

11 

$2,768 after waiver

12

$2,176 after waiver

13

$6,626 after waiver

14

$4,070 after waiver

 

32


Table of Contents
15 

$0 after waiver

16

$520 after waiver

17

$7,427 after waiver

18

$239 after waiver

19

$118 after waiver

20

$25,214 after waiver

21 

$89,461 after waiver

22

$41,056 after waiver

23

$108,152 after waiver

24

$3,568 after waiver

25

$1,163 after recoupment of fees previously waived

26

$43,780 after waiver

27

$11,389 after waiver

28

$30,963 after waiver

29

$4,511 after waiver

30

$2,281 after waiver

31

$1,948 after waiver

32

$5,162 after waiver

33

$2,893 after waiver

34

$409 after waiver

35

$5,629 after waiver

36

$40 after waiver

37

$8 after waiver

38

$22,296 after waiver

39

$74,318 after waiver

40

$32,264 after waiver

41

$2,935 after waiver

42

$809 after recoupment of fees previously waived

43

$25,291 after waiver

44

$10,842 after waiver

45

$22,788 after waiver

46

$3,079 after waiver

47

$1,543 after waiver

48

$2,121 after waiver

49

$3,703 after waiver

50

$1,210 after waiver

51

$328 after waiver

52

$342 after waiver

53

$2,724 after waiver

54

$1 after waiver

55

$75 after waiver

56

$9,070 after waiver

57

$34,212 after waiver

58

$16,370 after waiver

(a) 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver Agreement for the U.S. Large Company Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to the extent necessary to reduce the ordinary operating expenses (excluding expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio so that the Portfolio Expenses, on an annualized basis, do not exceed 0.08% of the average net assets of the U.S. Large Company Portfolio (the “Annualized Expense Ratio”). At any time that the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio are less than the Annualized Expense Ratio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that the amount of such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio to exceed the Annualized Expense Ratio. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated

 

33


Table of Contents
 

by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor. For additional information concerning the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreements, see “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

(b) 

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”) for each of the Portfolios (effective April 3, 2017 with respect to the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio), the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of each Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of each Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rates listed below as a percentage of a class of the respective Portfolio’s average net assets (“Expense Limitation Amount”):

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

   0.15%

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio

   0.19%

At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of a Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(c) 

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective July 21, 2015, pursuant to a Fee Waiver Agreement for each of the Portfolios listed below, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of each Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by a Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees a Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of a class of a Portfolio on an annualized basis.

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio

   0.25%

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   0.50%

Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

   0.65%

The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by the Fund.

 

(d)

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its management fee and to assume the Portfolio’s Institutional Class Shares’ expenses (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio’s Institutional Class Shares to 0.50% of the Portfolio’s average net assets of the Institutional Class Shares on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Portfolio’s Institutional Class Shares are less than the Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

34


Table of Contents
(e)

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for each of these Portfolios, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of each Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of each Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rates listed below as a percentage of a class of the respective Portfolio’s average net assets (“Expense Limitation Amount”):

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

   0.23%

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

   0.26%

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio

   0.36%

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   0.18%

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio

   0.29%

International Vector Equity Portfolio

   0.60%

At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of a Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement described above will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(f)

The U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio and International High Relative Profitability Portfolio each commenced operations on May 16, 2017. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for each Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor, excluding money market funds, but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class Shares of the Portfolio to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of the Institutional Class Shares of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of a Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolios will not reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement described above will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio

   0.25%

International High Relative Profitability Portfolio

   0.35%
(g)  

Effective January 1, 2017, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Large Cap International Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to 0.24% of the Portfolio’s average net assets (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived

 

35


Table of Contents
 

and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(h)

Effective January 1, 2017, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for each of these Portfolios, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of each Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of each Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rates listed below as a percentage of a class of the respective Portfolio’s average net assets (“Expense Limitation Amount”):

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

International Core Equity Portfolio

   0.30%

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   0.54%

At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of a Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement described above will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor. Prior to January 1, 2017, the Advisor had contractually agreed to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the Expense Limitation Amount listed below.

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

International Core Equity Portfolio

   0.49%

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

   0.85%

 

(i)

The Global Small Company Portfolio commenced operations on January 18, 2017. Each of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests its assets has more than one Portfolio that invests in such Underlying Fund (which are also included elsewhere in this table). The dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees attributable to this Portfolio paid by each Underlying Fund to the Advisor. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”) for the Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor, excluding money market funds, but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.49% of the average net assets of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor. At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio will not reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the

 

36


Table of Contents
 

date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived.

 

(j)  

Each of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests its assets has more than one Portfolio that invests in such Underlying Fund (which are also included elsewhere in this table). The dollar amount represents the total dollar amount of management fees attributable to this Portfolio paid by each Underlying Fund to the Advisor. In addition, effective July 21, 2015, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the International Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the other direct expenses of a class of the Portfolio (excluding expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.45% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(k)  

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective July 21, 2015, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio and Continental Small Company Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of each Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by a Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees a Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, to 0.50% of the average net assets of a class of a Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Permanent Fee Waiver”). In addition to the Permanent Fee Waiver, the Advisor has contractually agreed to further waive all or a portion of the management fees of each Portfolio and to assume the other direct expenses of a class of each Portfolio (excluding expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies managed by the Advisor) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of each Portfolio to 0.47% of the average net assets of a class of the respective Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of a Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. Except, a Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived in connection with the Permanent Fee Waiver. Also, a Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Permanent Fee Waiver will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by the Fund. The remaining portion of the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for each Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. Such portion of the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(l)  

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of a class of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment

 

37


Table of Contents
 

Fund and its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to 0.24% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio (“Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the applicable Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(m)  

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the World ex U.S. Value Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive up to the full amount of the management fee of 0.47% to the extent necessary to offset the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Underlying Funds”). In addition, under the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor also has agreed to waive all or a portion of the management fee that remains payable by the Portfolio (i.e. the management fee remaining after the proportionate share of the Underlying Funds’ management fees have been offset (the “Remaining Management Fee”)) to the extent necessary to reduce the Portfolio’s ordinary operating expenses (including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund) (“Portfolio Expenses”) so that such Portfolio Expenses do not exceed 0.60% of the Portfolio’s average net assets on an annualized basis (“Expense Limitation Amount”). The maximum amount that may be waived to limit Portfolio Expenses pursuant to this paragraph is the amount of the Remaining Management Fee. Further, at any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares, the Advisor retains the right to recover any Remaining Management Fees previously waived to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Advisor shall also not be reimbursed for any management fees previously waived to offset the Portfolio’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(n)  

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”) for the World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive up to the full amount of the Portfolio’s management fee of 0.58% to the extent necessary to offset the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Underlying Funds”). In addition, under the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor has also agreed to waive all or a portion of the management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of the Portfolio (including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.80% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of the Portfolio, described above, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously

 

38


Table of Contents
 

assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Advisor shall also not be reimbursed for any management fees previously waived to offset the Portfolio’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor. The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(o)  

Effective January 1, 2017, pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”) for the World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of the management fee and to assume the expenses of a class of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund and its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.39% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor. Prior to January 1, 2017, the Expense Limitation Amount in the Fee Waiver Agreement was 0.47% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis.

 

(p)

Effective June 27, 2014, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive up to the full amount of the Portfolio’s management fee of 0.30% to the extent necessary to offset the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Underlying Funds”) (including the Portfolio’s proportionate share of any management fees that an Underlying Fund paid through its investment in an affiliated cash management fund). In addition, under the Fee Waiver Agreement, the Advisor has also agreed to assume the expenses of a class of the Portfolio to the extent necessary to reduce the ordinary operating expenses (including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund) (“Portfolio Expenses”) of a class of the Portfolio so that such Portfolio Expenses do not exceed 0.35% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the applicable Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Advisor shall also not be reimbursed for any management fees previously waived to offset the Portfolio’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor. The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the

 

39


Table of Contents
 

Advisor. Prior to June 27, 2014, the Expense Limitation Amount in the Fee Waiver Agreement was 0.40% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis.

 

(q)  

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive up to the full amount of the management fee of 0.30% to the extent necessary to offset the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Underlying Funds”). In addition, under the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor also has agreed to waive all or a portion of the management fee and to assume the expenses of a class of the Portfolio (including expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses, on an annualized basis, of a class of the Portfolio to 0.40% of the average net assets (“Expense Limitation Amount”). Further, at any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Advisor shall also not be reimbursed for any management fees previously waived to offset the Portfolio’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(r)  

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective February 28, 2017, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Emerging Markets Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of the Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by the Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees the Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor (the “Total Management Fees”), to 0.42% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Permanent Fee Waiver”). From July 21, 2015 to December 31, 2016, the Advisor had contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of the Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the Total Management Fees to 0.50% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis. In addition to the Permanent Fee Waiver, effective January 1, 2017, the Advisor has contractually agreed to further waive all or a portion of the management fees of the Portfolio and to assume the other direct expenses of a class of the Portfolio (excluding expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies managed by the Advisor) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.49% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. Except, the Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived in connection with the Permanent Fee Waiver. Also, the Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Permanent Fee Waiver will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by the Fund. The remaining portion of the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that

 

40


Table of Contents
 

date. Such portion of the Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, Master Funds and the Underlying Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below are the portfolio managers that coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

 

U.S. Large Company Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Joe Hohn and Lukas J. Smart

 

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio

 

 

David A. Plecha, Joseph F. Kolerich and Pamela B. Noble

 

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

and U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall and Lukas J. Smart

 

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall and Joel P. Schneider

 

Large Cap International Portfolio and DFA International Value Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Mary T. Phillips and Bhanu P. Singh

 

International Core Equity Portfolio, DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio, DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Vector Equity Portfolio, World ex U.S. Core Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Mary T. Phillips, Allen Pu and Bhanu P. Singh

 

Global Small Company Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio and World Core Equity Portfolio

 

  Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Mary T. Phillips and Allen Pu

International Small Company Portfolio, Japanese Small Company Portfolio, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio, United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio, Continental Small Company Portfolio, DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio and World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Arun C. Keswani, Mary T. Phillips and Bhanu P. Singh

 

International High Relative Profitability Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall and Mary T. Phillips

 

Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio

 

 

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Joseph F. Kolerich, David A. Plecha, Allen Pu and Mary T. Phillips

 

Emerging Markets Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value   Joseph H. Chi, Mitchell J. Firestein, Jed S.

 

41


Table of Contents

Portfolio and Emerging Markets Small Cap Portfolio

 

Fogdall, Daniel C. Ong, Mary T. Phillips and Bhanu P. Singh

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios (and with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the Master Fund in which a Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets) and the Underlying Funds, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Number of Accounts Managed and Total
Assets by Category As of October 31, 2017*

 

Joseph H. Chi

  

•  136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

•  20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

•  80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

Jed S. Fogdall

  

•  136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

•  20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

•  80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

Joseph F. Hohn

  

•  1 U.S. registered mutual fund with $7,997 million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  0 other accounts.

 

Arun C. Keswani

  

•  18 U.S. registered mutual funds with $48,633 million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  4 other accounts with $2,595 million in total assets under management, of which 3 accounts with $2,103 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

Joseph F. Kolerich

  

•  64 U.S. registered mutual funds with $107,441 million in total assets under management.

•  10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $5,669 million in total assets under management.

•  12 other accounts with $3,406 million in total assets under management.

 

Pamela B. Noble

  

•  3 U.S. registered mutual funds with $32,973 million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  0 other accounts.

 

Daniel C. Ong

  

•  11 U.S. registered mutual funds with $34,786 million in total assets under management.

•  2 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $282 million in total assets under management.

 

42


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Number of Accounts Managed and Total
Assets by Category As of October 31, 2017*
    

•  11 other accounts with $6,262 million in total assets under management, of which 2 accounts with $772 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

Mary T. Phillips

  

•  69 U.S. registered mutual funds with $195,667 million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  0 other accounts.

 

David A. Plecha

  

•  64 U.S. registered mutual funds with $107,441 million in total assets under management.

•  10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $5,669 million in total assets under management.

•  12 other accounts with $3,406 million in total assets under management.

 

Allen Pu

  

•  48 U.S. registered mutual funds with $91,489 million in total assets under management.

•  6 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $4,308 million in total assets under management.

•  24 other accounts with $4,397 million in total assets under management.

 

Joel P. Schneider

  

•  27 U.S. registered mutual funds with $60,336 million in total assets under management.

•  7 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $6,200 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

•  19 other accounts with $5,395 million in total assets under management.

 

Bhanu P. Singh

  

•  57 U.S. registered mutual funds with $185,998 million in total assets under management.

•  9 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $3,775 million in total assets under management.

•  49 other accounts with $17,389 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

Lukas J. Smart

  

•  36 U.S. registered mutual funds with $118,278 million in total assets under management.

•  5 unregistered pooled investment vehicle with $281 million in total assets under management.

•  5 other accounts with $8,233 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $47 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

*

Mitchell J. Firestein did not share primary responsibility in the oversight of day-to-day management of responsibilities for accounts as of October 31, 2017; as such, information regarding such accounts is not presented.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

43


Table of Contents
   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account, a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an

 

44


Table of Contents
 

incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)   Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares
Owned
U.S. Large Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joe Hohn

Lukas J. Smart

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$10,001 - $50,000  

None

Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio  

Joseph F. Kolerich

David A. Plecha

Pamela B. Noble

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

None

U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

None

None

None

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart1

 

None

None

None

U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joel P. Schneider

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$0 - $10,000  

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joel P. Schneider

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$0 - $10,000  

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

$100,001 - $500,000  

$500,001 - $1,000,000

$50,001 - $100,000  

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

$50,001 - $100,000

None

$50,001 - $100,000  

U.S. Vector Equity Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

None

U.S. Small Cap Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joel P. Schneider

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$0 - $10,000  

U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joel P. Schneider

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$0 - $10,000  

U.S. High Relative Profitability Portfolio

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

 

None

None

 

45


Table of Contents
Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)   Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned
    Lukas J. Smart   None
DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

$10,001 - $50,000  

None

None

Large Cap International Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$10,001 - $50,000

None

DFA International Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips2

Bhanu P. Singh3

 

None

None

None

None

International Core Equity Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$10,001 - $50,000

None

None

$0 – $10,000  

None

Global Small Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

 

None

None

None

None

International Small Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$10,001 - $50,000

None

$0 - $10,000  

Japanese Small Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

None

None

Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

None

None

United Kingdom Small Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

None

None

Continental Small Company Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

None

None

DFA International Real Estate Securities Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$10,001 - $50,000  

None

$0 - $10,000  

$0 – $10,000  

None

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

 

None

$0 – $10,000  

 

46


Table of Contents
Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)   Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned
   

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

DFA International Small Cap Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 – $10,000  

None

$50,001 - $100,000

$10,001 - $50,000  

$0 - $10,000  

International Vector Equity
Portfolio
 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

None

None

International High Relative Profitability Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

 

None

None

None

World ex U.S. Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

 

None

None

None

None

World ex U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Arun C. Keswani

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

None

None

None

World ex U.S. Core Equity
Portfolio
 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 - $10,000  

$100,001 - $500,000  

None

$0 – $10,000  

$10,001 - $50,000  

World Core Equity Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

 

None

$100,001 - $500,000  

None

None

Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joseph F. Kolerich

Mary T. Phillips

David A. Plecha

Allen Pu

 

$100,001 - $500,000  

$10,001 - $50,000  

None

None

None

None

Emerging Markets Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Mitchell J. Firestein

Jed S. Fogdall

Daniel C. Ong

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 – $10,000  

None

None

$0 – $10,000  

None

None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Mitchell J. Firestein

Jed S. Fogdall

Daniel C. Ong

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 – $10,000  

$100,001 - $500,000  

$10,001 - $50,000  

$50,001 - $100,000  

$10,001 - $50,000  

$0 – $10,000  

Emerging Markets Small Cap

  Joseph H. Chi   $10,001 - $50,000  

 

47


Table of Contents
Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)   Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned
Portfolio  

Mitchell J. Firestein

Jed S. Fogdall

Daniel C. Ong

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$50,001 - $100,000

None

$0 – $10,000

None

$0 – $10,000

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Allen Pu

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$50,001 - $100,000

$100,001 - $500,000

None

$0 – $10,000

None

 

1 

Lukas J. Smart does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $100,001 - $500,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

 

2 

Mary T. Phillips does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $50,001 - $100,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

 

3 

Bhanu P. Singh does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $0 - $10,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. Until September 1995, Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio was named Asia-Australia Small Company Portfolio; U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio was named U.S. Large Cap High Book to Market Portfolio; U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was named U.S. Small Cap High Book to Market Portfolio; U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio was named The Small Company Shares; and Continental Small Company Portfolio was named The Continental European Portfolio. From September 1995 until December 1996, The DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio was named DFA/AEW Real Estate Securities Portfolio. Until September 1995, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was named The U.S. Small Cap High Book to Market Portfolio. From September 1995 until August 1997, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was named the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio. From August 1997 to April 1, 2001, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was known as the U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio. From September 1995 until April 1, 2001, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio was named the U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio. From April 1, 2001 to December 12, 2006, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio. Prior to April 1, 2001, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio and the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio were known as the U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio, the U.S. 6-10 Value Portfolio, the U.S. 6-10 Small Company Portfolio and the U.S. 9-10 Small Company Portfolio, respectively. Similarly, the Master Funds in which these four Portfolios invested – The U.S. Targeted Value Series, The U.S. Small Cap Value Series, The U.S. Small Cap Series and The U.S. Micro Cap Series – were, prior to April 1, 2001, known as The U.S. 4-10 Value Series, The U.S. 6-10 Value Series, The U.S. 6-10 Small Company Series and the U.S. 9-10 Small Company Series, respectively. Effective as of March 30, 2007, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Targeted Value Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested. Effective February 28, 2009, the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The Enhanced U.S. Large Company Series, the Master Fund in which the Enhanced U.S. Large Company Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Small Cap Value Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Small Cap Value Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Small Cap Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Small Cap Portfolio invested. Effective as of February 28, 2009, the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Micro Cap Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Micro Cap Portfolio invested. From September 1995 until September 13, 2005, the Asia Pacific Small Company Portfolio was known as the Pacific Rim Small Company Portfolio. From March 2012 until June 2014, the World Core Equity Portfolio was named the Dimensional Retirement Equity Fund II.

 

48


Table of Contents

DIG was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to the February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc. Until May 8, 2010, U.S. Large Company Portfolio was named U.S. Large Company Institutional Index Portfolio. Effective as of September 10, 2010, the U.S. Large Company Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Large Company Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Large Company Portfolio invested.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its Master Funds only to institutional investors in private offerings. Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”) was incorporated under Maryland law on January 9, 1991 and was reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust effective October 30, 2009. DEM offers its shares only to institutional investors in private offerings. On November 21, 1997, the shareholders of DEM approved its conversion from a closed-end management investment company to an open-end management investment company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Funds, the Trust, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFAS have adopted a revised Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a class of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Funds do not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. Each Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Funds, the latter being audited.

Whenever a Feeder Portfolio, as an investor in its corresponding Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the relevant Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Feeder Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Feeder Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. With regard to a Master Fund or Underlying Fund of the Trust organized as a partnership for federal tax purposes, if a majority shareholder of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in

 

49


Table of Contents

interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund or Underlying Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund or the Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be liquidated.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling a Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2018, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

44.08%

National Financial Services LLC*

200 Liberty Street

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

 

15.02%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103

 

11.67%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market US Equity Fund

5955 Deerfield Blvd.

Mason, OH 45040

 

5.35%

ENHANCED U.S. LARGE COMPANY PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

32.03%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

19.50%

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

13.30%

U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

38.26%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

29.31%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

19.40%

SEI Private Trust Company*

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, PA 19456

 

5.78%

U.S. LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

31.32%

 

50


Table of Contents
     

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

21.38%

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

17.18%

U.S. SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

32.88%

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

15.82%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

13.68%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market US Equity Fund1

 

5.05%

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

28.00%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

22.13%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

7.67%

U.S. CORE EQUITY 1 PORTFOLIO

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

28.33%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

26.13%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

12.72%

LPL*

4707 Executive Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

 

6.45%

Pershing LL

C One Pershing Plaza

P.O. Box 2052

Jersey City, NJ 07303

 

6.20%

DFA Global Equity Portfolio

6300 Bee Cave Road

Building 1

Austin, TX 78746

 

5.04%

U.S. CORE EQUITY 2 PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

 

25.83%

National Financial Services LLC*1

 

18.46%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

 

15.12%

DFA Global Equity Portfolio1

 

13.98%

LPL*1

 

7.70%

 

51


Table of Contents

U.S. VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

34.27%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

25.39%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

17.88%

Trust Company of America*

P.O. Box 6503

Englewood, CO 80155

  

7.58%

LPL*1

  

5.01%

U.S. SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

27.70%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

15.59%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

9.78%

U.S. MICRO CAP PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

33.59%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

18.79%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

15.56%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market US Equity Fund1

  

7.18%

U.S. HIGH RELATIVE PROFITABILITY PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

54.19%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

31.63%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

10.61%

DFA REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

28.26%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

19.48%

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio

6300 Bee Cave Road

Building 1

Austin, TX 78746

  

18.40%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

10.22%

 

52


Table of Contents

LARGE CAP INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

36.37%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

19.59%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

7.72%

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

32.10%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

18.51%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

16.64%

Edward D. Jones & Co.*

12555 Manchester Road

St. Louis, MO 63131

  

6.81%

INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

31.19%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

21.53%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

13.15%

DFA Global Equity Portfolio1

  

5.84%

GLOBAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

 

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

44.69%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

32.13%

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC*

FBO Servicing Agents

1 North Jefferson

St. Louis, MO 63103

  

14.11%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

5.18%

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

 

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

27.12%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

22.84%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

9.33%

JAPANESE SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

 

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

62.13%

 

53


Table of Contents

The Trustees of Boston College

Boston College Investment Office

129 Lake, Suite 526

Chestnut Hill, MA 02467

  

9.89%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market International Equity Fund

5955 Deerfield Blvd

Mason, OH 45040

  

7.81%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

6.84%

ASIA PACIFIC SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

71.45%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

11.99%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market International Equity Fund1

  

8.84%

UNITED KINGDOM SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

38.73%

Pershing LLC1

  

32.97%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market International Equity Fund1

  

13.12%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

9.24%

CONTINENTAL SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

69.98%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

17.35%

DFA INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

  

DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio1

  

43.27%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

18.36%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

15.01%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

12.26%

DFA GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

32.46%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

17.92%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

14.79%

DFA INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

36.80%

 

54


Table of Contents

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

14.90%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

13.34%

The RBB Fund Inc Free Market International Equity Fund1

  

5.81%

INTERNATIONAL VECTOR EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

33.50%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

30.89%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

18.73%

Trust Company of America1

  

5.62%

INTERNATIONAL HIGH RELATIVE PROFITABILITY PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

62.65%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

25.04%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

7.97%

WORLD EX U.S. VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

Deseret Mutual Benefit Admin ttee

The Deseret Mutual Employee Pension Trust

PO Box 45530

Salt Lake City, UT 84145

  

36.36%

The Employees Retirement Plan of the

Denver Board of Water Commissioners*

1600 West 12th Avenue Mailcode 210

Denver, CO 80204

  

15.58%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

14.52%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

12.80%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

7.97%

Deseret Mutual Benefit Admin ttee

The Deseret Mutual Retiree Medical & Life Plan Trust

PO Box 45530

Salt Lake City, UT 84145

  

6.54%

WORLD EX U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

58.68%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

21.83%

 

55


Table of Contents

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

     16.00

WORLD EX U.S. CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     34.22

National Financial Services LLC*1

     22.45

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

     13.84

WORLD CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

     32.20

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     25.64

Tacoma Employees Retirement System

3628 S 35th Street

Tacoma, WA 98409

     12.60

Prudential Bank & Trust FBO

San Francisco Employees Retirement System

280 Trumbull Street

Hartford, CT 06103

     9.44

SELECTIVELY HEDGED GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

     43.21

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     23.89

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

     17.75

Gerlach & Co. LLC

FBO A/C 094800 Korea Teachers Pension Fund

3800 Citigroup Center Suite B3-14

Tampa, FL 33610

     10.47

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     28.35

National Financial Services LLC*1

     17.64

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

     6.01

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

     22.48

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     13.19

EMERGING MARKETS SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

     22.23

 

56


Table of Contents

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

19.82%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

11.03%

EMERGING MARKETS CORE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

  

25.67%

National Financial Services LLC*1

  

25.34%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

  

9.97%

 

 

 

* 

Owner of record only (omnibus).

 

1 

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Funds will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is scheduled to be open for business. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Funds generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE generally is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Funds are closed.

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of that Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Funds or their transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

Each Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the Commission, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the Commission may permit.

Shareholders may, subject to a Fund’s sole discretion, transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Portfolio’s Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners. The signature on the letter of

 

57


Table of Contents

request must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Each Fund has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Portfolios to redeem in-kind redemption requests of a certain amount. Specifically, if the amount being redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Portfolio’s net assets, the Portfolio has the right to redeem the shares by providing the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets in securities instead of cash. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio (sometimes referred to as “the Portfolio”). Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply depending on how a Master Fund or an Underlying Fund in which a Portfolio invests is organized for federal income tax purposes. The Feeder Portfolios invest in Master Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. The Global Small Company Portfolio, World ex U.S. Value Portfolio and World Core Equity Portfolio invest in Underlying Funds organized as either partnerships or corporations for federal income tax purposes. The International Small Company Portfolio invests in Underlying Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. The DFA Global Real Estate Securities Portfolio and Selectively Hedged Global Equity Portfolio invest in Underlying Funds organized as corporations for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of a Portfolio.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio invested in a Master Fund or a Portfolio invested in an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership, its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s income and assets and in the case of a Portfolio invested in an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation, its pro rata share of the dividends and distributions paid by such Underlying Fund.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for

 

58


Table of Contents

dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

   

Income Requirement — the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

   

Asset Diversification Test — the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

 

59


Table of Contents

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsDistributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Portfolio may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See “Non-U.S. Investors Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. However, for any net capital losses realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, the Portfolio is only permitted to carry forward such capital losses for eight years as a short-term capital loss. Capital losses arising in a taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 must be used before capital losses realized in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate (or, in the case of those realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, expiring unutilized), thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsDistributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 

   

any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

   

the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Portfolio has a fiscal

 

60


Table of Contents

year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the applicable corporate tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Fund of funds corporate structures. In the case of a Portfolio that invests in Underlying Funds classified as corporations, distributions by the Underlying Funds, redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds, and changes in asset allocations by the Portfolio may result in taxable distributions to Portfolio shareholders of ordinary income or capital gains. A fund of funds generally will not be able to currently offset gains realized by one Underlying Fund in which the fund of funds invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund. If shares of an Underlying Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after redeeming at a loss other shares of that Underlying Fund (whether pursuant to a rebalancing by the Portfolio or otherwise), all or a part of the loss will not be deductible by the Portfolio and instead will increase its basis for the newly purchased shares. Also, except with respect to qualified fund of funds discussed below, a fund of funds (a) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders foreign tax credits from an Underlying Fund that pays foreign income taxes (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions — Pass-through of foreign tax credits” below), (b) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders exempt-interest dividends from an Underlying Fund, and (c) dividends paid by a fund of funds from interest earned by an Underlying Fund on U.S. Government obligations is unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions - U.S. Government securities” below”). However, a fund of funds is eligible to pass-through to shareholders qualified dividends earned by an Underlying Fund (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Qualified dividend income for individuals” and “ – Dividends-received deduction for corporations” below).    A qualified fund of funds, i.e. a Portfolio at least 50 percent of the value of the total assets of which (at the close of each quarter of the taxable year) is represented by interests in other RICs, is eligible to pass-through to shareholders (a) foreign tax credits and (b) exempt-interest dividends. 

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the

 

61


Table of Contents

Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund or a Portfolio that invests in an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund or Underlying Fund. A Portfolio investing in an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation receives income generally in the form of dividends. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Portfolio’s earnings and profits. In the case of a Portfolio whose strategy includes investing in stocks of corporations, a portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. A Portfolio investing in an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation may also derive capital gains through its redemption of shares of an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation (see “Taxation of the PortfolioFund of funds corporate structures” above). Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) (see “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions Investments in U.S. REITs” below).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Amounts reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Portfolio (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not

 

62


Table of Contents

eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. If the qualifying dividend income received by the Portfolio is equal to or greater than 95% of the Portfolio’s gross income (exclusive of net capital gain) in any taxable year, all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Portfolio will be qualifying dividend income.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be reported by the Portfolio to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Portfolio and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Portfolio may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if reported as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation. (Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, corporations are no longer subject to the AMT for taxable years of the corporation beginning after Dec. 31, 2017.) Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment. 

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Portfolio may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year, (i) more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio (or if the Portfolio is a qualified fund of funds as described above under the heading “Taxation of the PortfolioFund of funds corporate structures”, an Underlying Fund) or (ii) in the case of a Feeder Portfolio (or a Portfolio that invests in Underlying Funds classified as partnerships), more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Feeder Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund (or of the Portfolio attributable from the Underlying Funds), are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund or Master Fund). If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). For example, the amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from the Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. The Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio (or Underlying Fund or Master Fund) reserves the right not to pass through to its shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund or Master Fund). Additionally, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsSecurities lending” below.

U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Portfolio (or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, the Master Fund or an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership) invests in certain U.S. Government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund or the Underlying Fund. To the extent an

 

63


Table of Contents

Underlying Fund organized as a corporation invests in U.S. Government obligations, dividends derived from interest on these obligations and paid to the corresponding Portfolio and, in turn, to you are unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Information on the amount and tax character of distributions. The Portfolio will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may report to shareholders and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further report and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) of Portfolio shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Tax basis information. The Portfolio is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Portfolio (referred to as “covered shares”) and which are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Portfolio through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. When required to report cost basis, the Portfolio will calculate it using the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Portfolio in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long-term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different

 

64


Table of Contents

dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Portfolio does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Portfolio in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by DFA, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

 

   

FIFO (First In, First Out) – Shares acquired first are sold first.

   

LIFO (Last In, First Out) – Shares acquired last are sold first.

   

HIFO (Highest Cost, First Out) – Shares with the highest cost basis are sold first.

   

LOFO (Lowest Cost, First Out) – Shares with the lowest cost basis are sold first.

   

LGUT (Loss/Gain Utilization) – A method that evaluates losses and gains and then strategically selects lots based on that gain/loss in conjunction with a holding period.

   

Specific Lot Identification – Identification by the shareholder of the shares the shareholder wants to sell or exchange at the time of each sale or exchange on the trade request. The original purchase dates and prices of the shares identified will determine the cost basis and holding period.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Portfolio in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any “noncovered shares” (defined below) you may own. You may change from average cost to another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Portfolio in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

The Portfolio may also provide Portfolio shareholders (but not the IRS) with information concerning the average cost basis of their shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012 or shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 for which cost basis information is not known by the Portfolio (“noncovered shares”) in order to assist you with the calculation of gain or loss from a sale or redemption of noncovered shares. With the exception of the specific lot identification method, DFA first depletes noncovered shares with unknown cost basis in first in, first out order and then noncovered shares with known basis in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first. Shareholders that use the average cost method for noncovered shares must make the election to use the average cost method for these shares on their federal income tax returns in accordance with Treasury regulations. This election for noncovered shares cannot be made by notifying the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will compute and report the cost basis of your Portfolio shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and, in the case of covered shares, to the IRS. However the Portfolio is not required to, and in many cases the Portfolio does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolio, whether this information is provided pursuant to compliance with cost basis reporting requirements for shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, or is provided by the Portfolio as a service to shareholders for shares acquired prior to that date, and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Portfolio shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

 

65


Table of Contents

Conversion of shares into shares of the same Portfolio. The conversion of shares of one class into another class of the same Portfolio is not taxable for federal income tax purposes. Shareholders should also consult their tax advisors regarding the state and local tax consequences of a conversion or exchange of shares of the same Portfolio.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a portfolio on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character, of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the portfolio held the debt obligation unless the portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the portfolio generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the portfolio. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a portfolio is exercised and the portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the portfolio minus (b) the portfolio’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a portfolio pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the portfolio generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities

 

66


Table of Contents

purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a portfolio expires unexercised, the portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a portfolio as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a portfolio’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Certain of a portfolio’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a portfolio’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the portfolio could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a portfolio’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the portfolio’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from

 

67


Table of Contents

these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio (or an Underlying Fund organized as a corporation) is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Investments in non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the portfolio’s return on its investment. A portfolio’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Taxation of the Portfolio — Foreign income tax.” Also, the portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investments in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a portfolio will be treated as long-term capital gains by the portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Because of certain noncash expenses, such as property depreciation, an equity U.S. REIT’s cash flow may exceed its taxable income. The equity U.S. REIT, and in turn a portfolio, may distribute this excess cash to shareholders in the form of a return of capital distribution. However, if a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsInvestment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. InvestorsInvestment in U.S. real property” with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income). Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) or equity interests in a “taxable mortgage pool” (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign stockholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities, and tax-exempt organizations not subject to UBTI) is

 

68


Table of Contents

a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the applicable corporate tax rate. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. There can be no assurance that a portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to a portfolio with respect to any income it receives from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a portfolio that has a non-REIT strategy.

Investments in partnerships and qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTP). For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a portfolio from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the portfolio. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a portfolio investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a portfolio satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the portfolio generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See “Taxation of the PortfolioQualification as a regulated investment company.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a portfolio from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the portfolio may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a portfolio to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a portfolio with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Portfolio investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the portfolio’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a portfolio, the portfolio generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the portfolio to

 

69


Table of Contents

purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Portfolio may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

   

certify that this number is correct,

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

The Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate (or at a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S.) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) a short-term capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below), are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. Dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the reporting of interest-related dividends is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year-end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

 

70


Table of Contents

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to report to shareholders, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not report, small amounts of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s reporting of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Portfolio is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The Portfolio may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. REITs. The sale of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by the Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which the Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a RIC received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a sale or exchange of a USRPI if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consist of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the applicable corporate tax rate (unless reduced by future regulations), and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

FIRPTA “wash sale” rule. If the Portfolio is a domestically controlled qualified investment entity and a non-U.S. shareholder of the Portfolio (i) disposes of his interest in the Portfolio during the 30-day period preceding the Portfolio distribution that would have been treated as FIRPTA gain under the look-through rule described above, (ii) acquires an identical stock interest during the 61-day period beginning the first day of such 30-day period preceding the distribution, and (iii) does not in fact receive the distribution in a manner that subjects the non-U.S. shareholder to tax under FIRPTA, then the non-U.S. shareholder is required to pay U.S. tax on an amount equal to the amount of the distribution that was not taxed under FIRPTA as a result of the disposition. These rules also apply

 

71


Table of Contents

to substitute dividend payments and other similar arrangements; the portion of the substitute dividend or similar payment treated as FIRPTA gain equals the portion of the RIC distribution such payment is in lieu of that otherwise would have been treated as FIRPTA gain.

Gain on sale of Portfolio shares as FIRPTA gain. In addition, a sale or redemption of Portfolio shares will be FIRPTA gain only if –

 

   

As a non-U.S. shareholder, you own more than 5% of a class of shares in the Portfolio;

   

The Portfolio is not domestically controlled (50% or more in value of the Portfolio has been owned directly or indirectly by non-U.S. shareholders during the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition); and

   

50% or more of the Portfolio’s assets consist of: (1) more-than 5% interests in publicly traded companies that are United States Real Property Holding Corporations (“USRPHC”), (2) interests in non-publicly traded companies that are USRPHCs, and (3) interests in U.S. REITs that are not controlled by U.S. shareholders where the REIT shares are either not publicly traded or are publicly traded and the Portfolio owns more than 10%.

In the unlikely event that the Portfolio meets the requirements described above, the gain will be taxed as income “effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.” As a result, the non-U.S. shareholder will be required to pay U.S. income tax on such gain and file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Because the Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions will be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.    

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, the Portfolio will be required to withhold a 30% tax on the following payments or distributions made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”): (a) income dividends and (b) after December 31, 2018, certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions, and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares. The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b)

 

72


Table of Contents

by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, reporting information relating to them. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Portfolio can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Portfolio or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Portfolio will need to provide the Portfolio with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Portfolio. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Boards of Directors of DIG, DFAIDG and DEM, and the Board of Trustees of the Trust have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy service provider, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the

 

73


Table of Contents

voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds, and which seeks to maximize the value of the non-Feeder Portfolios’, Master Funds’ and Underlying Funds’ investments. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, proxies voted should not result from conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund, or Underlying Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund or the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as applicable.

The Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investment and that it is in the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not intend to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund associated with voting. The Advisor

 

74


Table of Contents

intends to make its determination on whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally seeks to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained ISS to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. ISS provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted (the “Proxy Voting Services”). In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide, among other things, research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions. In this regard, the Advisor uses commercially reasonable efforts to oversee the directed delegation to third-party proxy voting service providers, upon which the Advisor relies to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. Prior to the selection of a new third-party proxy service provider and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Corporate Governance Committee will consider whether the proxy service provider (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how each of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) on the Advisor’s website at http://us.dimensional.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG and DIG and Boards of Trustees of the Trust and DEM (collectively, the “Boards”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://us.dimensional.com, 30 days following the month-end.

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. The Advisor’s Head of Global Institutional Services and Global Chief Compliance Officer, or a delegate of the same, respectively (collectively, the “Designated Persons”), together may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current

 

75


Table of Contents

non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination.

As of the date of this SAI, the Advisor and the Portfolios and Master Funds had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

 

  

Business Purpose

 

  

Frequency

 

AFP Capital   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Colfondos   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Prima   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Habitat   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Integra   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Aon Hewitt   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Callan Associates   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Cambridge Associates Limited   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Capital Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Charles Schwab Bank- Smart Funds   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Citibank, N.A.   

Fund Custodian

 

   Daily
Citibank, N.A.   

Middle office operational support service

provider to the Advisor

 

   Daily
Colonial Consulting Co.   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Fund Evaluation Group, LLC   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Gallagher Fiduciary Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Gavion LLC   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Greycourt & Co., Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
InterMountain Healthcare   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Annually
Margaret A. Cargill Philanthropies   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Marquette Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly

 

76


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

  

Business Purpose

 

  

Frequency

 

Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Montana Board of Investments   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
New York State Teachers’ Retirement System   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Northern Trust   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Ohio Public Employees Retirement System   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Pavilion Advisory Group   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP   

Independent registered public accounting

firm

 

   Upon Request
Pricing Service Vendor   

Fair value information services

 

   Daily
R.V. Kuhns & Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Siemens Corporation   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Southern Company   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
State Street Bank and Trust Company   

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent,

Transfer Agent and Custodian

 

   Daily
State Street Global Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Style Research/Caissa, LLC   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Teachers’ Retirement Allowances Fund Board   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Annually
Towers Watson   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
U.S. Institutional Investment Consultants   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
University of Pittsburgh Medical Center   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Verus (El Segundo)   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Wilshire Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

   Monthly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Underlying Funds, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services

 

77


Table of Contents

and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that (1) the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, as applicable, has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Funds and Trust; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://us.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, a Master Fund, an Underlying Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.    

Disclosure of Non-Material Information. To the extent permitted under the Policy, Designated Persons, officers of the Funds, portfolio managers, other representatives of the Advisor, and anyone employed by or associated with the Advisor who has been authorized by the Advisor’s Legal Department or the Designated Persons (collectively, “Approved Representatives”) may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information, in connection with or relating to the Portfolios or their Holdings Information and/or other investment positions (collectively, commentary and analysis) or any changes in the Holdings Information of the Portfolios that occurred after the most recent publicly disclosed Holdings Information (recent portfolio changes) to any person if such information does not constitute material non-public information.

With respect to each instance of such disclosure, an Approved Representative will make a good faith determination whether the information constitutes material non-public information, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Advisor believes that in most cases recent portfolio changes that involve a few or even several securities in a diversified portfolio and/or commentary and analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making an investment decision concerning a Portfolio. Nonexclusive examples of commentary and analysis include: (i) the allocation of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and

 

78


Table of Contents

other investment positions among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries; (ii) the characteristics of the equity and fixed income components of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions; (iii) the attribution of Portfolio returns by asset class, sector, industry and country; and (iv) the volatility characteristics of a Portfolio. An Approved Representative may in his or her sole discretion determine whether to deny any request for information made by any person, and may do so for any reason or no reason.

Such information, if made available to anyone, will be made available to any person upon request, but, because such information is generally not material to investors, it may or may not be posted on a Portfolio’s website.

SECURITIES LENDING

The Boards of the following Portfolios, or of the corresponding Master Funds of the following Portfolios (collectively, the “Securities Lending Portfolios”), have approved their participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian. Under a separate securities lending program, Citibank, N.A. serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the income earned by the following Portfolios, as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by the Portfolios (in dollars) pursuant to a securities lending agency/authorization agreement between the Portfolios (or their corresponding Master Funds) and State Street Bank and Trust Company or Citibank, N.A. (each, a “Securities Lending Agent”), were as follows:

 

        

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:

         

Portfolio*

  Gross income
from
securities
lending
activities
   Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from a
revenue split
   Fees paid for
any cash
collateral
management
service
(including
fees deducted
from a pooled
cash collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in
the revenue
split
   Administrative
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Indemnification
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Rebate (paid
to
borrower)
   Other fees
not
included
in the
revenue
split
   Aggregate
fees/
compensation
for securities
lending

activities
   Net income
from
securities
lending

activities

U.S. Large

Company

Portfolio

  $3,201,578    $93,015    $156,843    -      -      $2,115,116    -      $2,364,975    $836,603

Enhanced

U.S. Large

Company

Portfolio

  $21,322    $682    $1,132    -      -      $11,444    -      $13,258    $8,064

U.S. Large

Cap Equity

Portfolio

  $466,201    $18,445    $18,357    -      -      $263,587    -      $300,390    $165,811

U.S. Large

Cap Value

Portfolio**

  $8,007,983    $258,723    $372,732    -      -      $5,048,727    -      $5,680,183    $2,327,800

U.S. Small

Cap Value

Portfolio

  $23,733,767    $873,700    $1,036,055    -      -      $13,966,047    -      $15,875,801    $7,857,965

U.S. Targeted

Value

Portfolio

  $19,286,502    $724,873    $768,021    -      -      $11,273,251    -      $12,766,145    $6,520,358

U.S. Core

Equity 1

Portfolio

  $23,667,224    $960,791    $890,247    -      -      $13,173,233    -      $15,024,271    $8,642,952
U.S. Core   $28,549,193    $1,166,937    $1,074,116    -      -      $15,810,967    -      $18,052,022    $10,497,172

 

79


Table of Contents

        Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:        

 

Portfolio*

   Gross income
from
securities
lending
activities
     Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from a
revenue split
     Fees paid for
any cash
collateral
management
service
(including
fees deducted
from a pooled
cash collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in
the revenue
split
     Administrative
fees not
included in the
revenue split
     Indemnification
fees not
included in the
revenue split
     Rebate (paid
to
borrower)
     Other fees
not
included
in the
revenue
split
     Aggregate
fees/
compensation
for securities
lending
activities
     Net income
from
securities
lending
activities
 

Equity 2

Portfolio

                          

U.S. Vector

Equity

Portfolio

     $7,413,579        $296,284        $293,840        -          -          $4,158,918        -          $4,749,042        $2,664,537  

U.S. Small

Cap Portfolio

     $43,985,540        $1,766,788        $1,687,679        -          -          $24,639,010        -          $28,093,477        $15,892,063  

U.S. Micro

Cap Portfolio

     $12,525,415        $575,044        $434,189        -          -          $6,344,054        -          $7,353,287        $5,172,128  

U.S. High

Relative

Profitability

Portfolio

     $31,291        $714        $786        -          -          $23,378        -          $24,879        $6,412  

DFA Real

Estate

Securities

Portfolio

     $5,915,229        $126,186        $284,424        -          -          $4,369,561        -          $4,780,171        $1,135,058  

Large Cap

International

Portfolio

     $3,276,301        $312,555        $127,227        -          -          -          -          $439,783        $2,836,518  

DFA

International

Value

Portfolio**

     $7,662,053        $732,845        $244,345        -          -          -          -          $977,191        $6,684,862  

International

Core Equity

Portfolio

     $33,382,718        $3,243,355        $822,179        -          -          -          -          $4,065,534        $29,317,184  

Japanese

Small

Company

Portfolio**

     $1,641,147        $161,135        $28,423        -          -          -          -          $189,558        $1,451,588  

Asia Pacific

Small

Company

Portfolio**

     $1,032,637        $100,368        $22,805        -          -          -          -          $123,173        $909,464  

United

Kingdom

Small

Company

Portfolio**

     $30,694        $2,987        $776        -          -          -          -          $3,763        $26,931  

Continental

Small

Company

Portfolio**

     $1,356,528        $133,501        $20,718        -          -          -          -          $154,219        $1,202,309  

DFA

International

Real Estate

Securities

Portfolio

     $3,168,669        $302,570        $115,779        -          -          -          -          $418,348        $2,750,321  

DFA Global

Real Estate

Securities

     $1,547,315        $34,522        $76,380        -          -          $1,121,971        -          $1,232,873        $314,442  

 

80


Table of Contents

            Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:                

 

Portfolio*

   Gross income
from
securities
lending
activities
     Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from a
revenue split
     Fees paid for
any cash
collateral
management
service
(including
fees deducted
from a pooled
cash collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in
the revenue
split
     Administrative
fees not
included in the
revenue split
     Indemnification
fees not
included in the
revenue split
     Rebate (paid
to
borrower)
     Other fees
not
included
in the
revenue
split
     Aggregate
fees/
compensation
for securities
lending
activities
     Net income
from
securities
lending
activities
 
Portfolio                           

DFA

International

Small Cap

Value

Portfolio

     $26,173,775        $2,556,011        $473,428        -          -          -          -          $3,029,439        $23,144,336  

International

Vector Equity

Portfolio

     $4,258,714        $415,540        $89,243        -          -          -          -          $504,783        $3,753,931  

International

High Relative

Profitability

Portfolio

     $3,776        $349        $78        -          -          $212        -          $638        $3,138  

World ex U.S.

Targeted

Value

Portfolio

     $429,907        $42,536        $3,954        -          -          -          -          $46,490        $383,416  

World ex U.S.

Core Equity

Portfolio

     $3,851,047        $377,338        $67,274        -          -          -          -          $444,612        $3,406,435  

Emerging

Markets

Portfolio**

     $5,366,929        $631,799        $88,562        -          -          -          -          $720,361        $4,646,568  

Emerging Markets

Value

Portfolio**

     $30,770,964        $3,643,000        $328,329        -          -          -          -          $3,971,330        $26,799,635  

Emerging Markets

Small Cap

Portfolio**

     $55,731,165        $6,648,722        $294,135        -          -          -          -          $6,942,856        $48,788,308  

Emerging Markets

Core Equity

Portfolio

     $69,780,986        $8,297,306        $566,669        -          -          -          -          $8,863,975        $60,917,011  

* Funds of funds without direct securities lending revenue are not included in the chart, although certain Underlying Funds that are taxed as partnerships may pass through securities lending revenue to the Portfolio.

** A Portfolio with a corresponding Master Fund that is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Portfolio.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, each Securities Lending Agent provided the following services for their respective Securities Lending Portfolios in connection with securities lending activities: (i) entering into loans with approved entities subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (ii) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of cash collateral; (iii) monitoring daily the value of the loaned securities and collateral, including receiving and delivering additional collateral as necessary from/to borrowers; (iv) negotiating loan terms; (v) selecting securities to be loaned subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (vi) recordkeeping and account servicing; (vii) monitoring dividend/distribution activity relating to loaned securities; and (viii) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Portfolios at loan termination.

 

81


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Funds’ annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for their fiscal period ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the Master Funds (which are series of the Trust) and the audited financial statements of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Trust’s and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund’s annual reports to shareholders, including the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

82


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

U.S. PROXY VOTING CONCISE GUIDELINES

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Board of Directors:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally vote FOR director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

1.

Accountability

Vote AGAINST1 or WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1.

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a WITHHOLD/AGAINST vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

 

                                                             

1 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

2 A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If it cannot be determined whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2.

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers and/or industry groups. Take into consideration the company’s total shareholder return and financial/operational performance over short- to long-term time horizons. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

  ·  

A classified board structure;

 

  ·  

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

  ·  

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

 

  ·  

A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills3:

 

  1.3.

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5.

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all nominees if:

 

  1.6.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

                                                             

3 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has (i) adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses, or (ii) failed to eliminate a poison pill following a proxy contest in which a majority of directors were replaced.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
  ·  

The issuer’s rationale;

 

  ·  

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

  ·  

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7.

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote AGAINST on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8.

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9.

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10.

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11.

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and (potentially the full board) if:

 

  1.12.

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13.

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14.

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15.

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

 

  1.16.

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17.

The company’s previous say-on-pay proposal received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The company’s response, including:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ·  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments

 

  1.18.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors, as applicable:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

  ·  

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

  ·  

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

  ·  

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure;

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

  ·  

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

A-4


Table of Contents
  ·  

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees. Generally vote AGAINST (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the directors:

 

  ·  

Classified the board;

  ·  

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

  ·  

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19.

For newly public companies, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights,4 considering the following factors:

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

  ·  

The disclosed rationale for adopting the provision;

  ·  

The ability to change the governance structure in the future (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

  ·  

The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure; and,

  ·  

A public commitment to put the provision to a shareholder vote within three years of the date of the initial public offering.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or submitted to a vote of public shareholders, vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20.

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight5, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21.

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22.

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

                                                             

4 Under the Advisors’ guidelines, implementation of a multi-class voting structure prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering will not, per se, warrant a vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD under this provision.

5 Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
2.

Responsiveness

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors (as appropriate) if:

 

  2.1.

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

  ·  

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

  ·  

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

  ·  

The subject matter of the proposal;

 

  ·  

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

  ·  

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

  ·  

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

  ·  

Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3.

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

  ·  

ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

  ·  

The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
3.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE6) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

  ·  

Medical issues/illness;

 

  ·  

Family emergencies; and

 

  ·  

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote CASE-BY-CASE, considering relevant factors on individual directors (e.g., attendance or other board seats).

 

4.

Independence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors when:

 

  4.1.

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2.

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3.

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4.

Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote with management on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

 

                                                             

6 For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Proxy Access7

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests—Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections8

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

  ·  

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

  ·  

Management’s track record;

 

  ·  

Background to the contested election;

 

  ·  

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

  ·  

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

  ·  

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

  ·  

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access vote CASE-BY-CASE considering the same factors listed above – or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Shareholder Rights & Defenses9

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)10

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all

                                                             

7 An Advisor generally does not consider the duration of required ownership in evaluating proxy access.

8 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

9 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

10 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director has adopted a fee-shifting bylaw provision without a shareholder vote.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

  ·  

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

  ·  

Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  ·  

The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

  ·  

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections

Generally vote AGAINST bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

  ·  

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

  ·  

A term of no more than three years;

 

  ·  

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

  ·  

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

  ·  

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

  ·  

The value of the NOLs;

 

  ·  

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Generally vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

The consent threshold;

 

  ·  

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

  ·  

Investor ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

  ·  

An unfettered11 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 25 percent threshold;

 

  ·  

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

  ·  

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

  ·  

An annually elected board.

 

                                                             

11 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING12

Common Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

  ¡  

The dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Apply the relevant allowable increase below in determining vote on requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

A.

Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

B.

Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

C.

Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

D.

Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

                                                             

12 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that is receiving a FOR vote, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

  ·  

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

  ¡  

The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

 

  ¡  

The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

  ¡  

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; or

 

  ¡  

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

  ¡  

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

A-12


Table of Contents
  ¡  

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

  ·  

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION13

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1.

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will

                                                             

13 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
 

take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2.

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3.

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4.

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5.

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

  ·  

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  ·  

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  ·  

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  ·  

There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an AGAINST vote on an MSOP is warranted due to a pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

  ·  

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

  ·  

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

  ·  

The situation is egregious.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

In casting a vote on executive compensation proposals, an Advisor may consider the following:

 

  1.

Peer Group14 Alignment:

 

  ·  

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over different time horizons.

 

  ·  

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2.

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests, may be considered

 

  ·  

The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

  ·  

The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

  ·  

The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

  ·  

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

  ·  

Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

  ·  

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

  ·  

Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

  ·  

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

                                                             

14 In addition to the peer group disclosed in a company’s proxy statement, an Advisor may consider other peer companies that are comparable in market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), industry and other factors.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
  ·  

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

  ·  

Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated CASE-BY-CASE considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

  ·  

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

  ·  

Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

  ·  

New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

  ¡  

Change in control (CIC) payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

  ¡  

CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

  ¡  

CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups).

 

  ·  

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

  ·  

Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

  ·  

A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

  ·  

Metrics and incentives that are misaligned with shareholders’ interests and publicly disclosed business objectives;

 

  ·  

Lucrative severance packages;

 

  ·  

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

  ·  

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

  ·  

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined CASE-BY-CASE to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

A-16


Table of Contents
  ·  

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

  ·  

Duration of options backdating;

 

  ·  

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

  ·  

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

  ·  

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors CASE-BY-CASE when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

  ·  

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

  ·  

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ¡  

The company’s response, including:

 

   

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ¡  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ¡  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ¡  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

Vote FOR triennial advisory votes on compensation.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Features that may result in an AGAINST recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

  ·  

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

  ·  

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

  ·  

Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

  ·  

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

  ·  

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

  ·  

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

  ·  

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans15

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on certain equity-based compensation plans16 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated under these three pillars:

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

  ·  

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

  ·  

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

                                                             

15 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

16 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Plan Features:

 

  ·  

Automatic or discretionary single-triggered award vesting upon a CIC;

 

  ·  

Discretionary vesting authority;

 

  ·  

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

  ·  

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

  ·  

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

Grant Practices:

 

  ·  

The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

  ·  

Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

  ·  

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

  ·  

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

  ·  

Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

  ·  

Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

  ·  

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

  ·  

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies -- or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

  ·  

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

  ·  

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Social/Environmental Issues

Global Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a social/environmental issue may have material economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.17

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, an Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address

 

                                                             

17 See Governance Failures section under Section 1 above (Board of Directors – Accountability)

 

A-20


Table of Contents
 

related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant market proxy voting guidelines.

Political Issues

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving political issues. When evaluating political shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Routine/Miscellaneous

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

A-21


Table of Contents
  ·  

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

  ·  

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

  ·  

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP, or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

  ·  

Fees for non-audit services (“other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING SUMMARY GUIDELINES18

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

1. General Policies

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

  ·  

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

  ·  

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

  ·  

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

 

                                                             

18 This is a summary of the majority of International Markets, however, certain countries and/or markets have separate policies which are generally consistent with the principles reflected in this summary but are modified to reflect issues such as those related to customs, disclosure obligations and legal structures of the relevant jurisdiction.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

  ·  

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

  ·  

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

  ·  

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

  ·  

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Non-Contested Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

  ·  

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

  ·  

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;19

 

  ·  

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

  ·  

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

  ·  

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

Vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the ISS analysis is written and therefore no research is provided on the nominee.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.20

Classification of Directors - International Policy

 

Executive Director

 

  ·  

Employee or executive of the company;

 

  ·  

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

 

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

  ·  

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

                                                             

19 In Japan, an Advisor may vote FOR individual director(s) where proxy research has identified no overriding concerns beyond the company’s failure of a quantitative capital efficiency (ROE) test applied by the proxy research firm.

20 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

 

  ·  

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

 

  ·  

Government representative;

 

 

  ·  

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

 

  ·  

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

 

  ·  

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Relative[1] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

  ·  

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

 

  ·  

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

 

  ·  

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

 

  ·  

Years of service will NOT be a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market:

 

 

  ¡  

9 years (from the date of election) in the United Kingdom and Ireland;

 

 

  ¡  

12 years in European markets;

 

 

  ¡  

7 years in Russia.

 

Independent NED

 

  ·  

Not classified as non-independent (see above);

 

 

  ·  

No material[4] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

 

Employee Representative

 

  ·  

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

[1] “Relative” follows the SEV’s proposed definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3] If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.)

[4] For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Contested Director Elections21

For shareholder nominees, the persuasive burden is on the nominee or the proposing shareholder to prove that they are better suited to serve on the board than management’s nominees. Serious consideration of shareholder nominees will be given only if there are clear and compelling reasons for the nominee to join the board. These nominees must also demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations; some nominees may have hidden or narrow agendas and may unnecessarily contribute to divisiveness among directors.

The major decision factors are:

 

  ·  

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

  ·  

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

  ·  

Independence of directors/nominees;

 

  ·  

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

  ·  

Governance profile of the company;

 

  ·  

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

  ·  

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  ·  

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, an Advisor will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value)?

 

 

                                                             

21 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

  ·  

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  ·  

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  ·  

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.22

Discharge of Board and Management

Vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling concerns that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis by:

 

  ·  

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest

 

  ·  

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

  ·  

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR routine proposals to fix board size.

 

                                                             

22 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE23

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Vote FOR issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Specific Issuances

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

  ·  

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

  ·  

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

                                                             

23 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

  ·  

Maximum Volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

A-30


Table of Contents
  ·  

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

Vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

  ·  

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

  ·  

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

  ·  

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

 

  ·  

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume in exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring), will be assessed CASE-BY-CASE based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

  ·  

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

  ·  

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. COMPENSATION24

Compensation Plans

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis consistent with the following principles:

 

  ·  

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

  ·  

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

  ·  

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

  ·  

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

  ·  

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

                                                             

24 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions an Advisor may take.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

5. OTHER ITEMS

Reorganizations/Restructurings

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? An Advisor places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders or have special interests influenced directors and officers to support or recommend the merger?

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to allow shareholders to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a CSR issue may have economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, the Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

A-33


Table of Contents
  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Country of Incorporation vs. Country of Listing-Application of Policy

In general, country of incorporation will be the basis for policy application. US policies will be applied to the extent possible to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual and 10-Q quarterly reports and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs), will be subject to the following policy:

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. In all other cases, equity compensation plans will be evaluated according to the US Proxy Voting Guidelines.

All other voting items will be evaluated using the International Proxy Voting Guidelines.

FPIs are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S.

 

A-35


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2018

(as supplemented on April 17, 2018)

Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG” or the “Fund”) is an open-end management investment company that offers twelve series of shares. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to three series of the Fund (individually, a “Portfolio,” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

DFA International Value Portfolio III

Ticker: DFVIX

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III

Ticker: DFUVX

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II

Ticker: DFMVX

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus dated February 28, 2018, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders and the audited financial statements and financial highlights of each Portfolio’s Master Fund are incorporated by reference from The DFA Investment Trust Company’s (the “Trust”) annual report to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the Fund at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

     1  

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

     1  

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

     2  

FUTURES CONTRACTS

     4  

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     5  

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

     5  

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     5  

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

     6  

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

     7  

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

     7  

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     8  

SERVICES TO THE FUND

     18  

ADVISORY FEES

     20  

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

     21  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     24  

CODE OF ETHICS

     24  

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

     24  

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     25  

PURCHASE OF SHARES

     26  

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     26  

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

     27  

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

     42  

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

     43  

SECURITIES LENDING

     46  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     47  

PERFORMANCE DATA

     48  


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to each Portfolio and each Master Fund. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Each Portfolio and Master Fund is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structures of the Master Funds are based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that a Master Fund might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Master Fund and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except DFA International Value Portfolio III) has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of each 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which a Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see the Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES section in the Prospectus.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, it applies to the Portfolios and The DFA International Value Series (the “International Value Series”), The U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “Large Cap Value Series”) and The Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series (the “Tax-Managed Value Series”) (collectively, the “Master Funds”) of the Trust through the Portfolios’ investment in the Master Funds. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Master Funds during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015.

 

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2017

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2016

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2015

 

International Value Series

   $ 1,420,715      $ 1,304,293      $ 1,814,443  

Large Cap Value Series

   $ 1,392,825      $ 1,496,090      $ 1,728,895  

Tax-Managed Value Series

   $ 160,540      $ 255,046      $ 211,348  

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Master Funds from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by those Master Funds.

Portfolio transactions of each Master Fund will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected. Brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Master Funds to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the

 

1


Table of Contents

market prices of the securities in which the Master Funds invest. The Advisor also checks the rates of commissions, if any, being paid by the Master Funds to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited also may perform these services for the Master Fund that they sub-advise.

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions of the Master Funds may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Master Fund’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the Portfolios (except the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III and its Master Fund) may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The Investment Management Agreement of each Master Fund permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Master Funds.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the Master Funds did not pay commissions for securities transactions to brokers for providing market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage service or research services to the Portfolios.

The Portfolios will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with its purchase or redemption of shares of its Master Fund, except if a Portfolio receives securities or currencies from the Master Fund to satisfy the Portfolio’s redemption request.

The Master Funds in which the Portfolios invest may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of the Master Funds in which the Portfolios invest, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Master Funds during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as well as the value of such securities held by the Master Funds as of October 31, 2017.

 

Master Fund

   Broker or Dealer    Value of Securities

International Value Series

   Societe Generale    $108,991,827

International Value Series

   Instinet    $42,240,944

Large Cap Value Series

   Jefferies    $6,245,431

Tax-Managed Value Series

   Jefferies    $375,293

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as

 

2


Table of Contents

the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

 

  The

Portfolios will not:

 

  (1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent a Portfolio from (i) purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities;

 

  (5)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry;

 

  (8)

sell securities short; or

 

  (9)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above do not prohibit each Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds. In applying the investment limitations, each such Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33 13% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent a Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements or acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future. Inasmuch as a Portfolio will only hold shares of its corresponding Master Fund, the Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares.

 

3


Table of Contents

With respect to the investment limitation described in (9) above, the Portfolios will not issue senior securities, except that a Portfolio may borrow money as described above. A Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security, delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent a Portfolio enters into an offsetting financial position, segregates liquid assets equal to the Portfolio’s obligations arising from the transaction or otherwise “covers” the transaction in accordance with SEC positions.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid assets, which limits investments in illiquid assets to 15% of such Portfolio’s net assets. Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the Master Funds may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. While maintaining oversight, the Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Trustees and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit a Portfolio from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolio’s investment strategies. Except with respect to a Portfolio’s limitation on borrowing or otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to a Portfolio’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio and Master Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices to adjust market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio or Master Fund. The Portfolios and Master Funds, however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio or Master Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements that are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of a Portfolio or Master Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio or Master Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Portfolio or Master Fund intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of a Portfolio or a Master Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that a Portfolio or Master Fund has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of a Portfolio or a Master Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that a Portfolio or Master Fund has entered into.

 

4


Table of Contents

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Portfolio or Master Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if a Portfolio or Master Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures that are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio or Master Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio or Master Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Value Series may acquire and sell foreign currency forward contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The International Value Series will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to exchange two currencies at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a fixed rate set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The International Value Series may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, the International Value Series may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Portfolios that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty around the future of the euro and the European Union (EU) following the United Kingdom’s vote to exit the EU in June 2016. In March 2017, the United Kingdom invoked a treaty provision that sets out the basics of a withdrawal from the EU and provides that negotiations must be completed within two years, unless all EU member states agree on an extension. However, there is a significant degree of uncertainty about how negotiations relating to the United Kingdom’s exit will be conducted, including the outcome of negotiations for a new relationship between the United Kingdom and EU. While it is not possible to determine the precise impact these events may have on the Portfolios or Master Funds, during this period and beyond, the impact on the United Kingdom, EU countries, other countries or parties that transact with the United Kingdom and EU, and the broader global economy could be significant and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Portfolios’ or Master Funds’ investments. In addition, if one or more countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Master Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in

 

5


Table of Contents

other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. In addition, each of the Master Funds may enter into arrangements with its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The Master Funds may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

 

Series    Permissible Cash Investment*     

Percentage

Guidelines**

 

 

                  
International Value Series    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***      20%  
                  
Large Cap Value Series    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***      20%  
                  
Tax-Managed Value Series    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; shares of unaffiliated money market funds; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***      20%  

 

*

With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios and Master Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

 

**

The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations but the Portfolios and Master Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.

 

***

Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment

 

6


Table of Contents

objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

Each Master Fund may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis. When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued. It is possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled. In addition, each Master Fund may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the Master Fund contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time. Each Master Fund may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time a Master Fund enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on the settlement date than the price a Master Fund committed to pay or receive for the security. A Master Fund will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and a Master Fund will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

When entering into a commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, a Master Fund will segregate cash and/or liquid assets and will maintain such cash and/or liquid assets in an amount equal in value to such commitments.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The International Value Series, Large Cap Value Series, Tax-Managed Value Series each may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest are passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Master Fund invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Feeder Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

 

7


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

Organization of the Board

The Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Board of Directors elects the officers of the Fund, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board of Directors of the Fund is comprised of one interested Director and six disinterested Directors. David G. Booth, an interested Director, is Chairman of the Board. The disinterested Directors of the Board designated Myron S. Scholes as the lead disinterested Director. As the lead disinterested Director, Mr. Scholes, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Directors in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Directors in between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Directors (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson). The existing Board structure for the Fund also provides the disinterested Directors with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and the Fund, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Director, who, as both an officer of the Fund and the Advisor, participates in the day-to-day management of the Fund’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the disinterested Directors in order to provide the Directors with the opportunity to contact Fund management and/or the disinterested Directors’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Directors regularly communicate with Mr. Booth regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of the Fund meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

The Board has three standing committees. The Audit Committee and Nominating Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Directors. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Directors have direct oversight of the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and the selection and nomination of candidates to the Fund’s Board. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) consists entirely of disinterested Directors. The Strategy Committee assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Fund and its performance.

The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Edward P. Lazear, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Douglas W. Diamond, Edward P. Lazear and Myron S. Scholes. At the request of the Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Fund, (ii) reviews performance of existing Portfolios of the Fund, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the Portfolios’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance the investment strategies or policies of each Portfolio, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for

 

8


Table of Contents

each Portfolio of the Fund. There were three Strategy Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board of the Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Fund.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Fund management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect the Fund.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of the Fund’s portfolios. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the portfolios. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a portfolio and such change could have a significant impact on the portfolio’s risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for their approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and the Fund’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enables the Board to review fair valued securities in a particular portfolio. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each portfolio. In addition, the Fund’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each portfolio’s year-end financial statements.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with the CCO, and the Fund’s CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. The Fund’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Fund and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Fund’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Director Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and

 

9


Table of Contents

address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. The Fund’s Board believes that each Director currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Fund and protect the interests of shareholders. The Board noted that each Director had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Director held an academic position in the areas of finance, economics or accounting. The Board also noted that Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith each had experience serving as a director on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that David G. Booth contributed valuable experience due to his position with the Advisor. Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and

Year of Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1 and  
Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years    Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other

Directorships of
Public

Companies Held
During Past 5

Years

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1947

  Director   Since 1993    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1978).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Douglas W. Diamond

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

  Director   Since 2017    Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1988). Visiting Scholar, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (since 1990). Formerly, Fischer Black Visiting Professor of Financial Economics, Alfred P. Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (2015 to 2016).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200 New Haven, CT 06520-8200

 

1943

  Director   Since 1993    Professor in Practice Emeritus of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (2006 – 2016).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

10


Table of Contents

Name, Address and

Year of Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1 and  
Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years    Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other

Directorships of
Public

Companies Held
During Past 5

Years

Edward P. Lazear

Stanford University Graduate School of Business

Knight Management Center, E346

Stanford, CA 94305-5015

 

1948

  Director   Since 2010    Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Becker Friedman Institute for Research in Economics, University of Chicago (since 2015). Morris Arnold Cox Senior Fellow, Hoover Institution (since 2002). Jack Steele Parker Professor of Human Resources Management and Economics, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1995). Cornerstone Research (expert testimony and economic and financial analysis) (since 2009).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1941

  Director   Since 1993    Chief Investment Strategist, Janus Henderson Investors (since 2014). Frank E. Buck Professor of Finance, Emeritus, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1981).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Formerly, Adviser, Kuapay, Inc. (2013-2014). Formerly, Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (43 Portfolios) (1980-2014).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

  Director   Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director (since 2000) and formerly, Lead Director (May 2014-May 2017), HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (21 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

11


Table of Contents

Interested Director

The following interested Director is described as such because he is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address

and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of
Office1 and  
Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   

Portfolios
within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other Directorships

of Public Companies

Held During Past 5

Years

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1946

  Chairman and Director   Since 1992    Chairman, Director/Trustee, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until March 2017) of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) , DIG and the Trust. Executive Chairman, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until February 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, DFAIDG, DIG and the Trust, the “DFA Entities”). Chairman and Director (since 2009) and formerly, Co-Chief Executive Officer (2010 – June 2017) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Trustee, University of Chicago (since 2002). Trustee, University of Kansas Endowment Association (since 2005). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2002 – July 2017), DFA Australia Limited (1994 – July 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (2012 – July 2017), Dimensional Funds plc (2006 – July 2017) and Dimensional Funds II plc (2006 – July 2017). Formerly, Director and President of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2012 – April 2017). Formerly, President, Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC (2009-2014) ; and Limited Partner, VSC Investors, LLC (2007 to 2015). Formerly, Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (2010-September 2017).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1 

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2 

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; DFAIDG, the Trust; and DEM. Each disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name    Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned   

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:          
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Douglas W. Diamond    None    None Directly; $50,001–$100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Edward P. Lazear    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

 

12


Table of Contents
Name    Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned   

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Myron S. Scholes    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Interested Directors:          
David G. Booth    None    Over $100,000

 

**

As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same fiscal year. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017. Douglas W. Diamond was appointed to each Board of the DFA Fund Complex effective June 1, 2017.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as Part
of Fund
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual Benefits
upon Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the Fund
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid to
Directors†

George M. Constantinides

    Director

   $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Douglas W. Diamond

    Director

   $11,229    N/A    N/A    $159,500

Roger G. Ibbotson

    Director

   $24,823    N/A    N/A    $350,000

Edward P. Lazear

    Director

   $23,402    N/A    N/A    $330,000

Myron S. Scholes

    Lead Independent Director

   $28,405    N/A    N/A    $400,000

Abbie J. Smith

    Director

   $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Christopher S. Crossan

    Chief Compliance Officer

   $30,741    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory and administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan

 

13


Table of Contents
 

during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 is as follows: $350,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $330,000 (Mr. Lazear) and $71,000 (Mr. Diamond). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

 

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position   Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
Valerie A. Brown 1967   Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Since
2001
 

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of

•   all the DFA Entities (since 2001)

•   DFA Australia Limited (since 2002)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2002)

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

Director, Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

David P. Butler 1964   Co-Chief Executive Officer   Since
2017
 

Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA entities

Director (since 2017) of

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

•   DFA Australia Limited

Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Head of Global Financial Advisor Services (since 2007) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

Stephen A. Clark 1972   Executive Vice President   Since
2017
 

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA entities

Director and Vice President (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. President and

Director (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Vice President (since 2008) and Director (since 2016) of

•   DFA Australia Limited

Director (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

Vice President (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

Head of Global Institutional Services (since 2014) for

 

14


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position   Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
    Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
               

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Formerly, Vice President (2004 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President (2010 – 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Head of Institutional, North America (2012 – 2013) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Christopher S. Crossan

1965

  Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer    
Since
2004
 
 
 

Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (since 2004) of

•   all the DFA Entities

•   DFA Australia Limited

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006) and Chief Privacy Officer (since 2015) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Chief Compliance Officer of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (2010 – 2014) for

•   Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

(Michael) Sam Gilliland 1962   Executive Vice President    
Since
2017
 
 
 

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

Executive Vice President (since 2017), Senior Advisor and Chief Operating Officer (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Funds Advisors LP

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•   Dimensional Investment LLC

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

•   DFA Securities LLC

Director of

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2017)

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2017)

•   DFA Australia Limited (since 2016)

 

Formerly, Consultant (2013 – 2017) for

•   MSG Consulting

Formerly, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (2003 – 2013) of

•   Sabre Holdings

Gregory K. Hinkle 1958   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer    









Vice
President
since
2015 and
Chief
Financial
Officer
and
Treasurer
since
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer (since 2016) of

•   all the DFA Entities

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd .

•   DFA Australia Limited

Director (since 2016) for

•   Dimensional Funds plc

•   Dimensional Funds II plc

 

Formerly, interim Chief Financial Officer and interim Treasurer (2016) of

•   all the DFA Entities

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

15


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position   Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
           

•   DFA Australia Limited

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd .

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Controller (2015 – 2016) of

•   all the DFA Entities

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President (2008 – 2015) of

•   T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

Formerly, Director of Investment Treasury and Treasurer (2008 – 2015) of

•   the T. Rowe Price Funds

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Vice
President
since
2004 and
Assistant
Secretary
since
2017
 

Vice President (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2010) of

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Joy Lopez

  Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   Vice
President
since
2015 and
Assistant
Treasurer
since
2017
 

Vice President (since 2015) of

•   all the DFA Entities

Assistant Treasurer (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

 

Formerly, Senior Tax Manager (2013 – 2015) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Kenneth M. Manell

1972

  Vice President   Since
2010
 

Vice President (since 2010) of

•   all the DFA Entities

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Catherine L. Newell 1964

  President and General Counsel   President
since
2017 and
General
Counsel
since
2001
 

President (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

General Counsel (since 2001) of

•   All the DFA Entities

Executive Vice President (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2000) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•   DFA Securities LLC

•   Dimensional Investment LLC

Director (since 2002), Vice President (since 1997) and Secretary (since 2002) of

•   DFA Australia Limited

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Vice President and Secretary of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

Director of

•   Dimensional Funds plc (since 2002)

•   Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2006)

•   Director of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

 

16


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position   Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
           

 

Formerly, Vice President and Secretary (2010 – 2014) of

•   Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

Formerly, Vice President (1997 – 2017) and Secretary (2000 – 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

Formerly, Vice President of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (1997 – 2017)

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2006 – 2017)

•   DFA Securities LLC (1997 – 2017)

•   Dimensional Investment LLC (2009 – 2017)

Selwyn Notelovitz

1961

  Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer   Since
2013
 

Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer of

•   the DFA Fund Complex (since 2013)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2012)

Carolyn L. O

1974

  Vice President and Secretary   Vice
President
since 2010
and
Secretary
since 2017
 

Vice President (since 2010) and Secretary (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

Vice President (since 2010) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

•   Dimensional Investment LLC

Vice President of

•   DFA Securities LLC (since 2010)

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2016)

Gerard K. O’Reilly

1976

  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   Co-Chief
Executive
Officer
and Chief
Investment
Officer
since 2017
 

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Director, Chief Investment Officer and Vice President (since 2017) of

•   DFA Australia Limited

Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) and Vice President (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Director of

•   Dimensional Funds plc (since 2014)

•   Dimensional Fund II plc (since 2014)

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017)

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Co-Chief Investment Officer of

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2016 – 2017)

•   DFA Australia Limited (2014 – 2017)

Formerly, Executive Vice President (2017) and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

1 

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2018, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

 

17


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE FUND

Administrative Services

The Fund previously had entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor on behalf of each Portfolio. Pursuant to the administration agreement, the Advisor performed various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; assisting the Fund to comply with the provisions of federal, state, local and foreign securities, tax and other laws applicable to the Portfolio; providing shareholders of record with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Fund to conduct meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Fund; and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. The Advisor also provides the Fund with office space and personnel. Effective July 21, 2015, the administrative agreement and investment advisory agreement for each of the Portfolios were combined into an Investment Management Agreement that provides for an investment management fee payable to the Advisor for both investment advisory services and the administrative services described above. Prior to the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolios each paid the Advisor a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of 0.01% of their respective average net assets for its administrative services, except for the Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II, which paid no fee. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015, the Advisor was paid administrative fees of $138,000 by the DFA International Value Portfolio III, and $217,000 by the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III. The Portfolios did not pay administrative fees to the Advisor for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2017.

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the accounting and administration services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for the Portfolios and the Master Funds. The services provided by State Street are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by State Street, the Master Funds pay State Street an annual fee that is calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0063% of the Fund Complex’s first $150 billion of average net assets;

.0051% of the Fund Complex’s next $50 billion of average net assets; and

.0025% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $200 billion.

The fees charged to a Master Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Master Fund based on the Master Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to State Street with respect to the services State Street provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005, serves as the custodian for the DFA International Value Series.

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian for the U.S. Large Cap Value Series, the Tax Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Series and the Portfolios.

Each custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

 

18


Table of Contents

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, TX 78746.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with each Portfolio and its corresponding Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. With respect to an Investment Management Agreement with each Portfolio, the Advisor manages the portion of each Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Portfolio for direct investment and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund or manage all the Portfolio’s assets directly if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders to do so.

Pursuant to Sub Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Value Series (a “DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund”). DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of international companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. In rendering investment management services to the Advisor with respect to the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, DFA Australia expects to use the resources of certain participating affiliates of DFA Australia. Such participating affiliates are providing such services to DFA Australia pursuant to conditions provided in no-action relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing registered investment advisers to use portfolio management, research and trading resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered adviser.

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”), 20 Triton Street, Regent’s Place, London, NW13BF, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of England, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the

 

19


Table of Contents

International Value Series (a “DFAL Sub-Advised Fund”). DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of United Kingdom and European equity market companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. DFAL is a member of the Financial Conduct Authority, a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

The Advisor or its affiliates may provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection or other consulting services) to broker-dealers or investment advisers that may be involved in the distribution of the Portfolios or other mutual funds advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”) or who may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide historical market analysis, risk/return analysis, and continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers) as well as educational speakers and facilities for investment adviser conferences. The Advisor or its affiliates may pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring such conferences or pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending an investment adviser sponsored conference. Sponsorship of investment adviser and/or broker-dealer events by the Advisor may include direct payments to vendors or reimbursement of expenses incurred by investment advisers and/or broker-dealers in connection with hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for broker-dealers and/or investment advisors or their customers. Dimensional personnel may or may not be present at such events. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more such investment advisers. Any such services or arrangements may give such broker-dealers and investment advisers an incentive to recommend DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive such non-advisory services from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds sold or recommended by such broker-dealers or investment advisers.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio (and its corresponding Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (and its corresponding Master Fund). Prior to July 21, 2015, the Advisor was paid no fee for the services it provided as investment advisor to the Portfolios. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016, and October 31, 2015, the Portfolios (effective July 21, 2015) and their corresponding Master Funds paid advisory fees as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor).

 

Portfolio   

Fiscal

Year

Ended

2017

(000)

  

Fiscal

Year

Ended

2016

(000)

  

Fiscal

Year

Ended

2015

(000)

DFA International Value Portfolio III (a)*

   $27,2591    $21,8644    $20,0887

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III (a)*

   $28,4922    $22,6395    $19,7058

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II (a)*

   $15,8953    $13,5836    $11,4589

 

*

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one feeder portfolio; the dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of advisory/management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective as of July 21, 2015, the fees set forth in the table above include the fees paid to the Advisor by both the Portfolio and its corresponding Master Fund for investment management services.

1 $22,649 after waiver

 

20


Table of Contents
2 $25,056 after waiver
3 $12,494 after waiver
4 $18,035 after waiver
5 $19,696 after waiver
6 $10,647 after waiver
7  $19,016 after waiver
8  $18,884 after waiver
9  $10,630 after waiver

 

(a)

Effective July 21, 2015, pursuant to a Fee Waiver Agreement for each of the Portfolios listed below, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of each Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by a Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees a Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid indirectly through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund, to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of a class of a Portfolio on an annualized basis.

 

Portfolio

   Expense Limitation Amount

DFA International Value Portfolio III

   0.21%

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III

   0.11%

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II

   0.20%

The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by the Fund.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios and the Master Funds in which the Portfolios invest, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios and the Master Funds based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios and Master Funds indicated.

 

Large Cap Value Series, U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III    Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall and Lukas J. Smart
Tax-Managed Value Series and Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II    Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall and Lukas J. Smart
International Value Series and DFA International Value Portfolio III    Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Mary T. Phillips and Bhanu P. Singh

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios and the Master Funds, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

21


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category As of October 31, 2017

 

Joseph H. Chi

  

●   136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

●   20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

●   80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall

  

●   136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

●   20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

●   80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Mary T. Phillips

  

●   69 U.S. registered mutual funds with $195,667 million in total assets under management.

●   0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

●   0 other accounts.

Bhanu P. Singh

  

●   57 U.S. registered mutual funds with $185,998 million in total assets under management.

●   9 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $3,775 million in total assets under management.

●   49 other accounts with $17,389 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Lukas J. Smart

  

●   36 U.S. registered mutual funds with $118,278 million in total assets under management.

●   5 unregistered pooled investment vehicle with $281 million in total assets under management.

●   5 other accounts with $8,233 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $47 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage.    The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

 

22


Table of Contents

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the Advisor’s stock, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees. In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio or Master Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Master Funds in which the Portfolios in this SAI invest substantially all of their assets), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Master Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Master Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Master Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Master Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Master Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Master Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Master Fund or Account, a Master Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Master Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Master Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Master Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Master Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Master Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

 

23


Table of Contents

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)  

Dollar Range of Portfolio

Shares Owned

DFA International Value Portfolio III

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

None

None

$50,001 - $100,000  

$0 - $10,000  

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

None

None

$100,001 - $500,000

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Lukas J. Smart

 

None

None

None

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. The Fund was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to a February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, the Fund was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its series only to institutional investors in private offerings.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Trust, the Advisor, DFA Australia, DFAL and DFAS have adopted a revised Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios and Master Funds. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and Master Funds, and their shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. Government securities and money market instruments) that are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio or Master Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a class of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters that require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters that affect the interest of the class of shares (Portfolio) that they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s by-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority

 

24


Table of Contents

of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

Whenever a Portfolio, as an investor in its corresponding Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. With regard to the Tax-Managed Value Series, if a majority shareholder of a Master Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or the Master Fund will be liquidated.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2018, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio:

DFA International Value Portfolio III

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.*

     44.98

101 Montgomery Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

 

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market International Equity Fund*

     22.46

5955 Deerfield Boulevard

  

Mason, OH 45040

 

  

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*

     14.09

PO Box 2226

  

Omaha, NE 68103

  

 

National Financial Services LLC*

     10.51

200 Liberty Street

  

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

 

  

TD Ameritrade Trust Company*

     5.93

P.O. Box 17748

  

Denver, CO 80217

  

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.*1

     40.30

 

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market US Equity Fund*1

     23.91

 

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

     16.22

 

25


Table of Contents

National Financial Services LLC*1

     7.62

TD Ameritrade Trust Company*1

     8.56

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II

 

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.*1

     64.79

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

     18.79

National Financial Services LLC*1

     14.57

 

* Owner of record only (omnibus).
1  See address for shareholder previously listed above.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is scheduled to be open for business. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund will generally be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE generally is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets, and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

The Fund has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Portfolio to redeem in-kind redemption requests of a certain amount. Specifically, if the amount being redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets, the Portfolio has the right to redeem the shares by providing the

 

26


Table of Contents

amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets in securities instead of cash. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio (sometimes referred to as “the Portfolio”). Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply depending on how a Master Fund in which a Portfolio invests is organized for federal income tax purposes. The Portfolios invest in Master Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of a Portfolio.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s income and assets.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

 

27


Table of Contents
   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.    

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance. See “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Portfolio may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See “Non-U.S. InvestorsCapital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first

 

28


Table of Contents

day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. However, for any net capital losses realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, the Portfolio is only permitted to carry forward such capital losses for eight years as a short-term capital loss. Capital losses arising in a taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 must be used before capital losses realized in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate (or, in the case of those realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, expiring unutilized), thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 

    any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

 

   

the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Portfolio has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the applicable corporate tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year,

 

29


Table of Contents

and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Portfolio’s earnings and profits. In the case of a Portfolio whose strategy includes investing in stocks of corporations, a portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the

 

30


Table of Contents

later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) (see “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsInvestments in U.S. REITs” below).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Amounts reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Portfolio (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. If the qualifying dividend income received by the Portfolio is equal to or greater than 95% of the Portfolio’s gross income (exclusive of net capital gain) in any taxable year, all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Portfolio will be qualifying dividend income.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be reported by the Portfolio to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Portfolio and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Portfolio may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if reported as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation. (Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, corporations are no longer subject to the AMT for taxable years of the corporation beginning after December 31, 2017.) Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Portfolio may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio (or more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund) are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). For example, the amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from the Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign

 

31


Table of Contents

corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. The Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio (or Master Fund) reserves the right not to pass through to its shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Master Fund). Additionally, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsSecurities lending” below.

U.S. Government securities. To the extent a Master Fund invests in certain U.S. Government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio and its Master Fund. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Information on the amount and tax character of distributions. The Portfolio will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may report to shareholders and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further report and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) of Portfolio shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Tax basis information. The Portfolio is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by

 

32


Table of Contents

the Portfolio (referred to as “covered shares”) and which are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Portfolio through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. When required to report cost basis, the Portfolio will calculate it using the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Portfolio in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long-term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Portfolio does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Portfolio in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by DFA, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

 

   

FIFO (First In, First Out) — Shares acquired first are sold first.

 

   

LIFO (Last In, First Out) — Shares acquired last are sold first.

 

   

HIFO (Highest Cost, First Out) — Shares with the highest cost basis are sold first.

 

   

LOFO (Lowest Cost, First Out) — Shares with the lowest cost basis are sold first.

 

   

LGUT (Loss/Gain Utilization) — A method that evaluates losses and gains and then strategically selects lots based on that gain/loss in conjunction with a holding period.

 

   

Specific Lot Identification — Identification by the shareholder of the shares the shareholder wants to sell or exchange at the time of each sale or exchange on the trade request. The original purchase dates and prices of the shares identified will determine the cost basis and holding period.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Portfolio in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any “noncovered shares” (defined below) you may own. You may change from average cost to another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Portfolio in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

The Portfolio may also provide Portfolio shareholders (but not the IRS) with information concerning the average cost basis of their shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012 or shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 for which cost basis information is not known by the Portfolio (“noncovered shares”) in order to assist you with the calculation of gain or loss from a sale or redemption of noncovered shares. With the exception of the specific lot identification method, DFA first depletes noncovered shares with unknown cost basis in first in, first out order and then noncovered shares with known basis in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first. Shareholders that use the average cost method for noncovered shares must make the election to use the average cost method for these shares on their federal income tax returns in accordance with Treasury regulations. This election for noncovered shares cannot be made by notifying the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will compute and report the cost basis of your Portfolio shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and, in the case of covered shares, to the IRS. However the Portfolio is not required to, and in many cases the Portfolio does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolio, whether this information is provided pursuant to compliance with cost basis reporting requirements for shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, or

 

33


Table of Contents

is provided by the Portfolio as a service to shareholders for shares acquired prior to that date, and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Portfolio shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

34


Table of Contents

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a portfolio on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character, of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the portfolio held the debt obligation unless the portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the portfolio generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the portfolio. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a portfolio is exercised and the portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the portfolio minus (b) the portfolio’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a portfolio pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the portfolio generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a portfolio expires unexercised, the portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a portfolio as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in

 

35


Table of Contents

character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a portfolio’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Certain of a portfolio’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a portfolio’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the portfolio could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a portfolio’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the portfolio’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

 

36


Table of Contents

Investments in non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the portfolio’s return on its investment. A portfolio’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Taxation of the PortfolioForeign income tax.” Also, the portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investments in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a portfolio will be treated as long-term capital gains by the portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Because of certain noncash expenses, such as property depreciation, an equity U.S. REIT’s cash flow may exceed its taxable income. The equity U.S. REIT, and in turn a portfolio, may distribute this excess cash to shareholders in the form of a return of capital distribution. However, if a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income) and “Non-U.S. Investors Investment in U.S. real property” with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income). Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) or equity interests in a “taxable mortgage pool” (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign stockholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities, and tax-exempt organizations not subject to UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the applicable corporate tax rate. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. There can be no assurance that a portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to a portfolio with respect to any income it receives from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a portfolio that has a non-REIT strategy.

Investments in partnerships and qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTP”). For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a portfolio from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be

 

37


Table of Contents

qualifying income if realized directly by the portfolio. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a portfolio investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a portfolio satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the portfolio generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See “Taxation of the PortfolioQualification as a regulated investment company.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a portfolio from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the portfolio may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a portfolio to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a portfolio with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Portfolio investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the portfolio’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a portfolio, the portfolio generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character.    A portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Portfolio may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

    provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 

    certify that this number is correct,

 

    certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 

    certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

38


Table of Contents

The Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate (or at a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S.) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) a short-term capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below), are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. Dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the reporting of interest-related dividends is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year-end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to report to shareholders, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not report, small amounts of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s reporting of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but

 

39


Table of Contents

may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Portfolio is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The Portfolio may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. REITs. The sale of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by the Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which the Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a RIC received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to a sale or exchange of a USRPI if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consist of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

 

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the applicable corporate tax rate (unless reduced by future regulations), and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

 

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

Because the Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions will be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from,

 

40


Table of Contents

withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.    

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, the Portfolio will be required to withhold a 30% tax on the following payments or distributions made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”): (a) income dividends and (b) after December 31, 2018, certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions, and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares. The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, reporting information relating to them. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Portfolio can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Portfolio or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Portfolio will need to provide the Portfolio with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Portfolio. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those

 

41


Table of Contents

summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Master Funds to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy service provider, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios and Master Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Master Funds and which seeks to maximize the value of the Master Funds’ investments. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Master Funds and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, proxies voted should not result from conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Master Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Master Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Master Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Advisor will usually instruct the voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will instruct the vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio or Master Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio or Master Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by

 

42


Table of Contents

the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not intend to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio or Master Fund associated with voting. The Advisor intends to make its determination whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally seeks to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio or Master Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will seek to make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained ISS to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. ISS will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of the Portfolios and Master Funds; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide, among other things, research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions. In this regard, the Advisor uses commercially reasonable efforts to oversee the directed delegation to third-party proxy voting service providers, upon which the Advisor relies to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. Prior to the selection of a new third-party proxy service provider and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Corporate Governance Committee will consider whether the proxy service provider (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how each of the Portfolios and Master Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) on the Advisor’s website at http://us.dimensional.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor, the Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios and Master Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios and Master Funds, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

 

43


Table of Contents

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio and its Master Fund generally disclose the Master Fund’s complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://us.dimensional.com, 30 days following the month-end.

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. The Advisor’s Head of Global Institutional Services and Global Chief Compliance Officer, or a delegate of the same, respectively (collectively, the “Designated Persons”) , together may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement is not subject to a time delay before dissemination.

As of the date of this SAI, the Advisor and the Master Funds had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

 

  

Business Purpose

 

  

Frequency

 

AFP Capital   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Colfondos   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Habitat   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Integra   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
AFP Prima   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Callan Associates   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Cambridge Associates Limited   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Capital Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Citibank, N.A.   

Fund Custodian

 

  

Daily

 

Citibank, N.A.   

Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor

 

   Daily
Colonial Consulting Corporation, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Margaret A. Cargill Philanthropies/Financial Risk Group   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Marquette Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Mercer Investment Consulting   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Pavilion Advisory Group   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly

 

44


Table of Contents

Recipient

 

  

Business Purpose

 

  

Frequency

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP   

Independent registered public accounting firm

 

   Upon Request
Pricing Service Vendor   

Fair value information services

 

   Daily
R. V. Kuhns & Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
State Street Bank and Trust Company   

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent, Transfer Agent and Custodian

 

   Daily
State Street Global Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Monthly
Towers Watson   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
U.S. Institutional Investment Consultants   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly
Wilshire Associates   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

   Quarterly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. The Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Advisor or other parties do not receive any compensation in connection with these arrangements.    

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios and the Master Funds, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Master Fund has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://us.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is

 

45


Table of Contents

authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, a Master Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or Master Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

Disclosure of Non-Material Information. To the extent permitted under the Policy, Designated Persons, officers of the Fund, portfolio managers, other representatives of the Advisor, and anyone employed by or associated with the Advisor who has been authorized by the Advisor’s Legal Department or the Designated Persons (collectively, “Approved Representatives”) may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information, in connection with or relating to the Portfolios or their Holdings Information and/or other investment positions (collectively, commentary and analysis) or any changes in the Holdings Information of the Portfolios that occurred after the most recent publicly disclosed Holdings Information (recent portfolio changes) to any person if such information does not constitute material non-public information.

With respect to each instance of such disclosure, an Approved Representative will make a good faith determination whether the information constitutes material non-public information, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Advisor believes that in most cases recent portfolio changes that involve a few or even several securities in a diversified portfolio and/or commentary and analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making an investment decision concerning a Portfolio. Nonexclusive examples of commentary and analysis include: (i) the allocation of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries; (ii) the characteristics of the equity and fixed income components of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions; (iii) the attribution of Portfolio returns by asset class, sector, industry and country; and (iv) the volatility characteristics of a Portfolio. An Approved Representative may in his or her sole discretion determine whether to deny any request for information made by any person, and may do so for any reason or no reason.

Such information, if made available to anyone, will be made available to any person upon request, but, because such information is generally not material to investors, it may or may not be posted on a Portfolio’s website.

SECURITIES LENDING

The Board of the Portfolios’ Master Funds (collectively, the “Securities Lending Portfolios”) have approved their participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian. Under a separate securities lending program, Citibank, N.A. serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the income earned by the Portfolios, as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by the Portfolios (in dollars) pursuant to a securities lending agency/authorization agreement between the Portfolios’ Master Funds and State Street Bank and Trust Company or Citibank, N.A. (each, a “Securities Lending Agent”), were as follows:

 

46


Table of Contents
          Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:          

Portfolio

   Gross
income

from
securities
lending
activities
   Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from a
revenue
split
   Fees paid for any
cash collateral
management
service (including
fees deducted
from a pooled cash
collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in the
revenue split
   Administrative
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Indemnificati
on fees not
included in
the
revenue
split
   Rebate (paid
to
borrower)
   Other
fees not
included
in the
revenue
split
   Aggregate
fees/
compensation
for

securities
lending

activities
   Net income
from
securities
lending

activities
DFA International Value Portfolio III*    $2,128,995    $203,630    $67,894                $271,524    $1,857,470

 

U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio III*

   $1,327,271    $42,882    $61,778       —_    $836,794       $941,453    $385,818

 

Tax-Managed U.S. Marketwide Value Portfolio II*

   $465,328    $20,371    $21,137          $240, 599       $282,107    $183,221

* A Portfolio with a corresponding Master Fund that is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Portfolio.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, each Securities Lending Agent provided the following services for their respective Securities Lending Portfolios in connection with securities lending activities: (i) entering into loans with approved entities subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (ii) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of cash collateral; (iii) monitoring daily the value of the loaned securities and collateral, including receiving and delivering additional collateral as necessary from/to borrowers; (iv) negotiating loan terms; (v) selecting securities to be loaned subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (vi) recordkeeping and account servicing; (vii) monitoring dividend/distribution activity relating to loaned securities; and (viii) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Portfolios at loan termination.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the Master Funds for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports upon request and without charge, by contacting the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

 

47


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations that track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

48


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

U.S. PROXY VOTING CONCISE GUIDELINES

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Board of Directors:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally vote FOR director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

1.

Accountability

Vote AGAINST1 or WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1.

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a WITHHOLD/AGAINST vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

 

                                                             

1 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

2 A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If it cannot be determined whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2.

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers and/or industry groups. Take into consideration the company’s total shareholder return and financial/operational performance over short- to long-term time horizons. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

  ·  

A classified board structure;

 

  ·  

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

  ·  

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

 

  ·  

A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills3:

 

  1.3.

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5.

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all nominees if:

 

  1.6.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

                                                             

3 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has (i) adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses, or (ii) failed to eliminate a poison pill following a proxy contest in which a majority of directors were replaced.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
  ·  

The issuer’s rationale;

 

  ·  

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

  ·  

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7.

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote AGAINST on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8.

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9.

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10.

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11.

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and (potentially the full board) if:

 

  1.12.

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13.

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14.

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15.

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

 

  1.16.

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17.

The company’s previous say-on-pay proposal received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The company’s response, including:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ·  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments

 

  1.18.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors, as applicable:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

  ·  

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

  ·  

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

  ·  

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure;

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

  ·  

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

A-4


Table of Contents
  ·  

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees. Generally vote AGAINST (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the directors:

 

  ·  

Classified the board;

  ·  

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

  ·  

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19.

For newly public companies, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights,4 considering the following factors:

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

  ·  

The disclosed rationale for adopting the provision;

  ·  

The ability to change the governance structure in the future (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

  ·  

The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure; and,

  ·  

A public commitment to put the provision to a shareholder vote within three years of the date of the initial public offering.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or submitted to a vote of public shareholders, vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20.

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight5, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21.

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22.

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

                                                             

4 Under the Advisors’ guidelines, implementation of a multi-class voting structure prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering will not, per se, warrant a vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD under this provision.

5 Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
2.

Responsiveness

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors (as appropriate) if:

 

  2.1.

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

  ·  

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

  ·  

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

  ·  

The subject matter of the proposal;

 

  ·  

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

  ·  

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

  ·  

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

  ·  

Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3.

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

  ·  

ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

  ·  

The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
3.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE6) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

  ·  

Medical issues/illness;

 

  ·  

Family emergencies; and

 

  ·  

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote CASE-BY-CASE, considering relevant factors on individual directors (e.g., attendance or other board seats).

 

4.

Independence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors when:

 

  4.1.

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2.

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3.

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4.

Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote with management on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

 

                                                             

6 For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Proxy Access7

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests—Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections8

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

  ·  

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

  ·  

Management’s track record;

 

  ·  

Background to the contested election;

 

  ·  

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

  ·  

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

  ·  

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

  ·  

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access vote CASE-BY-CASE considering the same factors listed above – or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Shareholder Rights & Defenses9

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)10

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all

                                                             

7 An Advisor generally does not consider the duration of required ownership in evaluating proxy access.

8 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

9 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

10 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director has adopted a fee-shifting bylaw provision without a shareholder vote.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

  ·  

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

  ·  

Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  ·  

The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

  ·  

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections

Generally vote AGAINST bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

  ·  

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

  ·  

A term of no more than three years;

 

  ·  

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

  ·  

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

  ·  

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

  ·  

The value of the NOLs;

 

  ·  

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Generally vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

The consent threshold;

 

  ·  

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

  ·  

Investor ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

  ·  

An unfettered11 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 25 percent threshold;

 

  ·  

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

  ·  

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

  ·  

An annually elected board.

 

                                                             

11 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING12

Common Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

  ¡  

The dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Apply the relevant allowable increase below in determining vote on requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

A.

Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

B.

Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

C.

Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

D.

Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

                                                             

12 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that is receiving a FOR vote, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

  ·  

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

  ¡  

The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

 

  ¡  

The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

  ¡  

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; or

 

  ¡  

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

  ¡  

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

A-12


Table of Contents
  ¡  

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

  ·  

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION13

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1.

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will

                                                             

13 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
 

take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2.

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3.

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4.

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5.

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

  ·  

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  ·  

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  ·  

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  ·  

There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an AGAINST vote on an MSOP is warranted due to a pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

  ·  

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

  ·  

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

  ·  

The situation is egregious.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

In casting a vote on executive compensation proposals, an Advisor may consider the following:

 

  1.

Peer Group14 Alignment:

 

  ·  

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over different time horizons.

 

  ·  

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2.

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests, may be considered

 

  ·  

The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

  ·  

The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

  ·  

The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

  ·  

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

  ·  

Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

  ·  

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

  ·  

Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

  ·  

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

                                                             

14 In addition to the peer group disclosed in a company’s proxy statement, an Advisor may consider other peer companies that are comparable in market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), industry and other factors.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
  ·  

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

  ·  

Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated CASE-BY-CASE considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

  ·  

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

  ·  

Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

  ·  

New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

  ¡  

Change in control (CIC) payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

  ¡  

CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

  ¡  

CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups).

 

  ·  

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

  ·  

Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

  ·  

A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

  ·  

Metrics and incentives that are misaligned with shareholders’ interests and publicly disclosed business objectives;

 

  ·  

Lucrative severance packages;

 

  ·  

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

  ·  

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

  ·  

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined CASE-BY-CASE to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

A-16


Table of Contents
  ·  

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

  ·  

Duration of options backdating;

 

  ·  

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

  ·  

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

  ·  

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors CASE-BY-CASE when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

  ·  

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

  ·  

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ¡  

The company’s response, including:

 

   

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ¡  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ¡  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ¡  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

Vote FOR triennial advisory votes on compensation.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Features that may result in an AGAINST recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

  ·  

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

  ·  

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

  ·  

Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

  ·  

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

  ·  

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

  ·  

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

  ·  

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans15

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on certain equity-based compensation plans16 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated under these three pillars:

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

  ·  

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

  ·  

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

                                                             

15 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

16 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Plan Features:

 

  ·  

Automatic or discretionary single-triggered award vesting upon a CIC;

 

  ·  

Discretionary vesting authority;

 

  ·  

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

  ·  

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

  ·  

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

Grant Practices:

 

  ·  

The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

  ·  

Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

  ·  

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

  ·  

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

  ·  

Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

  ·  

Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

  ·  

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

  ·  

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies -- or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

  ·  

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

  ·  

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Social/Environmental Issues

Global Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a social/environmental issue may have material economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.17

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, an Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address

 

                                                             

17 See Governance Failures section under Section 1 above (Board of Directors – Accountability)

 

A-20


Table of Contents
 

related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant market proxy voting guidelines.

Political Issues

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving political issues. When evaluating political shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Routine/Miscellaneous

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

A-21


Table of Contents
  ·  

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

  ·  

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

  ·  

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP, or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

  ·  

Fees for non-audit services (“other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING SUMMARY GUIDELINES18

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

1. General Policies

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

  ·  

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

  ·  

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

  ·  

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

 

                                                             

18 This is a summary of the majority of International Markets, however, certain countries and/or markets have separate policies which are generally consistent with the principles reflected in this summary but are modified to reflect issues such as those related to customs, disclosure obligations and legal structures of the relevant jurisdiction.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

  ·  

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

  ·  

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

  ·  

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

  ·  

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Non-Contested Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

  ·  

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

  ·  

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;19

 

  ·  

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

  ·  

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

  ·  

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

Vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the ISS analysis is written and therefore no research is provided on the nominee.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.20

Classification of Directors - International Policy

 

Executive Director

 

  ·  

Employee or executive of the company;

 

  ·  

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

 

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

  ·  

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

                                                             

19 In Japan, an Advisor may vote FOR individual director(s) where proxy research has identified no overriding concerns beyond the company’s failure of a quantitative capital efficiency (ROE) test applied by the proxy research firm.

20 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

 

  ·  

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

 

  ·  

Government representative;

 

 

  ·  

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

 

  ·  

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

 

  ·  

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Relative[1] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

  ·  

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

 

  ·  

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

 

  ·  

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

 

  ·  

Years of service will NOT be a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market:

 

 

  ¡  

9 years (from the date of election) in the United Kingdom and Ireland;

 

 

  ¡  

12 years in European markets;

 

 

  ¡  

7 years in Russia.

 

Independent NED

 

  ·  

Not classified as non-independent (see above);

 

 

  ·  

No material[4] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

 

Employee Representative

 

  ·  

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

[1] “Relative” follows the SEV’s proposed definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3] If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.)

[4] For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Contested Director Elections21

For shareholder nominees, the persuasive burden is on the nominee or the proposing shareholder to prove that they are better suited to serve on the board than management’s nominees. Serious consideration of shareholder nominees will be given only if there are clear and compelling reasons for the nominee to join the board. These nominees must also demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations; some nominees may have hidden or narrow agendas and may unnecessarily contribute to divisiveness among directors.

The major decision factors are:

 

  ·  

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

  ·  

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

  ·  

Independence of directors/nominees;

 

  ·  

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

  ·  

Governance profile of the company;

 

  ·  

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

  ·  

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  ·  

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, an Advisor will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value)?

 

 

                                                             

21 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

  ·  

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  ·  

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  ·  

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.22

Discharge of Board and Management

Vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling concerns that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis by:

 

  ·  

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest

 

  ·  

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

  ·  

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR routine proposals to fix board size.

 

                                                             

22 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE23

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Vote FOR issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Specific Issuances

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

  ·  

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

  ·  

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

                                                             

23 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

  ·  

Maximum Volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

A-30


Table of Contents
  ·  

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

Vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

  ·  

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

  ·  

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

  ·  

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

 

  ·  

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume in exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring), will be assessed CASE-BY-CASE based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

  ·  

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

  ·  

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. COMPENSATION24

Compensation Plans

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis consistent with the following principles:

 

  ·  

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

  ·  

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

  ·  

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

  ·  

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

  ·  

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

                                                             

24 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions an Advisor may take.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

5. OTHER ITEMS

Reorganizations/Restructurings

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? An Advisor places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders or have special interests influenced directors and officers to support or recommend the merger?

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to allow shareholders to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a CSR issue may have economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, the Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

A-33


Table of Contents
  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Country of Incorporation vs. Country of Listing-Application of Policy

In general, country of incorporation will be the basis for policy application. US policies will be applied to the extent possible to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual and 10-Q quarterly reports and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs), will be subject to the following policy:

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. In all other cases, equity compensation plans will be evaluated according to the US Proxy Voting Guidelines.

All other voting items will be evaluated using the International Proxy Voting Guidelines.

FPIs are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S.

 

A-35


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2018

(as supplemented on April 17, 2018)

Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG” or the “Fund”) is an open-end management investment company that offers twelve series of shares. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to one series of the Fund (the “Portfolio”):

Emerging Markets Portfolio II

Ticker: DFETX

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolio’s Prospectus dated February 28, 2018, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolio are incorporated by reference from the Fund’s annual report to shareholders and the audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolio’s Master Fund are incorporated by reference from The DFA Investment Trust Company’s (the “Trust”) annual report to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the Fund at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS   

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

     1  

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

     1  

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

     2  

FUTURES CONTRACTS

     4  

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     5  

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

     5  

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     6  

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

     6  

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

     7  

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

     7  

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     8  

SERVICES TO THE FUND

     18  

ADVISORY FEES

     20  

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

     21  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     24  

CODE OF ETHICS

     24  

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

     24  

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     25  

PURCHASE OF SHARES

     25  

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     25  

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

     26  

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

     31  

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

     32  

SECURITIES LENDING

     35  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     36  

PERFORMANCE DATA

     36  


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, it applies to the Portfolio and The Emerging Markets Series (the “Emerging Markets Series” or “Master Fund”) of the Trust through the Portfolio’s investment in the Master Fund. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and Master Fund. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Each of the Portfolio and the Master Fund is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Master Fund is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Master Fund might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, the Master Fund and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable. However, based on the present capitalizations of the groups of companies eligible for inclusion in the Master Fund and the anticipated amount of the assets intended to be invested in such securities, management does not anticipate that the Master Fund will include as much as 5% of the voting securities of any issuer.

The Emerging Markets Portfolio II has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of the 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which the Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if the Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on the Portfolio’s 80% policy, see the Portfolio’s PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Master Fund during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015.

 

      

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2017

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2016

    

FISCAL

YEAR

ENDED

2015

Emerging Markets Series

     $712,552      $387,603      $1,142,251

Portfolio transactions of the Master Fund will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected. Brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Master Fund to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Master Fund invests. The Advisor also checks the rates of commissions, if any, being paid by the Master Fund to its brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited also may perform these services for the Master Fund. The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions

 

1


Table of Contents

paid by the Master Fund from year to year resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by the Master Fund.

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions of the Master Fund may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect the Master Fund’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by the Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the Portfolio may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Master Fund with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The Investment Management Agreement of the Master Fund permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the Master Fund. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Master Fund.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the Portfolio and Master Fund did not pay commissions for securities transactions to brokers for providing market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage service or research services to the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with its purchase or redemption of shares of its Master Fund, except if the Portfolio receives securities or currencies from its Master Fund to satisfy the Portfolio’s redemption request. See “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests may purchase securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as well as the value of such securities held by the Master Fund as of October 31, 2017.

 

     Broker or Dealer      Value of
Securities

Emerging Markets Series

   Edelweiss Securities
Limited
     $1,954,731

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Portfolio has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more

 

2


Table of Contents

than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will not:

 

  (1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall the Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent the Portfolio from (i) purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities;

 

  (5)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, the Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others;

 

  (7)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry;

 

  (8)

sell securities short; or

 

  (9)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (7) above do not prohibit the Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered open-end investment companies, such as the Master Fund. In applying the investment limitations, the Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests.

For purposes of the investment limitation in (1) above, the Emerging Markets Portfolio II (indirectly through its investment in the Emerging Markets Series) may borrow in connection with a foreign currency transaction or the settlement of a portfolio trade. Additionally, with respect to the investment limitation in (1) above, the Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by the Portfolio. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33 13% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person.

 

3


Table of Contents

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, the Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent the Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements or acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future. Inasmuch as the Portfolio will only hold shares of its Master Fund, the Portfolio does not intend to lend those shares.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (9) above, the Portfolio will not issue senior securities, except that the Portfolio may borrow money as described above. The Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security, delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent the Portfolio enters into an offsetting financial position, segregates liquid assets equal to the Portfolio’s obligations arising from the transaction or otherwise “covers” the transaction in accordance with SEC positions.

The Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid assets, which limits investments in illiquid assets to 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets. Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Master Fund may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid assets. While maintaining oversight, the Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Trustees and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit the Portfolio from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolio’s investment strategies. Except with respect to the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s limitation on borrowing or otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to the Portfolio’s and Master Fund’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

Notwithstanding any of the above investment restrictions, the Emerging Markets Series may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducing its investment operations in Approved Markets, if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors such as the Series or whose use is otherwise considered by the Series to be advisable. The Series would “look through” any such vehicle to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

The Portfolio and Master Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices to adjust market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio or Master Fund. The Portfolio and Master Fund, however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. The Portfolio or Master Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges, and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio or Master Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. The Portfolio or Master Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. The Portfolio and Master Fund intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3 (z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was

 

4


Table of Contents

established) do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio or Master Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation) or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio or Master Fund has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio and Master Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio and Master Fund has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio or Master Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio or Master Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures that are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Portfolio or Master Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that the Portfolio or Master Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The Master Fund may acquire and sell foreign currency forward contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Master Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to exchange two currencies at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a fixed rate set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The Master Fund may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, the Master Fund may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Portfolios that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty around the future of the euro and the European Union (EU) following the United Kingdom’s vote to exit the EU in June 2016. In March 2017, the United Kingdom invoked a treaty provision that sets out the basics of a withdrawal from the EU and provides that negotiations must be completed within two years, unless all EU member states agree on an extension. However, there is a significant degree of uncertainty about how negotiations relating to the United Kingdom’s exit will be conducted, including the outcome of negotiations for a new relationship between the United Kingdom and EU. While it is not possible to determine the precise impact these events may have on the Portfolio or Master Fund,

 

5


Table of Contents

during this period and beyond, the impact on the United Kingdom, EU countries, other countries or parties that transact with the United Kingdom and EU, and the broader global economy could be significant and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investments. In addition, if one or more countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Master Fund engages in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. In the case of the Emerging Markets Series, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant. In addition, the Master Fund may enter into arrangements with its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The Master Fund may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

 

Portfolio and Series    Permissible Cash Investment*   

Percentage

Guidelines**

Emerging Markets Series

   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%

 

*

With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolio and Master Fund will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

 

**

The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations but the Portfolio and Master Fund do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.

 

***

Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

 

6


Table of Contents

A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

The Master Fund may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis. When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued. It is possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled. In addition, the Master Fund may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the Master Fund contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time. The Master Fund may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time the Master Fund enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on the settlement date than the price the Master Fund committed to pay or receive for the security. The Master Fund will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and the Master Fund will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

When entering into a commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Master Fund will segregate cash and/or liquid assets and will maintain such cash and/or liquid assets in an amount equal in value to such commitments.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The Emerging Markets Series may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolio invests are passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When the Master Fund invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Master Fund, including the Feeder Portfolio, bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

 

7


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

Organization of the Board

The Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Fund’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Fund. The Board of Directors elects the officers of the Fund, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board of Directors of the Fund is comprised of one interested Director and six disinterested Directors. David G. Booth, an interested Director, is Chairman of the Board. The disinterested Directors of the Board designated Myron S. Scholes as the lead disinterested Director. As the lead disinterested Director, Mr. Scholes, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Directors in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Directors in between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Directors (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson). The existing Board structure for the Fund also provides the disinterested Directors with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and the Fund, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Director, who, as both an officer of the Fund and the Advisor, participates in the day-to-day management of the Fund’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the disinterested Directors in order to provide the Directors with the opportunity to contact Fund management and/or the disinterested Directors’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Directors regularly communicate with Mr. Booth regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of the Fund meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

The Board has three standing committees. The Audit Committee and Nominating Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Directors. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Directors have direct oversight of the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and the selection and nomination of candidates to the Fund’s Board. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) consists entirely of disinterested Directors. The Strategy Committee assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Fund and its performance.

The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Fund’s internal controls, the Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Edward P. Lazear, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Douglas W. Diamond, Edward P. Lazear and Myron S. Scholes. At the request of the Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Fund, (ii) reviews performance of existing portfolios of the Fund, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the portfolios’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance the investment strategies or policies of each portfolio, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for

 

8


Table of Contents

each portfolio of the Fund. There were three Strategy Committee meetings held for the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board of the Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Fund.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Fund management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect the Fund.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of the Fund’s portfolios. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the portfolios. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a portfolio and such change could have a significant impact on the portfolio’s risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for their approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and the Fund’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enables the Board to review fair valued securities in a particular portfolio. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each portfolio. In addition, the Fund’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each portfolio’s year-end financial statements.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with the CCO, and the Fund’s CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. The Fund’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Fund and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Fund’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Director Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and

 

9


Table of Contents

address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of the Portfolio of the Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. The Fund’s Board believes that each Director currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Fund and protect the interests of shareholders. The Board noted that each Director had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Director held an academic position in the areas of finance, economics or accounting. The Board also noted Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith each had experience serving as a director on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that David G. Booth contributed valuable experience due to his position with the Advisor. Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and interested Director of the Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of the Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address
and Year of Birth
   Position    Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   

Portfolios
within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public

Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

George M. Constantinides

University of

Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn

Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1947

  

Director

   Since 1993    Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1978).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Douglas W.

Diamond

University of

Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn

Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

   Director    Since 2017    Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1988). Visiting Scholar, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (since 1990). Formerly, Fischer Black Visiting Professor of Financial Economics, Alfred P. Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (2015 to 2016).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of

Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

 

1943

   Director    Since 1993    Professor in Practice Emeritus of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (2006 – 2016).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

10


Table of Contents
Name, Address and
Year of Birth
   Position    Term of Office1
and Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other
Directorships of
Public

Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

Edward P. Lazear

Stanford University Graduate School of Business

Knight Management Center, E346

Stanford, CA 94305-5015

 

1948

  

Director

   Since 2010    Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Becker Friedman Institute for Research in Economics, University of Chicago (since 2015). Morris Arnold Cox Senior Fellow, Hoover Institution (since 2002). Jack Steele Parker Professor of Human Resources Management and Economics, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1995). Cornerstone Research (expert testimony and economic and financial analysis) (since 2009).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1941

  

Director

   Since 1993    Chief Investment Strategist, Janus Henderson Investors (since 2014). Frank E. Buck Professor of Finance, Emeritus, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1981).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Formerly, Adviser, Kuapay, Inc. (2013-2014). Formerly, Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (43 Portfolios) (1980-2014).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

   Director    Since 2000    Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director (since 2000) and formerly, Lead Director (May 2014-May 2017), HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (21 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

11


Table of Contents

Interested Director

The following interested Director is described as such because he is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address
and Year of

Birth

   Position    Term of Office1
and Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years    Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other
Directorships of
Public

Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building

One

Austin, TX

78746

 

1946

   Chairman and Director    Since 1992    Chairman, Director/Trustee, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until March 2017) of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”), DIG and the Trust. Executive Chairman, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until February 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, the Fund, DIG and DFAITC, the “DFA Entities”). Chairman and Director (since 2009) and formerly, Co-Chief Executive Officer (2010 – June 2017) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Trustee, University of Chicago (since 2002). Trustee, University of Kansas Endowment Association (since 2005). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2002 – July 2017), DFA Australia Limited (1994 – July 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (2012 – July 2017), Dimensional Funds plc (2006 – July 2017) and Dimensional Funds II plc (2006 – July 2017). Formerly, Director and President of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2012 – April 2017). Formerly, President, Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC (2009 – 2014); and Limited Partner, VSC Investors, LLC (2007 – 2015). Formerly, Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (2010 – September 2017).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

 

1 

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2 

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Fund; DFAIDG; DFAITC; and DEM. Each disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolio of the Fund in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name    Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned   

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Directors:          
George M. Constantinides    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Douglas W. Diamond   

None

  

None Directly; $50,001-$100,000 in

Simulated Funds**

Roger G. Ibbotson    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Edward P. Lazear    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

 

12


Table of Contents
Name    Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned   

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned

in All Funds Overseen by Director in

Family of Investment Companies

Myron S. Scholes    None    Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith    None    None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**
Interested Director:          
David G. Booth    None    Over $100,000

 

**

As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by the Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017. Douglas W. Diamond was appointed to each Board of the DFA Fund Complex effective June 1, 2017.

 

Name and Position

  

Aggregate

Compensation

from the

Fund*

  

Pension or

Retirement

Benefits as Part

of Fund

Expenses

  

Estimated

Annual Benefits

upon  Retirement

  

Total

Compensation

from the Fund

and DFA Fund

Complex Paid

to Directors†

George M. Constantinides

Director

   $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Douglas W. Diamond

Director

   $11,229    N/A    N/A    $159,500

Roger G. Ibbotson

Director

   $24,823    N/A    N/A    $350,000

Edward P. Lazear

Director

   $23,402    N/A    N/A    $330,000

Myron S. Scholes

Lead Independent Director

   $28,405    N/A    N/A    $400,000

Abbie J. Smith

Director

   $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Christopher S. Crossan

Chief Compliance Officer

   $30,741    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory or administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to

 

13


Table of Contents
 

pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 is as follows: $350,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $330,000 (Mr. Lazear) and $71,000 (Mr. Diamond). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Fund and the principal occupation for each officer of the Fund. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

 

Name and Year of

Birth

   Position   Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Valerie A. Brown

1967

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Since 2001   

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of

●   all the DFA Entities (since 2001)

●   DFA Australia Limited (since 2002)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2002)

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

Director, Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

David P. Butler

1964

   Co-Chief Executive Officer   Since 2017   

Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

●   all the DFA entities

Director (since 2017) of

●   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

●   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

●   DFA Australia Limited

Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Head of Global Financial Advisor Services (since 2007) for

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

●   all the DFA Entities

Stephen A. Clark

1972

   Executive Vice President   Since 2017   

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

●   all the DFA entities

Director and Vice President (since 2016) of

●   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

President and Director (since 2016) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Vice President (since 2008) and Director (since 2016) of

●   DFA Australia Limited

Director (since 2016) of

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

●   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

Vice President (since 2016) of

 

14


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

   Position    Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
              

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

Head of Global Institutional Services (since 2014) for

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President (2004 – 2017) of

●   all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President (2010 – 2016) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Head of Institutional, North America (2012 –2013) for

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Christopher S. Crossan

1965

   Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2004   

Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (since 2004) of

●   all the DFA Entities

●   DFA Australia Limited

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006) and Chief Privacy Officer (since 2015) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

Chief Compliance Officer of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (2010 – 2014) for

●   Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

(Michael) Sam Gilliland

1962

   Executive Vice President    Since 2017   

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (since 2017) of

●   the DFA Fund Complex

Executive Vice President (since 2017), Senior Advisor and Chief Operating Officer (since 2016) of

●   Dimensional Funds Advisors LP

●   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

●   Dimensional Investment LLC

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

●   DFA Securities LLC

Director of

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2017)

●   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2017)

●   DFA Australia Limited (since 2016)

 

Formerly, Consultant (2013 – 2017) for

●   MSG Consulting

Formerly, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (2003 –2013) of

●   Sabre Holdings

 

Gregory K. Hinkle

1958

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer    Vice President since 2015 and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2016   

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer (since 2016) of

●   all the DFA Entities

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

●   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

●   DFA Australia Limited

Director (since 2016) for

●   Dimensional Funds plc

●   Dimensional Funds II plc

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

   Position   Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
             

Formerly, interim Chief Financial Officer and interim Treasurer (2016) of

●   all the DFA Entities

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

●   DFA Australia Limited

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

●   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Controller (2015 – 2016) of

●   all the DFA Entities

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President (2008 – 2015) of

●   T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

 

Formerly, Director of Investment Treasury and Treasurer (2008 – 2015) of

●   the T. Rowe Price Funds

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Vice President since 2004 and Assistant Secretary since 2017   

Vice President (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 2017) of

●   all the DFA Entities

Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2010) of

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Joy Lopez    Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   Vice President since 2015 and Assistant Treasurer since 2017   

Vice President (since 2015) of

●   all the DFA Entities

Assistant Treasurer (since 2017) of

●   the DFA Fund Complex

Formerly, Senior Tax Manager (2013 – 2015) for

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Kenneth M. Manell

1972

   Vice President   Since 2010   

Vice President (since 2010) of

●   all the DFA Entities

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Catherine L. Newell

1964

  

President and General Counsel

  President since 2017 and General Counsel since 2001   

President (since 2017) of

●   the DFA Fund Complex

General Counsel (since 2001) of

●   All the DFA Entities

Executive Vice President (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2000) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

●   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

●   DFA Securities LLC

●   Dimensional Investment LLC

Director (since 2002), Vice President (since 1997) and Secretary (since 2002) of

●   DFA Australia Limited

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Vice President and Secretary of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

●   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

Director of

●   Dimensional Funds plc (since 2002)

●   Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2006)

 

16


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

   Position   Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
             

●   Director of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

●   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Secretary (2010 – 2014) of

●   Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

Formerly, Vice President (1997 – 2017) and Secretary (2000 – 2017) of

●   the DFA Fund Complex

Formerly, Vice President of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (1997 – 2017)

●   Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2006 – 2017)

●   DFA Securities LLC (1997 – 2017)

●   Dimensional Investment LLC (2009 – 2017)

Selwyn Notelovitz

1961

   Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer   Since 2013   

Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer of

●   the DFA Fund Complex (since 2013)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2012)

Carolyn L. O

1974

   Vice President and Secretary   Vice President since 2010 and Secretary since 2017   

Vice President (since 2010) and Secretary (since 2017) of

●   the DFA Fund Complex

Vice President (since 2010) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

●   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

●   Dimensional Investment LLC

Vice President of

●   DFA Securities LLC (since 2010)

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2016)

Gerard K. O’Reilly

1976

   Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer since 2017   

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

●   all the DFA Entities

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Director, Chief Investment Officer and Vice President (since 2017) of

●   DFA Australia Limited

Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) and Vice President (since 2016) of

●   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

●   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Director of

●   Dimensional Funds plc (since 2014)

●   Dimensional Fund II plc (since 2014)

●   Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017)

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2017)

Formerly, Co-Chief Investment Officer of

●   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2016 – 2017)

●   DFA Australia Limited (2014 – 2017)

Formerly, Executive Vice President (2017) and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

●   all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

●   all the DFA Entities

Formerly, Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

●   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

1 

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

17


Table of Contents

As of January 31, 2018, Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of the Portfolio described in this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE FUND

Administrative Services

The Fund previously had entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor on behalf of the Portfolio. Pursuant to the administration agreement, the Advisor performed various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; assisting the Fund to comply with the provisions of federal, state, local and foreign securities, tax and other laws applicable to the Portfolio; providing shareholders of record with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Fund to conduct meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Fund; and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. The Advisor also provided the Fund with office space and personnel. Effective July 21, 2015, the administrative agreement and investment advisory agreement for the Portfolio were combined into an Investment Management Agreement that provides for an investment management fee payable to the Advisor for both investment advisory services and the administrative services described above. Prior to the Investment Management Agreement, the Emerging Markets Portfolio II paid the Advisor a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of 0.15% of the Portfolio’s average net assets for its administrative services. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015, the Advisor was paid administrative fees of $108,000 by the Emerging Markets Portfolio II. The Portfolio did not pay administrative fees to the Advisor for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2017.

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the accounting and administration services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for the Portfolio and the Master Fund. The services provided by State Street are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Fund, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by State Street, the Master Fund pays State Street an annual fee that is calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0063% of the Fund Complex’s first $150 billion of average net assets;

.0051% of the Fund Complex’s next $50 billion of average net assets; and

.0025% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $200 billion.

The fees charged to the Master Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to the Master Fund based on the Master Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Portfolio also pays separate fees to State Street with respect to the services State Street provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005, is the custodian for the Master Fund.

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian for the Portfolio.

Each custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for the Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

 

18


Table of Contents

Distributor

The Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, TX 78746.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Fund by serving as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Fund. No compensation is paid by the Fund to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and audits the annual financial statements of the Fund. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and the Master Fund. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with the Portfolio and its Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. With respect to an Investment Management Agreement with the Portfolio, the Advisor manages the portion of the Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Portfolio for direct investment and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw the Portfolio’s investment from its Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund or manage all the Portfolio’s assets directly if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders to do so.

Pursuant to Sub Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for the Emerging Markets Series (the “DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund”). DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of international companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. In rendering investment management services to the Advisor with respect to the DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, DFA Australia expects to use the resources of certain participating affiliates of DFA Australia. Such participating affiliates are providing such services to DFA Australia pursuant to conditions provided in no-action relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing registered investment advisers to use portfolio management, research and trading resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered adviser.

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“ DFAL”), 20 Triton Street, Regent’s Place, London, NW13BF, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of England, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the Emerging Markets Series (the “DFAL Sub-Advised Fund”). DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading

 

19


Table of Contents

desk for the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of United Kingdom and European equity market companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by the DFAL Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. DFAL is a member of the Financial Conduct Authority, a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

The Advisor or its affiliates may provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection or other consulting services) to broker-dealers or investment advisers that may be involved in the distribution of the Portfolio or other mutual funds advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”) or who may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide historical market analysis, risk/return analysis, and continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers) as well as educational speakers and facilities for investment adviser conferences. The Advisor or its affiliates may pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring such conferences or pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending an investment adviser sponsored conference. Sponsorship of investment adviser and/or broker-dealer events by the Advisor may include direct payments to vendors or reimbursement of expenses incurred by investment advisers and/or broker-dealers in connection with hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for broker-dealers and/or investment advisors or their customers. Dimensional personnel may or may not be present at such events. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more such investment advisers. Any such services or arrangements may give such broker-dealers and investment advisers an incentive to recommend DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive such non-advisory services from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds sold or recommended by such broker-dealers or investment advisers.

A DVISORY FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Fund. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Portfolio (and its Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (and its Master Fund). Prior to July 21, 2015, the Advisor was paid no fee for the services it provided as investment advisor to the Portfolio. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the Portfolio (effective July 21, 2015) and its Master Fund paid advisory/management fees as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor):

 

Portfolio      Fiscal
Year
Ended
2017
(000)
   Fiscal
Year
Ended
2016
(000)
   Fiscal
Year
Ended
2015
(000)

The Emerging Markets Portfolio II (a)*

     $5,9461    $4,7182    $4,3183

 

20


Table of Contents

 

 

*

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio; this dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of advisory/management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective as of July 21, 2015, the fees set forth in the table above include the fees paid to the Advisor by both the Portfolio and its Master Fund for investment management services.

1 

$5,870 after waiver

2

$4,640 after waiver

3

$4,294 after waiver

(a)

Effective July 21, 2015, pursuant to a Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of the Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by the Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees the Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid indirectly through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund, to 0.25% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis. The Fee Waiver Agreement will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by the Fund.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Master Fund based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolio and Master Fund.

 

Emerging Markets Series and Emerging Markets Portfolio II   

Joseph H. Chi, Mitchell J. Firestein, Jed S. Fogdall,

Daniel C. Ong, Mary T. Phillips and Bhanu P. Singh

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Number of Accounts Managed and Total
Assets by Category As of October 31, 2017*

Joseph H. Chi

  

●   136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

●   20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

●   80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Jed S. Fogdall

  

●   136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

●   20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

21


Table of Contents

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Number of Accounts Managed and Total
Assets by Category As of October 31, 2017*
    

●   80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Daniel C. Ong

  

●   11 U.S. registered mutual funds with $34,786 million in total assets under management.

●   2 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $282 million in total assets under management.

●   11 other accounts with $6,262 million in total assets under management, of which 2 accounts with $772 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

Mary T. Phillips

  

●   69 U.S. registered mutual funds with $195,667 million in total assets under management.

●   0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

●   0 other accounts.

Bhanu P. Singh

  

●   57 U.S. registered mutual funds with $185,998 million in total assets under management.

●   9 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $3,775 million in total assets under management.

●   49 other accounts with $17,389 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

*Mitchell J. Firestein did not share primary responsibility in the oversight of day-to-day management of responsibilities for accounts as of October 31, 2017; as such, information regarding such accounts is not presented.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolio or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the Advisor’s stock, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees. In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Master Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Master Fund in which the Portfolio in this SAI invests substantially all of its assets),

 

22


Table of Contents

other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to the Master Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by the Master Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of the Master Fund and/or other Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of the Master Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Master Fund.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Master Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that the Master Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Master Fund or Account, the Master Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across the eligible Master Fund and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across the Master Fund and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Master Fund, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for the Master Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Master Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Investments in the Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolio contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Portfolio    Portfolio Manager(s)    Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned

Emerging Markets Portfolio II

  

Joseph H. Chi1

Mitchell J. Firestein

Jed S. Fogdall

Daniel C. Ong2

Mary T. Phillips

  

None

None

None

None

None

 

23


Table of Contents
Portfolio    Portfolio Manager(s)    Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned
     Bhanu P. Singh    None
1

Joseph H. Chi does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $0 - $10,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

2

Daniel C. Ong does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $0 - $10,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. The Fund was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to a February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, it was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October  27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its Series only to institutional investors in private offerings.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Trust, the Advisor, DFA Australia, DFAL and DFAS have adopted a revised Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolio and Master Fund. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolio and Master Fund, and their shareholders, with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. Government securities and money market instruments) that are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by the Portfolio or Master Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of the Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a class of the Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters that require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters that affect the interest of the class of shares (Portfolio) that they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s by-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

Whenever the Portfolio, as an investor in its Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Portfolio for which they receive

 

24


Table of Contents

no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. With regard to the Emerging Markets Series, if a majority shareholder of the Master Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or the Master Fund will be liquidated.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2018, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding securities of the Portfolio:

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO II

 

MAC & Co. AC 154808*

FBO Citigroup 401(k) Plan

500 Grant St., Rm 151-1010

Pittsburgh, PA 15219-2502

  

100.00%

 

*

Owner of record only (omnibus).

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is scheduled to be open for business. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE generally is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of the Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may from time to time appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of the Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

 

25


Table of Contents

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets, and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

The Fund has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Portfolio to redeem in-kind redemption requests of a certain amount. Specifically, if the amount being redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets, the Portfolio has the right to redeem the shares by providing the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets in securities instead of cash. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

TAXA TION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in the Portfolio. Because shares of the Portfolio are sold only in connection with 401(k) plans, the tax consequences described below are generally not applicable to the beneficiary under a 401(k) plan prior to the withdrawal of amounts deposited under the 401(k) plan. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply depending on how the Master Fund in which the Portfolio invests is organized for federal income tax purposes. The Portfolio invests in a Master Fund organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of the Portfolio.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to the Portfolio includes its pro rata share of its Master Fund’s income and assets.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

26


Table of Contents
   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

   

Income Requirement —the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

   

Asset Diversification Test —the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next

 

27


Table of Contents

taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. However, for any net capital losses realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, the Portfolio is only permitted to carry forward such capital losses for eight years as a short-term capital loss. Capital losses arising in a taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 must be used before capital losses realized in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate (or, in the case of those realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, expiring unutilized), thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions - Distributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 

   

any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

   

the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Portfolio has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the applicable corporate tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of

 

28


Table of Contents

the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be treated as ordinary income by the shareholder. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be treated as long-term capital gain by the shareholder, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

 

29


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

 

30


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Master Fund to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy service provider, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolio and Master Fund, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Master Fund and which seeks to maximize the value of the Master Fund’s investments. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Master Fund and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, proxies voted should not result from conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Master Fund, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Master Fund. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of the Master Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Advisor will usually instruct the voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will instruct the vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of the Portfolio or Master Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of the Portfolio or Master Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information

 

31


Table of Contents

within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not intend to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to the Portfolio or Master Fund associated with voting. The Advisor intends to make its determination whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally seeks to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of the Portfolio or Master Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will seek to make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Fund have retained ISS to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. ISS will provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effect votes on behalf of the Portfolio and Master Fund; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide, among other things, research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions. In this regard, the Advisor uses commercially reasonable efforts to oversee the directed delegation to third-party proxy voting service providers, upon which the Advisor relies to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. Prior to the selection of a new third-party proxy service provider and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Corporate Governance Committee will consider whether the proxy service provider (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how the Portfolio and Master Fund voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) on the Advisor’s website at http://us.dimensional.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Directors of the Fund and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (collectively, the “Board”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolio and Master Fund (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolio and Master Fund, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. The Portfolio and its Master Fund generally disclose the Master Fund’s complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://us.dimensional.com, 30 days following the month-end.

 

32


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. The Advisor’s Head of Global Institutional Services and Global Chief Compliance Officer, or a delegate of the same, respectively (collectively, the “Designated Persons”), together may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination.

As of the date of this SAI, the Advisor and the Master Fund had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient

  

Business Purpose

 

  

Frequency

AFP Capital

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

AFP Habitat

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

AFP Integra

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

AFP Colfondos

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

AFP Prima

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

Capital Advisors

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

Citibank, N.A.

  

Fund Custodian

 

  

Daily

Citibank, N.A.

  

Middle office operational support service

provider to the Advisor

 

  

Daily

Cambridge Associates Limited

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

Colonial Consulting Corporation, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

Intermountain Health Care, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Annually

Marquette Associates, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Quarterly

Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

  

Independent registered public accounting

firm

 

  

Upon Request

Pricing Service Vendor

  

Fair value information services

 

  

Daily

R. V. Kuhns & Associates, Inc.

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Quarterly

State Street Bank and Trust Company

  

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent,

Transfer Agent and Custodian

 

  

Daily

State Street Global Advisors

  

Monitoring investor exposure and

investment strategy

 

  

Monthly

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. The Portfolio, the Master Fund, the Advisor or other parties do not receive any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Fund, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolio and the Master Fund, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Master Fund has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer also is responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://us.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits the Portfolio, the Master Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or Master Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolio and Master Fund to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

Disclosure of Non-Material Information. To the extent permitted under the Policy, Designated Persons, officers of the Fund, portfolio managers, other representatives of the Advisor, and anyone employed by or associated with the Advisor who has been authorized by the Advisor’s Legal Department or the Designated Persons (collectively, “Approved Representatives”) may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information, in connection with or relating to the Portfolio or its Holdings Information and/or other investment positions (collectively, commentary and analysis) or any changes in the Holdings Information of the Portfolio that occurred after the most recent publicly disclosed Holdings

 

34


Table of Contents

Information (recent portfolio changes) to any person if such information does not constitute material non-public information.

With respect to each instance of such disclosure, an Approved Representative will make a good faith determination whether the information constitutes material non-public information, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Advisor believes that in most cases recent portfolio changes that involve a few or even several securities in a diversified portfolio and/or commentary and analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making an investment decision concerning the Portfolio. Nonexclusive examples of commentary and analysis include: (i) the allocation of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries; (ii) the characteristics of the equity and fixed income components of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions; (iii) the attribution of Portfolio returns by asset class, sector, industry and country; and (iv) the volatility characteristics of the Portfolio. An Approved Representative may in his or her sole discretion determine whether to deny any request for information made by any person, and may do so for any reason or no reason.

Such information, if made available to anyone, will be made available to any person upon request, but, because such information is generally not material to investors, it may or may not be posted on the Portfolio’s website.

SE CURITIES LENDING

The Board of the Portfolio’s Master Fund (the “Securities Lending Portfolio”) has approved its participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, Citibank, N.A. serves as the securities lending agent for the Securities Lending Portfolio.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the income earned by the Portfolio, as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by the Portfolio (in dollars) pursuant to a securities lending agency/authorization agreement between the Portfolio’s Master Fund and Citibank, N.A. (the “Securities Lending Agent”), were as follows:

 

          Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:          

Portfolio

   Gross
income
from
securities
lending
activities
   Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from
a revenue
split
   Fees paid for any
cash collateral
management
service (including
fees deducted
from a pooled cash
collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in the
revenue split
   Administrative
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Indemnification
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Rebate
(paid to
borrower)
   Other
fees not
included
in the
revenue
split 
   Aggregate
fees/
compensation
for securities
lending

activities
   Net
income
from
securities
lending

activities

Emerging Markets Portfolio II*

   $72,860    $8,577    $1,202                $9,779    $63,080

* The Portfolio has a corresponding Master Fund that is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Portfolio.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, each Securities Lending Agent provided the following services for their respective Securities Lending Portfolios in connection with securities lending activities: (i) entering into loans with approved entities subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (ii) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of cash collateral; (iii) monitoring daily the value of the loaned securities and collateral, including receiving and delivering additional collateral as necessary from/to borrowers; (iv) negotiating loan terms; (v) selecting securities to be loaned subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (vi) recordkeeping and account servicing; (vii) monitoring dividend/distribution activity relating to loaned securities; and (viii) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Portfolios at loan termination.

 

35


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audits the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolio for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the Master Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolio may compare its investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations that track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolio may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolio or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

36


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

U.S. PROXY VOTING CONCISE GUIDELINES

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Board of Directors:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally vote FOR director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

1.

Accountability

Vote AGAINST1 or WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1.

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a WITHHOLD/AGAINST vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

 

                                                             

1 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

2 A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If it cannot be determined whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2.

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers and/or industry groups. Take into consideration the company’s total shareholder return and financial/operational performance over short- to long-term time horizons. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

  ·  

A classified board structure;

 

  ·  

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

  ·  

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

 

  ·  

A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills3:

 

  1.3.

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5.

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all nominees if:

 

  1.6.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

                                                             

3 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has (i) adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses, or (ii) failed to eliminate a poison pill following a proxy contest in which a majority of directors were replaced.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
  ·  

The issuer’s rationale;

 

  ·  

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

  ·  

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7.

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote AGAINST on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8.

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9.

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10.

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11.

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and (potentially the full board) if:

 

  1.12.

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13.

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14.

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15.

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

 

  1.16.

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17.

The company’s previous say-on-pay proposal received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The company’s response, including:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ·  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments

 

  1.18.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors, as applicable:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

  ·  

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

  ·  

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

  ·  

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure;

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

  ·  

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

A-4


Table of Contents
  ·  

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees. Generally vote AGAINST (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the directors:

 

  ·  

Classified the board;

  ·  

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

  ·  

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19.

For newly public companies, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights,4 considering the following factors:

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

  ·  

The disclosed rationale for adopting the provision;

  ·  

The ability to change the governance structure in the future (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

  ·  

The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure; and,

  ·  

A public commitment to put the provision to a shareholder vote within three years of the date of the initial public offering.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or submitted to a vote of public shareholders, vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20.

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight5, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21.

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22.

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

                                                             

4 Under the Advisors’ guidelines, implementation of a multi-class voting structure prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering will not, per se, warrant a vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD under this provision.

5 Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
2.

Responsiveness

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors (as appropriate) if:

 

  2.1.

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

  ·  

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

  ·  

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

  ·  

The subject matter of the proposal;

 

  ·  

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

  ·  

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

  ·  

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

  ·  

Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3.

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

  ·  

ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

  ·  

The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
3.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE6) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

  ·  

Medical issues/illness;

 

  ·  

Family emergencies; and

 

  ·  

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote CASE-BY-CASE, considering relevant factors on individual directors (e.g., attendance or other board seats).

 

4.

Independence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors when:

 

  4.1.

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2.

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3.

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4.

Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote with management on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

 

                                                             

6 For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Proxy Access7

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests—Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections8

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

  ·  

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

  ·  

Management’s track record;

 

  ·  

Background to the contested election;

 

  ·  

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

  ·  

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

  ·  

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

  ·  

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access vote CASE-BY-CASE considering the same factors listed above – or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Shareholder Rights & Defenses9

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)10

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all

                                                             

7 An Advisor generally does not consider the duration of required ownership in evaluating proxy access.

8 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

9 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

10 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director has adopted a fee-shifting bylaw provision without a shareholder vote.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

  ·  

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

  ·  

Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  ·  

The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

  ·  

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections

Generally vote AGAINST bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

  ·  

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

  ·  

A term of no more than three years;

 

  ·  

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

  ·  

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

  ·  

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

  ·  

The value of the NOLs;

 

  ·  

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Generally vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

The consent threshold;

 

  ·  

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

  ·  

Investor ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

  ·  

An unfettered11 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 25 percent threshold;

 

  ·  

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

  ·  

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

  ·  

An annually elected board.

 

                                                             

11 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING12

Common Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

  ¡  

The dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Apply the relevant allowable increase below in determining vote on requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

A.

Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

B.

Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

C.

Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

D.

Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

                                                             

12 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that is receiving a FOR vote, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

  ·  

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

  ¡  

The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

 

  ¡  

The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

  ¡  

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; or

 

  ¡  

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

  ¡  

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

A-12


Table of Contents
  ¡  

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

  ·  

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION13

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1.

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will

                                                             

13 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
 

take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2.

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3.

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4.

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5.

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

  ·  

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  ·  

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  ·  

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  ·  

There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an AGAINST vote on an MSOP is warranted due to a pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

  ·  

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

  ·  

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

  ·  

The situation is egregious.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

In casting a vote on executive compensation proposals, an Advisor may consider the following:

 

  1.

Peer Group14 Alignment:

 

  ·  

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over different time horizons.

 

  ·  

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2.

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests, may be considered

 

  ·  

The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

  ·  

The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

  ·  

The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

  ·  

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

  ·  

Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

  ·  

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

  ·  

Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

  ·  

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

                                                             

14 In addition to the peer group disclosed in a company’s proxy statement, an Advisor may consider other peer companies that are comparable in market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), industry and other factors.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
  ·  

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

  ·  

Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated CASE-BY-CASE considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

  ·  

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

  ·  

Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

  ·  

New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

  ¡  

Change in control (CIC) payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

  ¡  

CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

  ¡  

CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups).

 

  ·  

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

  ·  

Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

  ·  

A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

  ·  

Metrics and incentives that are misaligned with shareholders’ interests and publicly disclosed business objectives;

 

  ·  

Lucrative severance packages;

 

  ·  

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

  ·  

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

  ·  

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined CASE-BY-CASE to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

A-16


Table of Contents
  ·  

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

  ·  

Duration of options backdating;

 

  ·  

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

  ·  

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

  ·  

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors CASE-BY-CASE when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

  ·  

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

  ·  

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ¡  

The company’s response, including:

 

   

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ¡  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ¡  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ¡  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

Vote FOR triennial advisory votes on compensation.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Features that may result in an AGAINST recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

  ·  

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

  ·  

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

  ·  

Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

  ·  

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

  ·  

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

  ·  

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

  ·  

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans15

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on certain equity-based compensation plans16 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated under these three pillars:

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

  ·  

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

  ·  

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

                                                             

15 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

16 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Plan Features:

 

  ·  

Automatic or discretionary single-triggered award vesting upon a CIC;

 

  ·  

Discretionary vesting authority;

 

  ·  

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

  ·  

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

  ·  

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

Grant Practices:

 

  ·  

The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

  ·  

Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

  ·  

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

  ·  

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

  ·  

Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

  ·  

Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

  ·  

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

  ·  

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies -- or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

  ·  

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

  ·  

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Social/Environmental Issues

Global Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a social/environmental issue may have material economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.17

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, an Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address

 

                                                             

17 See Governance Failures section under Section 1 above (Board of Directors – Accountability)

 

A-20


Table of Contents
 

related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant market proxy voting guidelines.

Political Issues

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving political issues. When evaluating political shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Routine/Miscellaneous

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

A-21


Table of Contents
  ·  

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

  ·  

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

  ·  

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP, or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

  ·  

Fees for non-audit services (“other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING SUMMARY GUIDELINES18

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

1. General Policies

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

  ·  

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

  ·  

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

  ·  

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

 

                                                             

18 This is a summary of the majority of International Markets, however, certain countries and/or markets have separate policies which are generally consistent with the principles reflected in this summary but are modified to reflect issues such as those related to customs, disclosure obligations and legal structures of the relevant jurisdiction.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

  ·  

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

  ·  

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

  ·  

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

  ·  

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Non-Contested Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

  ·  

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

  ·  

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;19

 

  ·  

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

  ·  

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

  ·  

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

Vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the ISS analysis is written and therefore no research is provided on the nominee.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.20

Classification of Directors - International Policy

 

Executive Director

 

  ·  

Employee or executive of the company;

 

  ·  

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

 

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

  ·  

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

                                                             

19 In Japan, an Advisor may vote FOR individual director(s) where proxy research has identified no overriding concerns beyond the company’s failure of a quantitative capital efficiency (ROE) test applied by the proxy research firm.

20 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

 

  ·  

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

 

  ·  

Government representative;

 

 

  ·  

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

 

  ·  

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

 

  ·  

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Relative[1] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

  ·  

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

 

  ·  

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

 

  ·  

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

 

  ·  

Years of service will NOT be a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market:

 

 

  ¡  

9 years (from the date of election) in the United Kingdom and Ireland;

 

 

  ¡  

12 years in European markets;

 

 

  ¡  

7 years in Russia.

 

Independent NED

 

  ·  

Not classified as non-independent (see above);

 

 

  ·  

No material[4] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

 

Employee Representative

 

  ·  

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

[1] “Relative” follows the SEV’s proposed definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3] If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.)

[4] For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Contested Director Elections21

For shareholder nominees, the persuasive burden is on the nominee or the proposing shareholder to prove that they are better suited to serve on the board than management’s nominees. Serious consideration of shareholder nominees will be given only if there are clear and compelling reasons for the nominee to join the board. These nominees must also demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations; some nominees may have hidden or narrow agendas and may unnecessarily contribute to divisiveness among directors.

The major decision factors are:

 

  ·  

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

  ·  

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

  ·  

Independence of directors/nominees;

 

  ·  

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

  ·  

Governance profile of the company;

 

  ·  

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

  ·  

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  ·  

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, an Advisor will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value)?

 

 

                                                             

21 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

  ·  

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  ·  

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  ·  

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.22

Discharge of Board and Management

Vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling concerns that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis by:

 

  ·  

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest

 

  ·  

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

  ·  

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR routine proposals to fix board size.

 

                                                             

22 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE23

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Vote FOR issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Specific Issuances

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

  ·  

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

  ·  

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

                                                             

23 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

  ·  

Maximum Volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

A-30


Table of Contents
  ·  

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

Vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

  ·  

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

  ·  

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

  ·  

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

 

  ·  

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume in exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring), will be assessed CASE-BY-CASE based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

  ·  

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

  ·  

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. COMPENSATION24

Compensation Plans

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis consistent with the following principles:

 

  ·  

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

  ·  

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

  ·  

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

  ·  

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

  ·  

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

                                                             

24 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions an Advisor may take.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

5. OTHER ITEMS

Reorganizations/Restructurings

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? An Advisor places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders or have special interests influenced directors and officers to support or recommend the merger?

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to allow shareholders to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a CSR issue may have economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, the Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

A-33


Table of Contents
  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Country of Incorporation vs. Country of Listing-Application of Policy

In general, country of incorporation will be the basis for policy application. US policies will be applied to the extent possible to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual and 10-Q quarterly reports and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs), will be subject to the following policy:

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. In all other cases, equity compensation plans will be evaluated according to the US Proxy Voting Guidelines.

All other voting items will be evaluated using the International Proxy Voting Guidelines.

FPIs are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S.

 

A-35


Table of Contents

CLASS R1 SHARES

CLASS R2 SHARES

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2018

(as supplemented on April 17, 2018)

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers one hundred and two series of shares. Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers twelve series of shares. DFAIDG and DIG are collectively referred to as the “Funds” in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This SAI relates to the Class R1 shares of one series of DFAIDG, Class R2 shares of two series of DFAIDG and Class R2 shares of four series of DIG (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

 

DOMESTIC EQUITY SECURITIES    INTERNATIONAL EQUITY SECURITIES
U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO    DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO
Class R1 Ticker: DFTVX    Class R2 Ticker: DFIPX
Class R2 Ticker: DFTPX    EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO
   Class R2 Ticker: DFEPX

 

ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOS
GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
Class R2 Ticker: DGERX
GLOBAL ALLOCATION 60/40 PORTFOLIO
Class R2 Ticker: DFPRX
GLOBAL ALLOCATION 25/75 PORTFOLIO
Class R2 Ticker: DFGPX

This SAI is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus dated February 28, 2018, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Class R1 and Class R2 Shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the Class R2 shares of the DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES      1  
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS      2  
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS      3  
FUTURES CONTRACTS      5  
SWAPS      6  
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS      7  
POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS      8  
CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES      8  
INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING      10  
WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS      11  
EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS      11  
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES      12  
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS      12  
SERVICES TO THE FUNDS      25  
ADVISORY FEES      29  
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS      32  
GENERAL INFORMATION      36  
CODE OF ETHICS      36  
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS      37  
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES      37  
PURCHASE OF SHARES      39  
REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES      40  
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS      40  
PROXY VOTING POLICIES      55  
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS      57  
SECURITIES LENDING      60  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      61  
PERFORMANCE DATA      61  


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

The DFA International Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in a corresponding series of The DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”). The Emerging Markets Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”). The series of the Trust and DEM are referred to as the “Master Funds.” Each of the Allocation Portfolios is a “fund of funds” that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in funds managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”). The portfolios of DFAIDG in which the Allocation Portfolios invest may be referred to as the “Underlying Funds.” The Underlying Funds in which the Allocation Portfolios invest include, U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio, U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio, DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio, International Core Equity Portfolio, Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, each a series of DFAIDG. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio offers three classes of shares: Institutional Class shares, Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. The DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and the Allocation Portfolios each offer two classes of shares: Institutional Class shares and Class R2 shares. The Institutional Class shares are offered to qualified investors in a separate prospectus. This SAI describes Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares.

Dimensional serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios and each Master Fund. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including the Feeder Portfolios, through their investment in the Master Funds, and the Allocation Portfolios through their investment in the Underlying Funds.

Each of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Domestic Equity and International Equity Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between mutual funds and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios (except the DFA International Value Portfolio, Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio and Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio), or in the case of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, its Master Fund, has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of each 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which a Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES section in the Prospectus.

 

1


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the designated Portfolios and Master Funds. For each Feeder Portfolio, the amounts include commissions paid by the corresponding Master Fund. The Feeder Portfolios and Allocation Portfolios will not incur any brokerage costs in connection with their purchase or redemption of shares of their Master Funds or Underlying Funds.

The following table reports brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolios and in the case of the Feeder Portfolios, their corresponding Master Funds during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2017

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2016

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED

2015

        

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   $ 1,544,453      $ 1,178,856      $ 1,406,025     

DFA International Value Series

   $ 1,420,715      $ 1,304,293      $ 1,814,443     

(DFA International Value Portfolio)

           

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

   $ 2,937,011      $ 2,426,310      $ 3,077,808     

(Emerging Markets Value Portfolio)

           

The substantial increases or decreases in the amount of brokerage commissions paid by certain Portfolios from year to year indicated in the foregoing table resulted primarily from asset changes that required increases or decreases in the amount of securities that were bought and sold by those Portfolios.

The Fixed Income Underlying Funds acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers which are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size, market making, and other factors. When executing portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Fixed Income Underlying Funds effect transactions.

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of the Portfolios with respect to brokerage commissions, it should be understood that, with respect to a Feeder Portfolio and an Allocation Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets and the Underlying Funds in which an Allocation Portfolio invests.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission, if any, being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited also may perform these services for the Portfolios and Master Funds that they sub-advise.

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Boards of Trustees/Directors of DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect a Portfolio’s portfolio securities transactions based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the Portfolios may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor

 

2


Table of Contents

places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios and Master Funds with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The investment management agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the Portfolios or, in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, did not pay commissions for securities transactions to brokers for providing market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services or research services to the Portfolios or Master Funds.

Certain Portfolios or Master Funds may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio, or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund, whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio or Master Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio or Master Fund as of October 31, 2017.

 

Master Fund/Portfolio

   Broker or Dealer           Value of Securities

The DFA International Value Series

   Societe Generale     
                            
 
   $108,991,827

The DFA International Value Series

   Instinet, LLC       $42,240,944

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

  (1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

  (2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent a Portfolio from (i)

 

3


Table of Contents
 

purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities;

 

  (5)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

 

  (6)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (7)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

 

  (8)

sell securities short; provided that the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio, and Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio are not subject to this limitation; or

 

  (9)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (9) above do not prohibit each Feeder Portfolio and each Allocation Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Master Funds or Underlying Funds, respectively. In applying the investment limitations, each such Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests. The investment limitations of each Master Fund are similar to those of the corresponding Feeder Portfolio. The Underlying Funds may have investment limitations that are more or less restrictive than those of the Allocation Portfolios. The investment limitations of the Underlying Funds are set forth in their respective statements of additional information.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (1) above, the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio (indirectly through its investment in its corresponding Master Fund) may borrow in connection with a foreign currency transaction or the settlement of a portfolio trade. Additionally, with respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33 13% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Inasmuch as the Feeder Portfolios will only hold shares of certain Master Funds, or any Portfolio structured as a fund of funds only holds shares of Underlying Funds, these Portfolios do not intend to lend those shares. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent a Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements, acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future or participating in an interfund lending order granted by the SEC.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid assets, which limits investments in illiquid assets to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid assets. While maintaining oversight, the Boards of Directors have delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG or DIG, as applicable, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (7) above, a Portfolio will not issue senior securities, except that the Portfolio may borrow money as described above. A Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security,

 

4


Table of Contents

delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent a Portfolio enters into an offsetting financial position, segregates liquid assets equal to the Portfolio’s obligations arising from the transaction or otherwise “covers” the transaction in accordance with SEC positions.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (9) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an “industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be an “industry” subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of a Portfolio’s total assets will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management will consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

Notwithstanding any of the above investment limitations, the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund may establish subsidiaries or other similar vehicles for the purpose of conducting its investment operations if such subsidiaries or vehicles are required by local laws or regulations governing foreign investors or whose use is otherwise considered by the Fund to be advisable. The Fund would “look through” any such vehicle or subsidiary to determine compliance with its investment restrictions.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit a Portfolio from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolio’s investment strategies. Further, except with respect to a Portfolio’s or Master Fund’s limitation on borrowing or otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ and Master Funds’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Please note that while the following discussion relates to the policies of certain Portfolios with respect to futures contracts, it should be understood that with respect to a Feeder Portfolio, the discussion applies to the Feeder Portfolio and to the Master Fund in which the Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets.

Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for securities and indices to adjust market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio, Master Fund, or Underlying Fund. The Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds, however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio also may use futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge their currency exposure. The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, and DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio also may use futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge their interest rate or currency exposure or for non-hedging purposes, such as a substitute for direct investment.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked-to-market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Master Fund, Underlying Fund and Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in

 

5


Table of Contents

Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Master Fund, Underlying Fund or Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund may use by entering into futures transactions.

SWAPS

The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio also may enter into credit default swap agreements. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. Some types of swap agreements are negotiated bilaterally and traded OTC between the two parties (uncleared swaps), while other swaps are transacted through an FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty (cleared swaps), and may be traded on swap execution facilities (exchanges). The most common types of credit default swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange trading.

The Portfolios may enter into a credit default swap on a single security or instrument (sometimes referred to as a “CDS” transaction) or on a basket or index of securities (sometimes referred to as a “CDX” transaction). The “buyer” in a credit default contract typically is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event with respect to any underlying reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Portfolios may be either the buyer or the seller in the transaction. If a Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio may lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Portfolio typically receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided a credit event does not occur. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the full notional amount of the reference obligation. The most common types of CDX are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange-trading.

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Portfolios had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received

 

6


Table of Contents

by the seller, coupled with the up-front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value the seller pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Portfolio. When a Portfolio acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Portfolio is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.

Uncleared swaps are typically executed bilaterally with a swap dealer rather than traded on exchanges. Parties to uncleared swaps face greater counterparty credit risk than those engaging in cleared swaps since performance of uncleared swap obligations is the responsibility only of the swap counterparty rather than a clearing house, as is the case with cleared swaps. As a result, a Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty beyond any collateral received. In such an event, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the swap agreements, but bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect the Portfolio’s rights as a creditor.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and implementing rules adopted by the CFTC currently require the clearing and exchange-trading of the most common types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps, and it is expected that additional categories of swaps will in the future be designated as subject to mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Portfolio of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Portfolio has an open position, or the central counterparty in a swap contract. The assets of a Portfolio may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Portfolio might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers.

The Advisor and the Fund do not believe that a Portfolio’s obligations under swap contracts are senior securities and, accordingly, the Portfolio will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing or senior securities restrictions. However, with respect to swap contracts that provide for the netting of payments, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Portfolio’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of segregated assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. With respect to swap contracts that do not provide for the netting of payments by the counterparties, the full notional amount for which the Portfolio is obligated under the swap contract with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued full notional value will be segregated and maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. To the extent that a Portfolio cannot dispose of a swap in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Portfolio has valued the swap, the Portfolio will treat the swap as illiquid and subject to its overall limit on illiquid investments of 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulation of cleared and uncleared swaps, as well as other derivatives, is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. It is not possible to predict fully the effects of current or future regulation. New requirements, even if not directly applicable to a Portfolio, may increase the cost of the Portfolio’s investments and cost of doing business. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The International Equity Portfolios (or in the case of Feeder Portfolios, their Master Funds) may acquire and sell foreign currency forward contracts in order to attempt to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios and Master Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange

 

7


Table of Contents

transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to exchange two currencies at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a fixed rate set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

With respect to an International Equity Portfolio or Master Fund, the Portfolio or Master Fund may enter into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of foreign equity securities, typically to “lock in” the value of the transaction with respect to a different currency. In addition, a Portfolio or Master Fund may, from time to time, enter into a forward contract to transfer balances from one currency to another currency.

The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. Such Underlying Funds may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio typically hedge their foreign currency exposure. DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of its foreign securities or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds or Underlying Funds that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty around the future of the euro and the European Union (EU) following the United Kingdom’s vote to exit the EU in June 2016. In March 2017, the United Kingdom invoked a treaty provision that sets out the basics of a withdrawal from the EU and provides that negotiations must be completed within two years, unless all EU member states agree on an extension. However, there is a significant degree of uncertainty about how negotiations relating to the United Kingdom’s exit will be conducted, including the outcome of negotiations for a new relationship between the United Kingdom and EU. While it is not possible to determine the precise impact these events may have on a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, during this period and beyond, the impact on the United Kingdom, EU countries, other countries or parties that transact with the United Kingdom and EU, and the broader global economy could be significant and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investments. In addition, if one or more countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

All non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, in the case of the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, cash investments may be made for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant. In addition, each of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may enter into arrangements with

 

8


Table of Contents

its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

 

Portfolios and Master Funds    Permissible Cash Investments*         

  Percentage

Guidelines**

                      
U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio and U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
DFA International Value Portfolio and Master Fund    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
International Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***             20%  
                      
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***             N.A.
                      
DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***             N.A.
                      
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds***             N.A.
                      

 

9


Table of Contents
Portfolios and Master Funds    Permissible Cash Investments*   

Percentage

Guidelines**

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality

Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           

DFA Intermediate-Term Extended

Quality Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities

Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; short-term government fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including government money market funds***    N.A.
           

DFA World ex U.S. Government

Fixed Income Portfolio

   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; U.S. government obligations; U.S. government agency obligations debt; freely convertible currencies; index futures contracts and options thereon; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    20%
           

Global Equity Portfolio

Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio

Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio

 

   Short-term repurchase agreements; U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and short-term paper; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***    5%
*

With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

 

** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.

 

***

Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

  The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

  A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net

 

10


Table of Contents

assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT

TRANSACTIONS

The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Funds and Underlying Funds each may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis. When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued. It is possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled. In addition, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Funds and Underlying Funds each may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Funds and Underlying Funds each may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on the settlement date than the price the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund committed to pay or receive for the security. The U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

When entering into a commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Master Funds and Underlying Funds each will segregate cash and/or liquid assets and will maintain such cash and/or liquid assets in an amount equal in value to such commitments.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The following Portfolio, Master Funds and Underlying Funds may also invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity:

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 1 Portfolio

U.S. Core Equity 2 Portfolio

DFA Real Estate Securities Portfolio

DFA International Value Series

International Core Equity Portfolio

Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund

Emerging Markets Core Equity Portfolio

 

11


Table of Contents

An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest are passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

Generally, securities will be purchased by the Equity Portfolios, Equity Master Funds and Equity Underlying Funds with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year.    The Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, the DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, the DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio are expected to have high portfolio turnover rates due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

Organization of the Board

The Board of Directors of each Fund (each a “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Funds’ policies and for overseeing the management of each Fund. The Board of Directors elects the officers of each Fund, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board of Directors of each Fund is comprised of one interested Director and six disinterested Directors. David G. Booth, an interested Director, is Chairman of each Board. The disinterested Directors of the Board designated Myron S. Scholes as the lead disinterested Director. As the lead disinterested Director, Mr. Scholes, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Directors in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Directors; raises issues and discusses ideas with management on behalf of the disinterested Directors in between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Directors (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson). The existing Board structure for each Fund also provides the disinterested Directors with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and each Fund, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Director, who, as both an officer of the Fund and the Advisor, participates in the day-to-day management of each Fund’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the disinterested Directors in order to provide the Directors with the opportunity to contact Fund management and/or the disinterested Directors’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Directors regularly communicate with Mr. Booth regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of each Fund meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

Each Board has three standing committees. The Audit Committee and Nominating Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Directors. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Directors have direct oversight of each Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and the selection and nomination of candidates to each Fund’s Board. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) consists entirely of disinterested Directors. The Strategy Committee assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Fund and its performance.

 

12


Table of Contents

Each Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. The Audit Committee for each Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, each Fund’s internal controls, each Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by each Board. The Audit Committee for each Board recommends the appointment of each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

Each Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Edward P. Lazear, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. The Nominating Committee for each Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of each Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Douglas W. Diamond, Edward P. Lazear and Myron S. Scholes. At the request of a Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Fund, (ii) reviews performance of existing Portfolios of the Fund, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the Portfolios’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance the investment strategies or policies of each Portfolio, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for each Portfolio of the Fund. There were three Strategy Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board of each Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Fund.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board of each Fund, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Fund management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect each Fund.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of each Fund’s portfolios. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the portfolios. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a portfolio and such change could have a significant impact on the portfolio’s risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for their approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and each Fund’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enables the Board to review fair valued securities in a particular portfolio. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each portfolio. In addition, each Fund’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each portfolio’s year-end financial statements.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with each Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with the CCO, and each Fund’s CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the

 

13


Table of Contents

Board. Each Fund’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Fund and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Fund’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Director Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of a Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of a Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board of each Fund believes that it is in the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. Each Fund’s Board believes that each Director currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Fund and protect the interests of shareholders. Each Board noted that each Director had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Director held an academic position in the areas of finance, economics or accounting. The Board also noted that Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith each had experience serving as a director on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that David G. Booth contributed valuable experience due to his position with the Advisor. Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and interested Director of a Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of a Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

 

14


Table of Contents

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and  

     Year of Birth

   Position   

Term of
Office1

and

Length of
Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of
Public

Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

George M.

Constantinides

University of

Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn

Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1947

   Director   

DFAIDG –

Since 1983;

DIG – Since 1993

   Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1978).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Douglas W. Diamond

University of

Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn

Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

   Director   

DFAIDG –

Since 2017;

DIG – Since 2017

   Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1988). Visiting Scholar, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (since 1990). Formerly, Fischer Black Visiting Professor of Financial Economics, Alfred P. Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (2015 to 2016).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of

Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT

06520-8200

 

1943

   Director   

DFAIDG –

Since 1981;

DIG – Since 1993

   Professor in Practice Emeritus of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (2006-2016).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Edward P. Lazear

Stanford University

Graduate School of

Business

Knight Management

Center, E346

Stanford, CA 94305

 

1948

   Director   

DFAIDG –

Since 2010;

DIG – Since 2010

  

Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Becker Friedman

Institute for Research in Economics, University of

Chicago (since 2015). Morris Arnold Cox Senior Fellow, Hoover Institution (since 2002). Jack Steele Parker Professor of Human Resources Management and Economics, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1995). Cornerstone Research (expert testimony and economic and financial analysis) (since 2009).

   127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional

Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave

Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1941

   Director   

DFAIDG –

Since 1981;

DIG – Since 1993

   Chief Investment Strategist, Janus Henderson Investors (since 2014). Frank E. Buck Professor of Finance, Emeritus, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1981).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Formerly, Adviser, Kuapay, Inc. (2013-2014). Formerly, Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (43 Portfolios) (1980-2014).

 

15


Table of Contents

Name, Address and  

      Year of Birth

   Position   

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen

  

Other

Directorships of

Public

Companies Held

During Past 5

Years

Abbie J. Smith

University of

Chicago Booth

School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn

Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

   Director   

DFAIDG – Since 2000;

DIG – Since 2000

   Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).    127 portfolios in 4 investment companies    Director, (since 2000) and formerly, Lead Director (May 2014 – May 2017), HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (21 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

16


Table of Contents

Interested Director

The following interested Director is described as such because he is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address

  and Year of

    Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years  

Portfolios
within the

DFA Fund

Complex2

Overseen

  

Other Directorships

of Public Companies

Held During Past 5

Years

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX

78746

 

1946

  Chairman
and Director
  DFAIDG –

Since 1981;

DIG – Since
1992

   Chairman, Director/Trustee, and formerly President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until March 2017) of DEM, DFAIDG, DIG, and The DFA Investment Trust Company (“DFAITC”). Executive Chairman, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until February 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, DFAIDG, DIG and DFAITC, the “DFA Entities”). Chairman and Director (since 2009) and formerly, Co-Chief Executive Officer (2010 – June 2017) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Trustee, University of Chicago (since 2002). Trustee, University of Kansas Endowment Association (since 2005). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2002 – July 2017), DFA Australia Limited (1994 – July 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (2012 – July 2017), Dimensional Funds plc (2006 – July 2017) and Dimensional Funds II plc (2006 – July 2017). Formerly, Director and President of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2012 – April 2017). Formerly, President, Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC (2009-2014); and Limited Partner, VSC Investors, LLC (2007 – 2015). Formerly, Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (2010 – September 2017).   127
portfolios
in 4
investment
companies
   None
1 

Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2 

Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Funds; the Trust; and DEM. Each disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios of the Funds in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

17


Table of Contents
Name   Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned   Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned
in All Funds Overseen by Director in
Family of Investment Companies
Disinterested Directors:          

George M. Constantinides

  None   None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Douglas W. Diamond

  None   None Directly; $50,001-$100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Roger G. Ibbotson

  None   Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Edward P. Lazear

  None   None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Myron S. Scholes

  None   Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Abbie J. Smith

  None   None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds**

Interested Director:

       

David G. Booth

 

Global Equity Portfolio—Over $100,000

Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio—Over $100,000

Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio—Over $100,000

  Over $100,000

 

**

As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

  Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Funds during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same period. The table also provides the compensation paid by each Fund to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017. Douglas W. Diamond was appointed to each Board of the DFA Fund Complex effective June 1, 2017.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from
DFAIDG*
   Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG*
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as
Part of
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefits
upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the Funds
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors†

George M. Constantinides Director

   $208,969    $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Douglas W. Diamond Director

   $111,229    $11,229    N/A    N/A    $159,500

Roger G. Ibbotson

    Director

   $243,863    $24,823    N/A    N/A    $350,000

Edward P. Lazear

    Director

   $229,934    $23,402    N/A    N/A    $330,000

Myron S. Scholes

    Lead Independent Director

   $278,611    $28,405    N/A    N/A    $400,000

Abbie J. Smith

    Director

   $208,969    $21,301    N/A    N/A    $300,000

Christopher S. Crossan

    Chief Compliance Officer

   $302,797    $30,741    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory and administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

18


Table of Contents
*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 is as follows: $350,000 (Mr. Ibbotson); $330,000 (Mr. Lazear); and $71,000 (Mr. Diamond). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability; or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Funds and the principal occupation for each officer of the Funds. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

 

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Valerie A. Brown

1967

 

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

 

Since

2001

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of

•   all the DFA Entities (since 2001)

 

•   DFA Australia Limited (since 2002)

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2002)

 

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

 

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

 

Director, Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

David P. Butler

1964

 

Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

Since

2017

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA entities

 

Director (since 2017) of

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
            

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

 

Head of Global Financial Advisor Services (since 2007) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

Stephen A. Clark

1972

 

Executive Vice President

 

Since

2017

  

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA entities

 

Director and Vice President (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

 

President and Director (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

Vice President (since 2008) and Director (since 2016) of

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

Director (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

 

Vice President (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

 

Head of Global Institutional Services (since 2014) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Formerly, Vice President (2004 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

Formerly, Vice President (2010 – 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

Formerly, Head of Institutional, North America (2012 – 2013) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Christopher S.

Crossan

1965

 

Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer

 

Since

2004

  

Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (since 2004) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
            

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006) and Chief Privacy Officer (since 2015) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

Chief Compliance Officer of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

 

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (2010 – 2014) for

•   Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

 

(Michael) Sam Gilliland

1962

 

Executive Vice President

 

Since

2017

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

 

Executive Vice President (since 2017), Senior Advisor and Chief Operating Officer (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Funds Advisors LP

 

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

 

•   Dimensional Investment LLC

 

Executive Vice President (since 2017) of

•   DFA Securities LLC

 

Director of

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2017)

 

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2017)

 

•   DFA Australia Limited (since 2016)

 

Formerly, Consultant (2013 – 2017) for

•   MSG Consulting

 

Formerly, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (2003 – 2013) of

•   Sabre Holdings

 

Gregory K. Hinkle

1958

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer

 

Vice President since 2015 and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2016

  

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer (since 2016) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
            

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

 

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

Director (since 2016) for

•   Dimensional Funds plc

 

•   Dimensional Funds II plc

 

Formerly, interim Chief Financial Officer and interim Treasurer (2016) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

 

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

Formerly, Controller (2015 – 2016) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Formerly, Vice President (2008 – 2015) of

•   T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

 

Formerly, Director of Investment Treasury and Treasurer (2008 – 2015) of

•   the T. Rowe Price Funds

 

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Vice President since 2004 and Assistant Secretary since 2017   

Vice President (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2010) of

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

 

Joy Lopez

  Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   Vice President since 2015   

Vice President (since 2015) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
        and Assistant Treasurer since 2017   

Assistant Treasurer (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

 

Formerly, Senior Tax Manager (2013 – 2015) for

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

Kenneth M. Manell

1972

  Vice President  

Since

2010

  

Vice President (since 2010) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

 

Catherine L. Newell

1964

  President and General Counsel   President since 2017 and General Counsel since 2001   

President (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

 

General Counsel (since 2001) of

•   All the DFA Entities

 

Executive Vice President (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2000) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

 

•   DFA Securities LLC

 

•   Dimensional Investment LLC

 

Director (since 2002), Vice President (since 1997) and Secretary (since 2002) of

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

 

Vice President and Secretary of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

 

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

 

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

 

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd (since 2012)

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

 

Director of

•   Dimensional Funds plc (since 2002)

 

•   Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2006)

 

•   Director of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

 

•   Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2012)

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
            

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

 

•   Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

 

Formerly, Vice President and Secretary (2010 – 2014) of

•   Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC

 

Formerly, Vice President (1997 – 2017) and Secretary (2000 – 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

 

Formerly, Vice President of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (1997 – 2017)

 

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2006 – 2017)

 

•   DFA Securities LLC (1997 – 2017)

 

•   Dimensional Investment LLC (2009 – 2017)

 

Selwyn Notelovitz

1961

  Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer  

Since

2013

  

Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer of

•   the DFA Fund Complex (since 2013)

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2012)

 

Carolyn L. O

1974

  Vice President and Secretary   Vice President since 2010 and Secretary since 2017   

Vice President (since 2010) and Secretary (since 2017) of

•   the DFA Fund Complex

 

Vice President (since 2010) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

 

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc.

 

•   Dimensional Investment LLC

 

Vice President of

•   DFA Securities LLC (since 2010)

 

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2016)

 

Gerard K. O’Reilly

1976

  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer since 2017   

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

Director, Chief Investment Officer and Vice President (since 2017) of

•   DFA Australia Limited

 

Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) and Vice President (since 2016) of

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position  

Term of

Office1

and

Length of

Service

   Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
            

Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer (since 2017) of

•   Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

 

Director of

•   Dimensional Funds plc (since 2014)

 

•   Dimensional Fund II plc (since 2014)

 

•   Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017)

 

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2017)

 

Formerly, Co-Chief Investment Officer of

•   Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2016 – 2017)

 

•   DFA Australia Limited (2014 – 2017)

 

Formerly, Executive Vice President (2017) and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

Formerly, Vice President (2007 – 2017) of

•   all the DFA Entities

 

Formerly, Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer (2014 – 2017) of

•   Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

 

 

1 

Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2018, the Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

Administrative Services—The Feeder Portfolios, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios

The Funds previously had administration agreements with the Advisor on behalf of the Feeder Portfolios and each Allocation Portfolio. Pursuant to each administration agreement, the Advisor performed various services, including: supervision of the services provided by the Portfolio’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent and others who provide services to the Fund for the benefit of the Portfolio; providing shareholders with information about the Portfolio and their investments as the shareholders or the Fund may request; assisting the Portfolio in conducting meetings of shareholders; furnishing information as the Board of Directors may require regarding the Master Fund or Underlying Funds (as applicable), and any other administrative services for the benefit of the Portfolio as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. Effective February 28, 2014 (with respect to the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio) and July 21, 2015 (with respect to the Feeder Portfolios and Allocation Portfolios), the administrative agreement and investment advisory agreement for each Portfolio were combined into an Investment Management Agreement that provides for an investment management fee payable to the Advisor for both investment advisory services and the administrative services described above. Prior to the Investment Management Agreement, the Feeder Portfolios, U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios paid the

 

25


Table of Contents

Advisor a monthly fee based on average net assets equal to one-twelfth of the percentages listed below for its administrative services:

 

Portfolio

  

Administration Fee

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio*

   0.25%      

DFA International Value Portfolio**

   0.20%      

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio**

   0.40%      

Global Equity Portfolio**

   0.30%  (a)

Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio**

   0.25%  (a)

Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio**

   0.20%  (a)

 

*

Effective rate of administrative fee prior to February 28, 2014.

**

Effective rate of administrative fee prior to July 21, 2015.

(a) Prior to July 21, 2015, pursuant to an, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver Agreement for the Global Equity Portfolio, 60/40 Portfolio and the 25/75 Portfolio, in order to limit the total administration and management fees received by the Advisor, the Advisor agreed to waive the administration fee each Portfolio paid to the Advisor to the extent necessary to limit the proportionate share of the total combined administration fee paid by a class of each Portfolio and management fees paid by each Portfolio’s Underlying Funds to the Advisor to 0.27% of the average net assets of a class of the Global Equity Portfolio, to 0.25% of the average net assets of a class of the Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio and to 0.22% of the average net assets of a class of the Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio. The maximum amount waived under this waiver was the full amount of a Portfolio’s administration fee to the Advisor. At any time that the rate of the fees and annualized expenses of a class of a Portfolio were less than the rates listed above for such class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis, the Advisor retained the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery did not cause the fees or expenses of such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the fee or expense limitations listed above. The Portfolios were not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

Each class of each Portfolio paid its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015, the Portfolios paid administrative fees to the Advisor as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor):

 

Portfolio

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2017*

(000)

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2016*

(000)

  

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2015

(000)

 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A      N/A  

DFA International Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 10,266  

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 51,318  

Global Equity Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 8,9751  

Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 5,0782  

Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio

   N/A    N/A    $ 1,0133  

* For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017 and October 31, 2016, the Portfolios did not pay administrative fees to the Advisor.

 

(1)

$302 after waiver

(2)

$452 after waiver

(3) 

$163 after waiver

(4)

$177 after waiver

(5)

$421 after waiver

 

26


Table of Contents
(6)

$191 after waiver

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the accounting and administration services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for all of the Portfolios, Underlying Funds and Master Funds. The services provided by State Street are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by State Street, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolios’ Master Funds and the Underlying Funds pay State Street annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0063% of the Fund Complex’s first $150 billion of average net assets;

.0051% of the Fund Complex’s next $50 billion of average net assets; and

.0025% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $200 billion.

The fees charged to the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, a Master Fund or an Underlying Fund under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund based on the Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to State Street with respect to the services State Street provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Shareholder Services

On behalf of the Portfolios, the Funds enter into agreements with Shareholder Services Agents to provide shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to shareholders of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares. For the array of services provided to Class R1 shareholders, the Funds pay such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.10% of the average net assets of the Class R1 shares for such services. For the array of services provided to Class R2 shareholders, the Funds pay such Shareholder Services Agents an amount up to 0.25% of the average net assets of the Class R2 shares for such services.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005, is the custodian for The DFA International Value Series and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund.

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian for the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolios and the Allocation Portfolios.

Each custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

Each Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas 78746.

 

27


Table of Contents

DFAS acts as an agent of the Funds by serving as the principal underwriter of the Funds’ shares. Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Funds. No compensation is paid by the Funds to DFAS under the Distribution Agreements.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Funds. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Funds and audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios and the Master Funds. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with each Portfolio and Master Fund, the Advisor is responsible for the management of their respective assets. With respect to an Investment Management Agreement with each Feeder Portfolio, the Advisor manages the portion of each Feeder Portfolio’s assets that are retained by the Feeder Portfolio for direct investment and, at its discretion, may make a determination to withdraw a Feeder Portfolio’s investment from its corresponding Master Fund to invest in another Master Fund or manage all the Feeder Portfolio’s assets directly if the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of the Feeder Portfolio and its shareholders to do so.

Pursuant to Sub Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers and dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Value Series and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (each a “DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund”). DFA Australia’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of each DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by a DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFA Australia. DFA Australia maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of international companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by a DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. In rendering investment management services to the Advisor with respect to each DFA Australia Sub-Advised Fund, DFA Australia expects to use the resources of certain participating affiliates of DFA Australia. Such participating affiliates are providing such services to DFA Australia pursuant to conditions provided in no-action relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing registered investment advisers to use portfolio management, research and trading resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered adviser.

Pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Advisor, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“ DFAL”), 20 Triton Street, Regent’s Place, London, NW13BF, United Kingdom, a company that is organized under the laws of England, has the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for the International Value Series and the Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (each a “DFAL Sub-Advised Fund”). DFAL’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk for each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities which are eligible for purchase and sale by each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL. DFAL maintains and furnishes to the Advisor information and reports on securities of United Kingdom and European equity market companies, including its recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are

 

28


Table of Contents

eligible for purchase by each DFAL Sub-Advised Fund as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. DFAL is a member of the Financial Conduct Authority, a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

The Advisor or its affiliates may provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection or other consulting services) to broker-dealers or investment advisers that may be involved in the distribution of the Portfolios or other mutual funds advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”) or who may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide historical market analysis, risk/return analysis, and continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers) as well as educational speakers and facilities for investment adviser conferences. The Advisor or its affiliates may pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring such conferences or pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending an investment adviser sponsored conference. Sponsorship of investment adviser and/or broker-dealer events by the Advisor may include direct payments to vendors or reimbursement of expenses incurred by investment advisers and/or broker-dealers in connection with hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for broker-dealers and/or investment advisers or their customers. Dimensional personnel may or may not be present at such events. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more such investment advisers. Any such services or arrangements may give such broker-dealers and investment advisers an incentive to recommend DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive such non-advisory services from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds sold or recommended by such broker-dealers or investment advisers.

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio (and, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund), the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio (and, with respect to each Feeder Portfolio, its corresponding Master Fund). Prior to July 21, 2015, the Advisor was paid no fee for the services it provided as investment adviser to each Feeder Portfolio and Allocation Portfolio. As shareholders of the Underlying Funds, the Allocation Portfolios pay their proportionate shares of the management fees paid to the Advisor by the Underlying Funds. Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, Feeder Portfolios (effective July 21, 2015) (and their corresponding Master Funds) and Allocation Portfolios (effective July 21, 2015) paid investment advisory fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers by the Advisor):

 

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2017

(000)

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2016

(000)

   

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED 2015

(000)

 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio(a)

   $ 33,824      $ 26,301     $ 22,368  

DFA International Value Portfolio* (b)

   $ 56,684 1     $ 44,049 6    $ 26,614 11 

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio* (c)

   $ 107,317 2     $   89,153 7    $   38,452 12 

Global Equity Portfolio (d)

   $ 17,017 3     $ 13,463 8    $ 3,614 13 

Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio (d)

   $ 8,783 4     $ 7,472 9    $ 2,056 14 

Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio (d)

   $ 1,587 5     $ 1,427 10    $ 399 15 

 

  *

Effective as of July 21, 2015, the fees set forth in the table above include the fees paid to the Advisor by both the Feeder Portfolio and its corresponding Master Fund for investment management services.

 

  1 

$39,551, after waiver

  2 

$89,461 after waiver

  3 

$1,735 after waiver

 

29


Table of Contents
  4 

$1,324 after waiver

 

  5 

$314 after waiver

 

  6 

$30,946 after waiver

 

  7

$74,318 after waiver

 

  8 

$857 after waiver

 

  9 

$788 after waiver

 

  10 

$239 after waiver

 

  11

$22,788 after waiver

 

  12

$34,212 after waiver

 

  13

$193 after waiver

 

  14

$220 after waiver

 

  15

$68 after waiver

 

  (a)

Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R1 shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the direct and indirect expenses of Class R1 shares of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R1 shares of the Portfolio to 0.62% of the Class R1 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and /or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Class R2 shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the direct and indirect expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to 0.77% of the Class R2 shares’ average net assets on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that the amount of such recovery does not cause the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of the Portfolio. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for each of the Class R1 shares and Class R2 shares of the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

  (b)

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective July 21, 2015, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of the DFA International Value Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by the Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees the Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid indirectly through its investment of securities lending collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund, to 0.40% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Permanent Fee Waiver”). In addition to the Permanent Fee Waiver, the Advisor has contractually agreed to assume the direct expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio (excluding management fees and custodian fees), to the extent necessary to limit the annualized expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to 0.79% of the average net assets of such class of the Portfolio (the “Annualized Expense Ratio”). At any time that the annualized expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are less than the Annualized Expense Ratio identified above, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that the amount of such recovery does not cause

 

30


Table of Contents
 

the annualized expense ratio of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Annualized Expense Ratio identified above. Except, the Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived in connection with the Permanent Fee Waiver. Also, the Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Permanent Fee Waiver will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by a Fund. The remaining portion of the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. Such portion of the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

  (c)

The Portfolio’s Master Fund has more than one Feeder Portfolio and/or direct investor; the dollar amount provided for the Master Fund represents the total dollar amount of management fees paid by the Master Fund to the Advisor. Effective July 21, 2015, the Advisor has contractually agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the management fee of the Emerging Markets Value Portfolio to the extent necessary to limit the total management fees paid to the Advisor by the Portfolio, including the proportionate share of the management fees the Portfolio pays indirectly through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid indirectly through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund, to 0.50% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Permanent Fee Waiver”). In addition to the Permanent Fee Waiver, the Advisor has contractually agreed to assume the direct expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio (excluding management fees and custodian fees) to the extent necessary to limit the annualized expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment in other investment companies) to 0.96% of the average net assets of such class of the Portfolio (the “Annualized Expense Ratio”). At any time that the annualized expenses of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio are less than the Annualized Expense Ratio identified above, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that the amount of such recovery does not cause the annualized expense ratio of Class R2 shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Annualized Expense Ratio identified above. Except, the Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived in connection with the Permanent Fee Waiver. Also, the Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Permanent Fee Waiver will remain in effect permanently, unless terminated by a Fund. The remaining portion of the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. Such portion of the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

  (d)

Effective July 21, 2015, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”) for the Global Equity Portfolio, Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio and Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees of the Portfolios, as described below. The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolios will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor. Pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement, in order to limit the total management fees received by the Advisor, the Advisor has agreed to waive the management fee each Portfolio pays to the Advisor to the extent necessary to limit the proportionate share of the total combined management fee paid by a class of each Portfolio and management fees paid by each Portfolio’s Underlying Funds (except for management fees paid by The DFA Short Term Investment Fund in connection with securities lending cash collateral investment) to the Advisor, on an annualized basis (the “Annualized Expense Ratio”), to 0.27% of the average net assets of a class of the Global Equity Portfolio, to 0.25% of the average net assets of a class of the Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio and to 0.22% of the average net assets of a class of the Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio (the “Annualized Expense Limit”). The maximum amount waived under this waiver is the full amount of a Portfolio’s management fee to the Advisor. At any time that the Annualized Expense Ratio of a class of a Portfolio is less than the Annualized Expense Limit listed above for such class of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived to the extent that such recovery will not cause the

 

31


Table of Contents
 

Annualized Expense Ratio of such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Annualized Expense Limit listed above. The Portfolios are not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, Master Funds and the Underlying Funds, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below are the portfolio managers that coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

 

 

U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio

  

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, and Joel P.

    

Schneider

 

DFA International Value Portfolio

  

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Mary T.

Phillips and Bhanu P. Singh

              

 

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio

  

Joseph H. Chi, Mitchell J. Firestein, Jed S.

Fogdall, Daniel C. Ong, Mary T. Phillips

and Bhanu P. Singh

 

Allocation Portfolios

  

Joseph H. Chi, Jed S. Fogdall, Joseph F. Kolerich, Mary T. Phillips, David A. Plecha and

Allen Pu

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios (and with respect to the Feeder Portfolios, the Master Fund in which a Feeder Portfolio invests substantially all of its assets) and the Underlying Funds, each portfolio manager manages (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

    Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category

As of October 31, 2017*

 

Joseph H. Chi

  

•   136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607million in total assets under management.

•   20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

•   80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

32


Table of Contents

  Name of Portfolio Manager

  

    Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category

As of October 31, 2017*

 

  Jed S. Fogdall

  

•   136 U.S. registered mutual funds with $381,607 million in total assets under management.

•   20 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $15,461 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

•   80 other accounts with $31,935 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

  Joseph F. Kolerich

  

•   64 U.S. registered mutual funds with $107,441 million in total assets under management.

•   10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $5,669 million in total assets under management.

•   12 other accounts with $3,406 million in total assets under management.

 

  Daniel C. Ong

  

•   11 U.S. registered mutual funds with $34,786 million in total assets under management.

•   2 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $282 million in total assets under management.

•   11 other accounts with $6,262 million in total assets under management, of which 2 accounts with $772 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

  Mary T. Phillips

  

•   69 U.S. registered mutual funds with $195,667 million in total assets under management.

•   0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•   0 other accounts.

 

  David A. Plecha

  

•   64 U.S. registered mutual funds with $107,441 million in total assets under management.

•   10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $5,669 million in total assets under management.

•   12 other accounts with $3,406 million in total assets under management.

 

  Allen Pu

  

•   48 U.S. registered mutual funds with $91,489 million in total assets under management.

•   6 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $4,308 million in total assets under management.

•   24 other accounts with $4,397 million in total assets under management.

 

  Joel P. Schneider

  

•   27 U.S. registered mutual funds with $60,336 million in total assets under management.

•   7 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $6,200 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $215 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

•   19 other accounts with $5,395 million in total assets under management.

 

  Bhanu P. Singh

  

•   57 U.S. registered mutual funds with $185,998 million in total assets under management.

•   9 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $3,775 million in total assets under management.

•   49 other accounts with $17,389 million in total assets under management, of which 7 accounts with $3,349 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

 

33


Table of Contents

*Mitchell J. Firestein did not share primary responsibility in the oversight of day-to-day management of responsibilities for accounts as of October 31, 2017; as such, information regarding such accounts is not presented.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

   

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

   

Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

   

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds.

 

   

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or Account, a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted

 

34


Table of Contents
 

procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds and Accounts.

 

   

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios/Master Funds/Underlying Funds, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio/Master Fund/Underlying Fund or the Account.

 

   

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

   

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)   Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned
U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joel P. Schneider

 

$0 - $10,000  

None

$0 - $10,000  

DFA International Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Mary T. Phillips1

Bhanu P. Singh2

 

None

None

None

None

Emerging Markets Value Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Mitchell J. Firestein

Jed S. Fogdall

Daniel C. Ong

Mary T. Phillips

Bhanu P. Singh

 

$0 – $10,000  

$100,000 - $500,000  

$10,001 - $50,000  

$50,001 - $100,000  

$10,001 - $50,000  

$0 – $10,000  

Global Equity Portfolio  

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joseph F. Kolerich

Mary T. Phillips

David A. Plecha

Allen Pu

 

$100,001 - $500,000  

$100,001 - $  500,000

$50,001 - $  100,000

None

None

$0 - $10,000  

 

35


Table of Contents
Portfolio   Portfolio Manager(s)   Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares
Owned

Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joseph F. Kolerich

Mary T. Phillips

David A. Plecha

Allen Pu

 

None

$100,001 - $500,000

None

None

None

$0 - $10,000

Global Allocation 25/75 Portfolio

 

Joseph H. Chi

Jed S. Fogdall

Joseph F. Kolerich

Mary T. Phillips

David A. Plecha

Allen Pu

 

$0 - $10,000

None

None

None

None

$0 - $10,000

1 Mary T. Phillips does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $50,001 - $100,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

2 Bhanu P. Singh does not invest in this Portfolio, but invests in another feeder portfolio (ownership range of $0 -$10,000) that invests substantially all of its assets in the same Master Fund as the Portfolio.

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. From April 1, 2001 to December 12, 2006, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the U.S. Small XM Value Portfolio. Prior to April 1, 2001, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was known as the U.S. 4-10 Value Portfolio. Similarly, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested– The U.S. Targeted Value Series– was, prior to April 1, 2001, known as The U.S. 4-10 Value Series. Effective as of March 30, 2007, the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio was no longer a feeder portfolio and now holds the portfolio securities previously held by The U.S. Targeted Value Series, the Master Fund in which the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio invested.

DIG was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to the February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc.

The DFA Investment Trust Company was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (a form of entity formerly known as a business trust) on October 27, 1992. The Trust offers shares of its Master Funds only to institutional investors in private offerings. Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”) was incorporated under Maryland law on January 9, 1991 and was reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust effective October 30, 2009. DEM offers its shares only to institutional investors in private offerings. On November 21, 1997, the shareholders of DEM approved its conversion from a closed-end management investment company to an open-end management investment company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Funds, the Trust, DEM, the Advisor, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFAS have adopted a revised Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

 

36


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a class of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular class. Ordinarily, the Funds do not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. Each Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Funds, the latter being audited.

Whenever a Feeder Portfolio, as an investor in its corresponding Master Fund, is asked to vote on a shareholder proposal, the relevant Fund will solicit voting instructions from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders with respect to the proposal. The Directors of the Fund will then vote the Feeder Portfolio’s shares in the Master Fund in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Feeder Portfolio’s shareholders. The Directors of the Fund will vote shares of the Feeder Portfolio for which they receive no voting instructions in accordance with their best judgment. With regard to a Master Fund or Underlying Fund of the Trust organized as a partnership for federal tax purposes, if a majority shareholder of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund declares bankruptcy, a majority in interest of the remaining shareholders in the Master Fund or Underlying Fund must vote to approve the continuing existence of the Master Fund or Underlying Fund or the Master Fund or Underlying Fund will be liquidated.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2018, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Class R1 and Class R2 shares of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

 

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R1 SHARES   

National Financial Services LLC*

     51.22%  

200 Liberty Street

  

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

  

Teachers Defined Contribution Retirement System ttee

     13.85%  

FBO West Virginia Teachers Defined Contribution Plan

  

4101 MacCorkle Ave SE

  

Charleston, WV 25304

  

Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company FBO 401(k) Clients*

     8.50%  

P.O. Box 2600

  

Valley Forge, PA 19482

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

     6.49%  

101 Montgomery Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

TIAA-CREF Trust Company Custodian FBO Retirement  Plans for

     5.71%  

 

37


Table of Contents

which TIAA Acts as Record Keeper*

  

211 North Broadway Street, Suite 1000

  

St. Louis, MO 63102

  

Valic Retirement Services Company

   5.49%

FBO American International Group Federal Savings Bank*

  

2929 Allen Pkwy Suite A6-20

  

Houston, TX 77019

  

U.S. TARGETED VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

  

John Hancock Trust Company LLC*

   21.19%

Attn: Trust Services

  

Westwood, MA 02090

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   19.02%

American United Life Insurance Company

   10.00%

Group Retirement Account*

  

P.O. Box 368

  

Indianapolis, IN 46206

  

TIAA-CREF Trust Company Custodian FBO Retirement Plans for which TIAA Acts as Record Keeper*1

   9.92%

American United Life Insurance Company

   7.36%

Attn: Separate Accounts*

  

P.O. Box 368

  

Indianapolis, IN 46206

  

National Financial Services LLC*1

   6.70%

Great-West Trust Company ttee

   5.70%

FBO UBM 401K Plan*

  

11500 Outlook Street

  

Leawood, KS 66211

  

DFA INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

  

TIAA-CREF Trust Company Custodian FBO Retirement Plans for which TIAA Acts as Record Keeper*1

   53.71%

American United Life Insurance Company*1

   21.34%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   16.82%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   6.00%

EMERGING MARKETS VALUE PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

  

TIAA-CREF Trust Company Custodian FBO Retirement Plans for which TIAA Acts as Record Keeper*1

   72.09%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   11.74%

 

38


Table of Contents

Lincoln Retirement Services Company LLC, TTE*

     9.75%  

Pomona Valley Hospital Medical Center

  

1300 S. Clinton Street

  

Fort Wayne, IN 46802

  

GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

  

American United Life Insurance Company Group Retirement Account*

     39.64%  

American United Life Insurance Company Unit Investment Trust*

     25.02%  

National Financial Services LLC*1

     15.38%  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     10.24%  

GLOBAL ALLOCATION 60/40 PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     79.48%  

National Financial Services LLC*1

     13.77%  

American United Life Insurance Company Group Retirement Account*1

     5.20%  

GLOBAL ALLOCATION 25/75 PORTFOLIO – CLASS R2 SHARES

  

American United Life Insurance Company Group Retirement Account*1

     77.22%  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

     21.22%  
    

 

*

Owners of record only (omnibus).

 

1 

See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Funds will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is scheduled to be open for business. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Funds generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE generally is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Funds are closed.

 

39


Table of Contents

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of that Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Funds or their transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

Each Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may, subject to a Fund’s sole discretion, transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Portfolio’s Transfer Agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners. The signature on the letter of request must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Each Fund has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Portfolios to redeem in-kind redemption requests of a certain amount. Specifically, if the amount being redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Portfolio’s net assets, the Portfolio has the right to redeem the shares by providing the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets in securities instead of cash. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio (sometimes referred to as “the Portfolio”). Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

Different tax rules may apply depending on how a Master Fund or an Underlying Fund in which a Portfolio invests is organized for federal income tax purposes. The International Equity Portfolios are Feeder Portfolios that invest substantially all of their assets in Master Funds organized as partnerships for federal income tax purposes.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Allocation Portfolios invest in Underlying Funds organized as either partnerships or corporations for federal income tax purposes. These rules could affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders of a Portfolio.

Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below with respect to a Portfolio includes in the case of a Feeder Portfolio invested in a Master Fund or a Portfolio invested in an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership, its pro rata share of its corresponding Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s income and assets and in the case of a Portfolio invested in an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation, its pro rata share of the dividends and distributions paid by such Underlying Fund.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

   

Income Requirement — the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

   

Asset Diversification Test — the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

 

41


Table of Contents

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance. See “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Portfolio may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See “Non-U.S. InvestorsCapital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. However, for any net capital losses realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, the Portfolio is only permitted to carry forward such capital losses for eight years as a short-term capital loss. Capital losses arising in a taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 must be used before capital losses realized in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate (or, in the case of those realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, expiring unutilized), thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

 

42


Table of Contents

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 

   

any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

   

the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Portfolio has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the applicable corporate tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Fund of funds corporate structures. In the case of a Portfolio that invests in Underlying Funds classified as corporations, distributions by the Underlying Funds, redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds, and changes in asset allocations by the Portfolio may result in taxable distributions to Portfolio shareholders of ordinary income or capital gains. A fund of funds generally will not be able to currently offset gains realized by one Underlying Fund in which the fund of funds invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund. If shares of an Underlying Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after redeeming at a loss other shares of that Underlying Fund (whether pursuant to a rebalancing by the Portfolio or otherwise), all or a part of the loss will not be deductible by the Portfolio and instead will increase its basis for the newly purchased shares. Also, except with respect to qualified fund of funds discussed below, a fund of funds (a) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders foreign tax credits from an Underlying Fund that pays foreign income taxes (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions Pass-through of foreign tax credits” below), (b) is not eligible to pass-through to shareholders exempt-interest dividends from an Underlying Fund, and (c) dividends paid by a fund of funds from interest earned by an Underlying Fund on U.S. Government obligations is unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – U.S. Government securities” below”). However, a fund of funds is eligible to pass-through to shareholders qualified dividends earned by an Underlying Fund (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Qualified dividend income for individuals” and “ – Dividends-received deduction for corporations” below).    A qualified fund of funds, i.e. a Portfolio at least 50 percent of the value of the total assets of which (at the close of each quarter of the taxable year) is represented by interests in other RICs, is eligible to pass-through to shareholders (a) foreign tax credits and (b) exempt-interest dividends.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year,

 

43


Table of Contents

and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. In the case of a Feeder Portfolio that invests in a Master Fund or a Portfolio that invests in an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership, the Portfolio’s income generally consists of its share of dividends and interest earned by the Master Fund or Underlying Fund. A Portfolio investing in an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation receives income generally in the form of dividends. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Portfolio’s earnings and profits. In the case of a Portfolio whose strategy includes investing in stocks of corporations, a portion of the income dividends paid to shareholders by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. A Portfolio investing in an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation may also derive capital gains through its redemption of shares of an Underlying Fund classified as a corporation (see “Taxation of the PortfolioFund of funds corporate structures” above).    Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be

 

44


Table of Contents

treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) (see “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions Investments in U.S. REITs” below).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Amounts reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Portfolio (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. If the qualifying dividend income received by the Portfolio is equal to or greater than 95% of the Portfolio’s gross income (exclusive of net capital gain) in any taxable year, all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Portfolio will be qualifying dividend income.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be reported by the Portfolio to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Portfolio and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Portfolio may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if reported as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation. (Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, corporations are no longer subject to the AMT for taxable years of the corporation beginning after Dec. 31,2017.) Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Portfolio may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year, (i) more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio (or if the Portfolio is a qualified fund of funds as described above under the heading “Taxation of the PortfolioFund of funds corporate structures”, an Underlying Fund) or (ii) in the case of a Feeder Portfolio (or a Portfolio that invests in Underlying Funds classified as partnerships), more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Feeder Portfolio attributable from the Master Fund (or of the Portfolio attributable from the Underlying Funds), are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its

 

45


Table of Contents

shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund or Master Fund). If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). For example, the amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from the Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. The Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio (or Underlying Fund or Master Fund) reserves the right not to pass through to its shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund or Master Fund). Additionally, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsSecurities lending” below.

U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Portfolio (or in the case of a Feeder Portfolio, the Master Fund or an Underlying Fund classified as a partnership) invests in certain U.S. Government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio, the Feeder Portfolio’s corresponding Master Fund or the Underlying Fund. To the extent an Underlying Fund organized as a corporation invests in U.S. Government obligations, dividends derived from interest on these obligations and paid to the corresponding Portfolio and, in turn, to you are unlikely to be exempt from state and local income tax. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Information on the amount and tax character of distributions. The Portfolio will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may report to shareholders and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further report and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) of Portfolio shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

 

46


Table of Contents

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Tax basis information. The Portfolio is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Portfolio (referred to as “covered shares”) and which are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Portfolio through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. When required to report cost basis, the Portfolio will calculate it using the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Portfolio in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long-term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Portfolio does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Portfolio in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by DFA, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

 

   

FIFO (First In, First Out) – Shares acquired first are sold first.

   

LIFO (Last In, First Out) – Shares acquired last are sold first.

   

HIFO (Highest Cost, First Out) – Shares with the highest cost basis are sold first.

   

LOFO (Lowest Cost, First Out) – Shares with the lowest cost basis are sold first.

   

LGUT (Loss/Gain Utilization) – A method that evaluates losses and gains and then strategically selects lots based on that gain/loss in conjunction with a holding period.

   

Specific Lot Identification – Identification by the shareholder of the shares the shareholder wants to sell or exchange at the time of each sale or exchange on the trade request. The original purchase dates and prices of the shares identified will determine the cost basis and holding period.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Portfolio in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any “noncovered shares” (defined below) you may own. You may change from average cost to another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Portfolio in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

The Portfolio may also provide Portfolio shareholders (but not the IRS) with information concerning the average cost basis of their shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012 or shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 for which cost basis information is not known by the Portfolio (“noncovered shares”) in order to assist you with the calculation of gain or loss from a sale or redemption of noncovered shares. With the exception of the specific lot identification method, DFA first depletes noncovered shares with unknown cost basis in first in, first out order and then noncovered shares with known basis in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first. Shareholders that use the average cost method for

 

47


Table of Contents

noncovered shares must make the election to use the average cost method for these shares on their federal income tax returns in accordance with Treasury regulations. This election for noncovered shares cannot be made by notifying the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will compute and report the cost basis of your Portfolio shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and, in the case of covered shares, to the IRS. However the Portfolio is not required to, and in many cases the Portfolio does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolio, whether this information is provided pursuant to compliance with cost basis reporting requirements for shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, or is provided by the Portfolio as a service to shareholders for shares acquired prior to that date, and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Portfolio shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Conversion of shares into shares of the same Portfolio.    The conversion of shares of one class into another class of the same Portfolio is not taxable for federal income tax purposes. Shareholders should also consult their tax advisors regarding the state and local tax consequences of a conversion or exchange of shares of the same Portfolio.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a portfolio on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character, of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the portfolio held the debt obligation unless the portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the portfolio generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a portfolio may have to sell portfolio

 

48


Table of Contents

securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the portfolio. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a portfolio is exercised and the portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the portfolio minus (b) the portfolio’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a portfolio pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the portfolio generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a portfolio expires unexercised, the portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a portfolio as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a portfolio’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Certain of a portfolio’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a portfolio’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the portfolio could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a portfolio’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-

 

49


Table of Contents

exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the portfolio’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio (or an Underlying Fund organized as a corporation) is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio (or Underlying Fund) in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Investments in non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a portfolio in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the portfolio, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. The portfolio’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the portfolio’s return on its investment. A portfolio’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “PFIC securities.” Additionally, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Taxation of the PortfolioForeign income tax.” Also, the portfolio in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investments in U.S. REITs.    A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a portfolio will be treated as long-term capital gains by the portfolio and, in turn, may be distributed by the portfolio to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Because of certain noncash expenses, such as property depreciation, an equity U.S. REIT’s cash flow may exceed its taxable income. The equity U.S. REIT, and in turn a portfolio, may distribute this excess cash to shareholders in the form of a return of capital distribution. However, if a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to

 

50


Table of Contents

the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsInvestment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors Investment in U.S. real property” with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income). Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a portfolio’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) or equity interests in a “taxable mortgage pool” (referred to in the Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a portfolio, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign stockholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities, and tax-exempt organizations not subject to UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the applicable corporate tax rate. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. There can be no assurance that a portfolio will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to a portfolio with respect to any income it receives from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a portfolio that has a non-REIT strategy.

Investments in partnerships and qualified publicly traded partnerships (QPTP). For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a portfolio from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the portfolio. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a portfolio investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a portfolio satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the portfolio generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See “Taxation of the PortfolioQualification as a regulated investment company.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a portfolio from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the portfolio may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a portfolio to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a portfolio with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Portfolio investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the portfolio’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a portfolio, the portfolio generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

 

51


Table of Contents

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character.    A portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Portfolio may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 

   

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

   

certify that this number is correct,

   

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

   

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

The Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate (or at a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S.) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

 

52


Table of Contents

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) a short-term capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below), are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. Dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the reporting of interest-related dividends is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year-end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to report to shareholders, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not report, small amounts of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s reporting of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Portfolio is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The Portfolio may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property, including U.S. REITs. The sale of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by the Portfolio or by a U.S. REIT or U.S. real property holding corporation in which the Portfolio invests may trigger special tax consequences to the Portfolio’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a USRPI as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a RIC received from a U.S. REIT or another RIC classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation or realized by the RIC on a sale of a USRPI (other than a domestically controlled U.S. REIT or RIC that is classified as a qualified investment entity) if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

The RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” with respect to a distribution to a non-U.S. person which is attributable directly or indirectly to

 

53


Table of Contents
 

a sale or exchange of a USRPI if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consist of interests in U.S. REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations, and

   

You are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

   

If these conditions are met, such Portfolio distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the applicable corporate tax rate (unless reduced by future regulations), and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

   

In addition, even if you do not own more than 5% of a class of Portfolio shares, but the Portfolio is a qualified investment entity, such Portfolio distributions to you will be taxable as ordinary dividends rather than as a capital gain dividend (a distribution of long-term capital gains) or a short-term capital gain dividend subject to withholding at the 30% or lower treaty withholding rate.

Because the Portfolio expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Portfolio expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Portfolio shares nor Portfolio dividends and distributions will be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty.    A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.    

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, the Portfolio will be required to withhold a 30% tax on the following payments or distributions made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”): (a) income dividends and (b) after December 31, 2018, certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions, and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares. The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, reporting information relating to them. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

 

54


Table of Contents

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Portfolio can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Portfolio or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Portfolio will need to provide the Portfolio with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Portfolio. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Boards of Directors of DIG, DFAIDG and DEM, and the Board of Trustees of the Trust have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy service provider, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds, and which seeks to maximize the value of the non-Feeder Portfolios’, Master Funds’ and Underlying Funds’ investments. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, and Underlying Funds and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, proxies voted should not result from conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds, or Underlying Funds. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund, or Underlying Fund in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund or the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as applicable.

The Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if, based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investment and that it is in the non-Feeder Portfolio’s, Master Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not intend to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund associated with voting. The Advisor intends to make its determination on whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally seeks to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio-by-portfolio and country-by-country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a non-Feeder Portfolio, Master Fund or

 

58


Table of Contents

Underlying Fund, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained ISS to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. ISS provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide, among other things, research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions. In this regard, the Advisor uses commercially reasonable efforts to oversee the directed delegation to third-party proxy voting service providers, upon which the Advisor relies to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. Prior to the selection of a new third-party proxy service provider and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Corporate Governance Committee will consider whether the proxy service provider (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how each of the non-Feeder Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) on the Advisor’s website at http://us.dimensional.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG and DIG and Boards of Trustees of the Trust and DEM (collectively, the “Boards”) have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio, Master Fund and Underlying Fund generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://us.dimensional.com, 30 days following the month-end.

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. The Advisor’s Head of Global Institutional Services and Global Chief Compliance Officer, or a delegate of the same, respectively (collectively, the “Designated Persons”), together may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions of a Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund. The non-

 

57


Table of Contents

public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination.

As of the date of this SAI, the Advisor and the Portfolios and Master Funds had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

  Recipient

 

   Business Purpose      Frequency
  AFP Capital   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  AFP Colfondos   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  AFP Habitat   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  AFP Integra   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  AFP Prima   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Aon Hewitt   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Callan Associates   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly
  Cambridge Associates Limited   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Capital Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Citibank, N.A.   

Fund Custodian

 

     Daily
  Citibank, N.A.   

Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor

 

     Daily
  Colonial Consulting Corporation, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Gavion LLC   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Greycourt & Co., Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly
  Margaret A. Cargill Philanthropies   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Marquette Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly
  Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Northern Trust   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Pavilion Advisory Group   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP   

Independent registered public accounting firm

    

 

     Upon Request
  Pricing Service Vendor   

Fair value information services

    

 

     Daily
  R.V. Kuhns   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly

 

58


Table of Contents
  Recipient   

Business Purpose

 

     Frequency
  Southern Company   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  State Street Bank and Trust Company   

Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent, Transfer Agent and Custodian

 

     Daily
  State Street Global Advisors   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Teachers’ Retirement Allowances Fund Board   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Annually
  Towers Watson   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  U.S. Institutional Investment Consultants   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly
  University of Pittsburgh Medical Center   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly
  Verus (El Segundo)   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Monthly
  Wilshire Associates, Inc.   

Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy

 

     Quarterly

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Master Funds, the Underlying Funds, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders, the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable business judgment that (1) the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund, as applicable, has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Funds and Trust; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

 

59


Table of Contents

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://us.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, a Master Fund, an Underlying Fund, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio, Master Fund or Underlying Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios, Master Funds and Underlying Funds to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

Disclosure of Non-Material Information. To the extent permitted under the Policy, Designated Persons, officers of the Funds, portfolio managers, other representatives of the Advisor, and anyone employed by or associated with the Advisor who has been authorized by the Advisor’s Legal Department or the Designated Persons (collectively, “Approved Representatives”) may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information, in connection with or relating to the Portfolios or their Holdings Information and/or other investment positions (collectively, commentary and analysis) or any changes in the Holdings Information of the Portfolios that occurred after the most recent publicly disclosed Holdings Information (recent portfolio changes) to any person if such information does not constitute material non-public information.

With respect to each instance of such disclosure, an Approved Representative will make a good faith determination whether the information constitutes material non-public information, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Advisor believes that in most cases recent portfolio changes that involve a few or even several securities in a diversified portfolio and/or commentary and analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making an investment decision concerning a Portfolio. Nonexclusive examples of commentary and analysis include: (i) the allocation of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries; (ii) the characteristics of the equity and fixed income components of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions; (iii) the attribution of Portfolio returns by asset class, sector, industry and country; and (iv) the volatility characteristics of a Portfolio. An Approved Representative may in his or her sole discretion determine whether to deny any request for information made by any person, and may do so for any reason or no reason.

Such information, if made available to anyone, will be made available to any person upon request, but, because such information is generally not material to investors, it may or may not be posted on a Portfolio’s website.

SECURITIES LENDING

The Board of the following Portfolios, or of the corresponding Master Funds of the following Portfolios (collectively, the “Securities Lending Portfolios”) have approved their participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian. Under a separate securities lending program, Citibank, N.A. serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the income earned by the following Portfolios, as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by the Portfolios (in dollars) pursuant to a securities lending agency/authorization agreement between the Portfolios (or their corresponding Master Funds) and State Street Bank and Trust Company or Citibank, N.A. (each, a “Securities Lending Agent”), were as follows:

 

60


Table of Contents
          Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:          

Portfolio

  

Gross

income

from
securities
lending
activities

  

Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from a
revenue

split

  

Fees paid for
any cash
collateral
management
service
(including
fees deducted
from a  pooled
cash collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in the

revenue split

  

Administrative
fees not
included in the

revenue split

  

Indemnification
fees not
included in the

revenue split

  

Rebate (paid
to

borrower)

  

Other
fees not
included
in the
revenue

split

  

Aggregate
fees/
compensatio

n for
securities
lending

activities

  

Net income
from
securities
lending

activities

U.S. Targeted

Value Portfolio

   $19,286,502    $724,873    $768,021    --      --      $11,273,251    --      $12,766,145    $6,520,358

DFA International    

Value Portfolio*

   $7,662,053    $732,845    $244,345    --      --      --      --      $977,191    $6,684,862
Emerging Markets Value Portfolio*    $30,770,964    $3,643,000    $328,329    --      --      --      --      $3,971,330    $26,799,635

* A Portfolio with a corresponding Master Fund that is taxed as a partnership. “Net Revenue” reflects the proportional share of the securities lending revenue generated by the Master Fund that was received by the Portfolio

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, each Securities Lending Agent provided the following services for their respective Securities Lending Portfolios in connection with securities lending activities: (i) entering into loans with approved entities subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (ii) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of cash collateral; (iii) monitoring daily the value of the loaned securities and collateral, including receiving and delivering additional collateral as necessary from/to borrowers; (iv) negotiating loan terms; (v) selecting securities to be loaned subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (vi) recordkeeping and account servicing; (vii) monitoring dividend/distribution activity relating to loaned securities; and (viii) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Portfolios at loan termination.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Funds’ annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Class R1 and Class R2 Shares of the U.S. Targeted Value Portfolio and the Class R2 shares of the DFA International Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Value Portfolio and Allocation Portfolios (formerly Class R shares of the Allocation Portfolios) for their fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The audited financial statements of the DFA International Value Series (which is a series of the Trust) and the audited financial statements of DEM for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Trust’s and DEM’s annual reports to shareholders, including the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports and semi-annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other

 

61


Table of Contents

information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

62


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

U.S. PROXY VOTING CONCISE GUIDELINES

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Board of Directors:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally vote FOR director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

1.

Accountability

Vote AGAINST1 or WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1.

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a WITHHOLD/AGAINST vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

 

                                                             

1 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

2 A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If it cannot be determined whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2.

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers and/or industry groups. Take into consideration the company’s total shareholder return and financial/operational performance over short- to long-term time horizons. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

  ·  

A classified board structure;

 

  ·  

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

  ·  

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

 

  ·  

A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills3:

 

  1.3.

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5.

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all nominees if:

 

  1.6.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

                                                             

3 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has (i) adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses, or (ii) failed to eliminate a poison pill following a proxy contest in which a majority of directors were replaced.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
  ·  

The issuer’s rationale;

 

  ·  

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

  ·  

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7.

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote AGAINST on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8.

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9.

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10.

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11.

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and (potentially the full board) if:

 

  1.12.

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13.

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14.

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15.

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

 

  1.16.

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17.

The company’s previous say-on-pay proposal received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The company’s response, including:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ·  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments

 

  1.18.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors, as applicable:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

  ·  

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

  ·  

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

  ·  

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure;

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

  ·  

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

A-4


Table of Contents
  ·  

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees. Generally vote AGAINST (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the directors:

 

  ·  

Classified the board;

  ·  

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

  ·  

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19.

For newly public companies, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights,4 considering the following factors:

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

  ·  

The disclosed rationale for adopting the provision;

  ·  

The ability to change the governance structure in the future (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

  ·  

The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure; and,

  ·  

A public commitment to put the provision to a shareholder vote within three years of the date of the initial public offering.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or submitted to a vote of public shareholders, vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20.

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight5, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21.

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22.

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

                                                             

4 Under the Advisors’ guidelines, implementation of a multi-class voting structure prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering will not, per se, warrant a vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD under this provision.

5 Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
2.

Responsiveness

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors (as appropriate) if:

 

  2.1.

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

  ·  

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

  ·  

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

  ·  

The subject matter of the proposal;

 

  ·  

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

  ·  

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

  ·  

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

  ·  

Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3.

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

  ·  

ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

  ·  

The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
3.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE6) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

  ·  

Medical issues/illness;

 

  ·  

Family emergencies; and

 

  ·  

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote CASE-BY-CASE, considering relevant factors on individual directors (e.g., attendance or other board seats).

 

4.

Independence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors when:

 

  4.1.

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2.

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3.

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4.

Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote with management on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

 

                                                             

6 For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Proxy Access7

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests—Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections8

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

  ·  

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

  ·  

Management’s track record;

 

  ·  

Background to the contested election;

 

  ·  

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

  ·  

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

  ·  

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

  ·  

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access vote CASE-BY-CASE considering the same factors listed above – or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Shareholder Rights & Defenses9

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)10

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all

                                                             

7 An Advisor generally does not consider the duration of required ownership in evaluating proxy access.

8 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

9 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

10 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director has adopted a fee-shifting bylaw provision without a shareholder vote.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

  ·  

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

  ·  

Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  ·  

The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

  ·  

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections

Generally vote AGAINST bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

  ·  

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

  ·  

A term of no more than three years;

 

  ·  

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

  ·  

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

  ·  

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

  ·  

The value of the NOLs;

 

  ·  

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Generally vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

The consent threshold;

 

  ·  

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

  ·  

Investor ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

  ·  

An unfettered11 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 25 percent threshold;

 

  ·  

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

  ·  

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

  ·  

An annually elected board.

 

                                                             

11 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING12

Common Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

  ¡  

The dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Apply the relevant allowable increase below in determining vote on requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

A.

Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

B.

Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

C.

Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

D.

Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

                                                             

12 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that is receiving a FOR vote, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

  ·  

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

  ¡  

The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

 

  ¡  

The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

  ¡  

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; or

 

  ¡  

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

  ¡  

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

A-12


Table of Contents
  ¡  

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

  ·  

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION13

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1.

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will

                                                             

13 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
 

take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2.

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3.

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4.

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5.

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

  ·  

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  ·  

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  ·  

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  ·  

There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an AGAINST vote on an MSOP is warranted due to a pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

  ·  

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

  ·  

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

  ·  

The situation is egregious.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

In casting a vote on executive compensation proposals, an Advisor may consider the following:

 

  1.

Peer Group14 Alignment:

 

  ·  

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over different time horizons.

 

  ·  

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2.

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests, may be considered

 

  ·  

The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

  ·  

The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

  ·  

The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

  ·  

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

  ·  

Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

  ·  

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

  ·  

Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

  ·  

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

                                                             

14 In addition to the peer group disclosed in a company’s proxy statement, an Advisor may consider other peer companies that are comparable in market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), industry and other factors.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
  ·  

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

  ·  

Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated CASE-BY-CASE considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

  ·  

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

  ·  

Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

  ·  

New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

  ¡  

Change in control (CIC) payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

  ¡  

CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

  ¡  

CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups).

 

  ·  

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

  ·  

Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

  ·  

A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

  ·  

Metrics and incentives that are misaligned with shareholders’ interests and publicly disclosed business objectives;

 

  ·  

Lucrative severance packages;

 

  ·  

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

  ·  

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

  ·  

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined CASE-BY-CASE to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

A-16


Table of Contents
  ·  

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

  ·  

Duration of options backdating;

 

  ·  

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

  ·  

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

  ·  

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors CASE-BY-CASE when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

  ·  

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

  ·  

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ¡  

The company’s response, including:

 

   

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ¡  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ¡  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ¡  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

Vote FOR triennial advisory votes on compensation.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Features that may result in an AGAINST recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

  ·  

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

  ·  

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

  ·  

Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

  ·  

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

  ·  

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

  ·  

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

  ·  

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans15

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on certain equity-based compensation plans16 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated under these three pillars:

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

  ·  

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

  ·  

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

                                                             

15 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

16 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Plan Features:

 

  ·  

Automatic or discretionary single-triggered award vesting upon a CIC;

 

  ·  

Discretionary vesting authority;

 

  ·  

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

  ·  

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

  ·  

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

Grant Practices:

 

  ·  

The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

  ·  

Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

  ·  

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

  ·  

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

  ·  

Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

  ·  

Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

  ·  

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

  ·  

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies -- or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

  ·  

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

  ·  

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Social/Environmental Issues

Global Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a social/environmental issue may have material economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.17

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, an Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address

 

                                                             

17 See Governance Failures section under Section 1 above (Board of Directors – Accountability)

 

A-20


Table of Contents
 

related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant market proxy voting guidelines.

Political Issues

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving political issues. When evaluating political shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Routine/Miscellaneous

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

A-21


Table of Contents
  ·  

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

  ·  

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

  ·  

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP, or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

  ·  

Fees for non-audit services (“other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING SUMMARY GUIDELINES18

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

1. General Policies

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

  ·  

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

  ·  

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

  ·  

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

 

                                                             

18 This is a summary of the majority of International Markets, however, certain countries and/or markets have separate policies which are generally consistent with the principles reflected in this summary but are modified to reflect issues such as those related to customs, disclosure obligations and legal structures of the relevant jurisdiction.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

  ·  

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

  ·  

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

  ·  

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

  ·  

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Non-Contested Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

  ·  

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

  ·  

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;19

 

  ·  

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

  ·  

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

  ·  

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

Vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the ISS analysis is written and therefore no research is provided on the nominee.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.20

Classification of Directors - International Policy

 

Executive Director

 

  ·  

Employee or executive of the company;

 

  ·  

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

 

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

  ·  

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

                                                             

19 In Japan, an Advisor may vote FOR individual director(s) where proxy research has identified no overriding concerns beyond the company’s failure of a quantitative capital efficiency (ROE) test applied by the proxy research firm.

20 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

 

  ·  

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

 

  ·  

Government representative;

 

 

  ·  

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

 

  ·  

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

 

  ·  

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Relative[1] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

  ·  

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

 

  ·  

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

 

  ·  

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

 

  ·  

Years of service will NOT be a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market:

 

 

  ¡  

9 years (from the date of election) in the United Kingdom and Ireland;

 

 

  ¡  

12 years in European markets;

 

 

  ¡  

7 years in Russia.

 

Independent NED

 

  ·  

Not classified as non-independent (see above);

 

 

  ·  

No material[4] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

 

Employee Representative

 

  ·  

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

[1] “Relative” follows the SEV’s proposed definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3] If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.)

[4] For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Contested Director Elections21

For shareholder nominees, the persuasive burden is on the nominee or the proposing shareholder to prove that they are better suited to serve on the board than management’s nominees. Serious consideration of shareholder nominees will be given only if there are clear and compelling reasons for the nominee to join the board. These nominees must also demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations; some nominees may have hidden or narrow agendas and may unnecessarily contribute to divisiveness among directors.

The major decision factors are:

 

  ·  

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

  ·  

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

  ·  

Independence of directors/nominees;

 

  ·  

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

  ·  

Governance profile of the company;

 

  ·  

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

  ·  

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  ·  

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, an Advisor will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value)?

 

 

                                                             

21 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

  ·  

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  ·  

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  ·  

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.22

Discharge of Board and Management

Vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling concerns that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis by:

 

  ·  

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest

 

  ·  

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

  ·  

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR routine proposals to fix board size.

 

                                                             

22 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE23

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Vote FOR issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Specific Issuances

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

  ·  

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

  ·  

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

                                                             

23 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

  ·  

Maximum Volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

A-30


Table of Contents
  ·  

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

Vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

  ·  

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

  ·  

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

  ·  

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

 

  ·  

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume in exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring), will be assessed CASE-BY-CASE based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

  ·  

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

  ·  

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. COMPENSATION24

Compensation Plans

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis consistent with the following principles:

 

  ·  

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

  ·  

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

  ·  

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

  ·  

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

  ·  

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

                                                             

24 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions an Advisor may take.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

5. OTHER ITEMS

Reorganizations/Restructurings

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? An Advisor places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders or have special interests influenced directors and officers to support or recommend the merger?

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to allow shareholders to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a CSR issue may have economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, the Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

A-33


Table of Contents
  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Country of Incorporation vs. Country of Listing-Application of Policy

In general, country of incorporation will be the basis for policy application. US policies will be applied to the extent possible to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual and 10-Q quarterly reports and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs), will be subject to the following policy:

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. In all other cases, equity compensation plans will be evaluated according to the US Proxy Voting Guidelines.

All other voting items will be evaluated using the International Proxy Voting Guidelines.

FPIs are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S.

 

A-35


Table of Contents

DFA INVESTMENT DIMENSIONS GROUP INC.

DIMENSIONAL INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2018

(as supplemented on April 17, 2018)

DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers one hundred and two series of shares. Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) is an open-end management investment company that offers twelve series of shares. DFAIDG and DIG are collectively referred to as the “Funds” in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This SAI relates to twenty-five series of DFAIDG and two series of DIG (individually, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”):

 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFIHX

  

DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFXIX

DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFCFX

  

DFA LTIP Portfolio

Ticker: DRXIX

DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

Ticker: DFYGX

  

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

Ticker: DIPSX

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFGFX

  

DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio

Ticker: DFAIX

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFSHX

  

DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio

Ticker: DMREX

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFGBX

  

DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio

Ticker: DCARX

DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DWFIX

  

DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DFMPX

DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio

Ticker: DFFGX

  

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DFSMX

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DFIGX

  

DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DFTIX

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

Ticker: DFEQX

  

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DFTIX

DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

Ticker: DFTEX

  

DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DCIBX

DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio

Ticker: DTCPX

  

DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DMNBX

DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio

Ticker: DGCFX

  

DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio

Ticker: DNYMX

DFA Investment Grade Portfolio

Ticker: DFAPX

  

This SAI is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus dated February 28, 2018, as amended from time to time. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios are incorporated by reference from the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders. The Prospectus and annual reports can be obtained by writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES      1  
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS      1  
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS      3  
FUTURES CONTRACTS      6  
SWAPS      7  
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS      9  
POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS      10  
CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES      10  
EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS      13  
INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING      13  
WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS      13  
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES      14  
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES FOR THE MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIOS      14  
CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS      17  
NEW YORK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS      20  
MINNESOTA MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS      23  
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS      25  
SERVICES TO THE FUNDS      33  
ADVISORY FEES      35  
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS      39  
GENERAL INFORMATION      42  
CODE OF ETHICS      43  
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS      43  
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES      43  
PURCHASE OF SHARES      49  
REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES      49  
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS      50  
PROXY VOTING POLICIES      62  
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS      64  
SECURITIES LENDING      66  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      67  
PERFORMANCE DATA      67  


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS AND POLICIES

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios except the DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations. The DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio are non-diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Each of the DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio (collectively, the “Municipal Bond Portfolios”) has adopted a fundamental policy that, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets will be invested in specific types of municipal securities. A fundamental policy may not be changed with respect to a Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, as defined below under INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS. Each of the other Portfolios (except the DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio) has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of each 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which a Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its non-fundamental 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio. For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES section in the Prospectus.

Each of the DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio seeks its investment objective by investing directly or through other mutual funds managed by the Advisor (the “Underlying Funds”). The Underlying Funds in which the DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio may invest include: the DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, each a series of DFAIDG. The Underlying Funds in which the DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio may invest include: DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, each a series of DFAIDG.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The Portfolios acquire and sell securities on a net basis with dealers that are major market makers in such securities. The Investment Committee of the Advisor selects dealers on the basis of their size, market making, and other factors. When executing portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the most favorable price for the securities being traded among the dealers with whom the Portfolios effect transactions. The DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio do not incur any brokerage costs in connection with the purchase or redemption of shares of an Underlying Fund.

Portfolio transactions will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. The Portfolios will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers that effect transactions for the Portfolios to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolios invest. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission, if any, being paid by the Portfolios to their brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services. Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. and DFA Australia Limited also may perform these services for the Portfolios that they sub-advise.

 

1


Table of Contents

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG and DIG, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect the portfolio securities transactions for a Portfolio based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolio with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The investment management agreements permit the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to the Portfolios.

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the Portfolios did not pay commissions for securities transactions to brokers for providing market price monitoring services, market studies, brokerage services or research services to the Portfolios.

Certain Portfolios may purchase securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act). The table below lists the regular brokers or dealers of each Portfolio whose securities (or securities of the broker’s or dealer’s parent company) were acquired by the Portfolio during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as well as the value of such securities held by the Portfolio as of October 31, 2017.

 

Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities  
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $417,019,643  
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $416,946,543  
DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $4,543,375  
DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $4,527,693  
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $301,367,189  
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $283,719,298  
DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $819,797,761  
DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $642,340,022  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    HSBC Holdings PLC      $20,674,314  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Goldman Sachs Group Inc./The      $19,930,709  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $19,341,120  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Barclays PLC      $17,990,908  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Wells Fargo & Co.      $16,852,130  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Citigroup Inc.      $15,594,825  
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Bank of America Corp      $12,738,743  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $8,800,107  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Wells Fargo & Co.      $8,607,530  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Goldman Sachs Group Inc./The      $6,921,548  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Mizuho Financial Group Inc.      $6,673,622  

 

2


Table of Contents

Portfolio

  

Broker or Dealer

   Value of Securities  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Citigroup Inc.      $5,480,761  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Barclays PLC      $4,739,206  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    HSBC Holdings PLC      $4,594,766  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Bank of America Corp.      $4,092,121  
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $3,969,161  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Goldman Sachs Group Inc./The      $66,787,607  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Bank of America Corp.      $61,197,303  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Wells Fargo & Co.      $57,472,634  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $54,061,917  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Barclays PLC      $51,336,456  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    HSBC Holdings PLC      $50,457,979  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $43,398,277  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Citigroup Inc.      $32,591,505  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Mizuho Financial Group Inc.      $15,431,195  
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $12,392,073  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $48,907,591  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $47,729,324  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Barclays PLC      $16,363,924  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Goldman Sachs Group Inc./The      $12,089,796  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Mizuho Financial Group Inc.      $8,016,205  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    HSBC Holdings PLC      $5,700,630  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Wells Fargo & Co.      $5,533,599  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    Bank of America Corp.      $5,408,010  
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $5,407,907  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $53,041,321  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $47,918,771  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Citigroup Inc.      $13,116,034  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Goldman Sachs Group Inc./The      $9,880,534  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    HSBC Holdings PLC      $8,166,215  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Wells Fargo & Co.      $7,378,691  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Barclays PLC      $7,168,781  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Bank of America Corp.      $6,529,306  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $6,072,918  
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    Mizuho Financial Group Inc.      $2,019,957  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Toronto-Dominion Bank/The      $188,272,997  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Royal Bank of Canada      $150,041,647  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Barclays PLC      $54,050,042  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Goldman Sachs Group Inc./The      $50,741,693  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Bank of America Corp.      $47,288,263  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Mizuho Financial Group Inc.      $37,349,859  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    JPMorgan Chase & Co.      $34,867,857  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Wells Fargo & Co.      $32,552,864  
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    Citigroup Inc.      $24,656,488  

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

   HSBC Holdings PLC      $16,562,735  

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

 

3


Table of Contents
  (1)

borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”);

 

  (2)

make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

 

  (3)

purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

 

  (4)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

 

  (5)

issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Portfolios, except the DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio, will not:

 

  (6)

purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio, and DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio will not:

 

  (7)

sell securities short.

The Portfolios, except the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio, will not:

 

  (8)

acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry.

The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio will not:

 

  (9)

concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies).

The Portfolios will not:

 

4


Table of Contents
  (10)

purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent a Portfolio from (i) purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33 13% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, each Portfolio is authorized to lend portfolio securities. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent the Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements, acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future or participating in an interfund lending order granted by the SEC. The DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio do not intend to lend shares of Underlying Funds.

In applying the investment limitation described in (9) above, the DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of any investment company in which it invests.

The investment limitations described in (5) and (9) above do not prohibit the DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio or the DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio from investing all or substantially all of its assets in the shares of one or more registered, open-end investment companies, such as the Underlying Funds. In applying the investment limitations, each of the DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests.

Each Portfolio is required to operate in accordance with the SEC staff’s current position on illiquid assets, which limits investments in illiquid assets to 15% of a Portfolio’s net assets. For these purposes, each of the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio may invest in commercial paper that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), subject to the requirements regarding credit ratings stated in the Prospectus under “Description of Investments of the Portfolios Other than the Municipal Real Return Portfolio, California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, Municipal Bond Portfolio, Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and NY Municipal Bond Portfolio.” Although the commercial paper securities are not registered, they will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid securities. Further, pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on holdings of illiquid assets. While maintaining oversight, the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG and DIG have delegated the day-to-day function of making liquidity determinations to the Advisor. For Rule 144A securities to be considered liquid, there must be at least two dealers making a market in such securities. After purchase, the Board of Directors of DFAIDG or DIG, as applicable, and the Advisor will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (5) above, a Portfolio will not issue senior securities, except that the Portfolio may borrow money as described above. A Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security, delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent the Portfolio enters into an offsetting financial position, segregates liquid assets equal to a Portfolio’s obligations arising from the transaction or otherwise “covers” the transaction in accordance with SEC positions.

The investment limitation described in (7) above does not prohibit the DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio from maintaining a short position, or purchasing, writing or selling puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof in

 

5


Table of Contents

connection with transactions in options, futures, and options on futures and transactions arising under swap agreements or other derivative instruments.

For purposes of the investment limitations described in (8) and (9) above, management does not consider securities that are issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities to be investments in an “industry.” However, management currently considers securities issued by a foreign government (but not the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities) to be an “industry” subject to the 25% limitation. Thus, not more than 25% of a Portfolio’s assets will be invested in securities issued by any one foreign government or supranational organization. A Portfolio might invest in certain securities issued by companies in a particular industry whose obligations are guaranteed by a foreign government. Management will consider such a company to be within the particular industry and, therefore, the Portfolio will invest in the securities of such a company only if the Portfolio can do so under the Portfolio’s policy of not being concentrated in any single industry.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit a Portfolio from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolio’s investment strategies. Further, except with respect to a Portfolio’s limitation on borrowing or otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to the Portfolio’s investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

For purposes of the investment limitation described in (9) above, in regards to the Municipal Bond Portfolios, the identification of the issuer of a municipal security depends on the terms and conditions of the security. When assets and revenues of a political subdivision are separate from those of the government that created the subdivision and the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the subdivision, the subdivision is deemed to be the sole issuer. Similarly, in the case of an industrial development bond, if only the assets and revenues of a nongovernmental user back the bond, then the nongovernmental user would be deemed to be the sole issuer. If, however, in either case, the creating government or some other entity guarantees the security, the guarantee would be considered a separate entity that would be treated as an issue of the guaranteeing entity.

Additionally, for each of the Municipal Bond Portfolios, for purposes of the investment limitations above, tax-exempt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S., state or local governments or political subdivisions of governments are not considered to be a part of any industry. Tax-exempt securities of non-governmental issuers, however, are subject to the 25% limitation described in investment limitations (8) and (9) above.

For the purposes of the investment limitation described in (9) above, the World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio will consider each foreign government to be conducting its business activities in a separate industry, and will consider a security to have been issued by a foreign government if (i) the security is issued directly by such government or (ii) the security is issued by an agency, instrumentality or authority that is backed by the full faith and credit of such foreign government. Currency positions are not considered investments in a foreign government for purposes of this investment limitation.

As noted above, each Municipal Bond Portfolio has adopted a fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, that, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in specific types of municipal securities.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for securities and indices to adjust market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio. The Portfolios (excluding the DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio and the DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio), however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities. The DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio and DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio may use futures to establish short positions for individual securities, markets, or currencies in order to adjust their duration or to replace more traditional direct investment. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio also may use futures contracts and options on futures contracts to their hedge currency exposure. The DFA LTIP Portfolio also may use futures contracts and options on future contracts to hedge inflation risk. The DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, and DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio also may use futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate or currency exposure or for non-hedging purposes, such as a substitute for direct investment. The DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return and DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio also may use futures contracts and

 

6


Table of Contents

options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate exposure or for non-hedging purposes, such as a substitute for direct investment. The DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio also may use futures contracts and options on future contracts to hedge against changes in interest rates. The DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio will not purchase or sell futures contracts or options thereon if as a result more than 5% of its net assets would then consist of initial margin deposits and premiums required to establish such positions. To the extent that the DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio or the DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio invests in futures contracts and options thereon other than for bona fide hedging purposes, the Portfolio will not purchase or sell futures contracts or options thereon if as a result more than 5% of its net assets would then consist of initial margin deposits and premiums required to establish such positions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (an “FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits. Each Portfolio intends to limit its futures-related investment activity so that other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) General Regulations Section 1.3(z)): (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or (ii) the aggregate net “notional value” (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that the Portfolio has entered into (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Portfolio has entered into.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Therefore, it might not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would continue to be required to make variation margin deposits. In such circumstances, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it might have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. Management intends to minimize the possibility that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures which are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. Pursuant to published positions of the SEC and interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Portfolio (or its custodian) is required to maintain segregated accounts or to segregate assets through notations on the books of the custodian, consisting of liquid assets (or, as permitted under applicable interpretations, enter into offsetting positions) in connection with its futures contract transactions in order to cover its obligations with respect to such contracts. These requirements are designed to limit the amount of leverage that a Portfolio may use by entering into futures transactions.

SWAPS

The DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio (the “Extended Quality Portfolios”), DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio also may enter into credit default swap agreements. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to

 

7


Table of Contents

more than one year. Some types of swap agreements are negotiated bilaterally and traded OTC between the two parties (uncleared swaps), while other swaps are transacted through an FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty (cleared swaps), and may be traded on swap execution facilities (exchanges). The most common types of credit default swaps and interest rate swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange trading.

The Portfolios may enter into a credit default swap on a single security or instrument (sometimes referred to as a “CDS” transaction) or on a basket or index of securities (sometimes referred to as a “CDX” transaction). The “buyer” in a credit default contract typically is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event with respect to any underlying reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Portfolios may be either the buyer or the seller in the transaction. If a Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio may lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Portfolio typically receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided a credit event does not occur. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically must pay the buyer the full notional amount of the reference obligation. The most common types of CDX are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange-trading.

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Portfolios had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the up-front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value the seller pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Portfolio. When a Portfolio acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Portfolio is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.

The DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio and DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio may also enter into inflation swap agreements to seek inflation protection. Inflation swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (the Consumer Price Index with respect to CPI swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate. Inflation swap agreements may be used by the DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio and DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio to hedge the inflation risk in nominal bonds (i.e., non-inflation indexed bonds) thereby creating “synthetic” inflation-indexed bonds. Among other reasons, one factor that may lead to changes in the values of inflation swap agreements are changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, which may lead to a change in the value of an inflation swap agreement. Additionally, payments received by the DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio and DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio from inflation swap agreements will result in taxable income, either as ordinary income or capital gains, which will increase the amount of taxable distributions received by shareholders. Inflation swap agreements are not currently subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange-trading.

The DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio may also enter into interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in interest rates. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Portfolio with another party of their respective commitments to receive or pay interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments) with respect to a notional amount of principal.

Uncleared swaps are typically executed bilaterally with a swap dealer rather than traded on exchanges. Parties to uncleared swaps face greater counterparty credit risk than those engaging in cleared swaps since performance of uncleared swap obligations is the responsibility only of the swap counterparty rather than a clearing house, as is the case with cleared swaps. As a result, a Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty beyond any collateral received. In such an event, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the swap agreements, but bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect the Portfolio’s rights as a creditor.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and implementing rules adopted by the CFTC currently require the clearing and exchange-trading of the most common types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps, and it is expected that additional categories of swaps will in the future be designated as subject to mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Portfolio of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Portfolio has an open position, or the central counterparty in a swap contract. The assets of a Portfolio may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Portfolio might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers.

The Advisor and the Fund do not believe that a Portfolio’s obligations under swap contracts are senior securities and, accordingly, the Portfolio will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing or senior securities restrictions. However, with respect to swap contracts that provide for the netting of payments, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Portfolio’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of segregated assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. With respect to swap contracts that do not provide for the netting of payments by the counterparties, the full notional amount for which the Portfolio is obligated under the swap contract with respect to each swap contract will be accrued on a daily basis and assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued full notional value will be segregated and maintained to cover the transactions in accordance with SEC positions. To the extent that a Portfolio cannot dispose of a swap in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Portfolio has valued the swap, the Portfolio will treat the swap as illiquid and subject to its overall limit on illiquid investments of 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulation of cleared and uncleared swaps, as well as other derivatives, is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. It is not possible to predict fully the effects of current or future regulation. The requirements, even if not directly applicable to a Portfolio, may increase the cost of the Portfolio’s investments and cost of doing business. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio may acquire and sell foreign currency forward contracts in order to attempt to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Portfolios will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to exchange two currencies at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a fixed rate set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or to transfer balances from one currency to another currency. A Portfolio may enter into a forward contract to buy or sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio

 

9


Table of Contents

securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it expires. The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio and DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio typically hedge their foreign currency exposure. DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio may hedge the currency exposure of its foreign securities or leave some or all of the currency exposure unhedged.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Portfolios that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty around the future of the euro and the European Union (EU) following the United Kingdom’s vote to exit the EU in June 2016. In March 2017, the United Kingdom invoked a treaty provision that sets out the basics of a withdrawal from the EU and provides that negotiations must be completed within two years, unless all EU member states agree on an extension. However, there is a significant degree of uncertainty about how negotiations relating to the United Kingdom’s exit will be conducted, including the outcome of negotiations for a new relationship between the United Kingdom and EU. While it is not possible to determine the precise impact these events may have on a Portfolio, during this period and beyond, the impact on the United Kingdom, EU countries, other countries or parties that transact with the United Kingdom and EU, and the broader global economy could be significant and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a Portfolio’s investments. In addition, if one or more countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Portfolios engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, a Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic or political conditions warrant. In addition, each of the Portfolios may enter into arrangements with its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The Portfolios may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

 

Portfolios   Permissible Cash Investments*   

Percentage

Guidelines**

          
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***    N.A.
          
DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***    20%
          
DFA Two-Year Government Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***    20%
          
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***    N.A.
          
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***    N.A.

 

10


Table of Contents
Portfolios   Permissible Cash Investments*  

Percentage

Guidelines**

         
DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; short-term government fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including government money market funds.***   N.A.
         
DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***   N.A.
         
DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments ; U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations debt, freely convertible currencies, shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, index futures contracts, and options thereon.***   20%
         
DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; futures contracts on U.S. Treasury securities or options on such contracts; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***   N.A.
         
DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; short-term government fixed income obligations; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including government money market funds.***   N.A.
         
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***; index futures contracts, and options thereon.   20%
         
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***; index futures contracts, and options thereon.   20%
         
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***; index futures contracts, and options thereon.   20%
         
DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.***   N.A.
         
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   N.A.
         

DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio

  Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered or unregistered money market funds.**   N.A.

 

11


Table of Contents
Portfolios   Permissible Cash Investments*  

Percentage

Guidelines**

         
DFA LTIP Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities , such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds***; index futures contracts, and options thereon.   20%
         
DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; freely convertible currencies; shares of affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including tax-exempt money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including tax-exempt money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including tax-exempt money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds, including tax-exempt money market funds.***   20%
         
DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; index futures contracts and options thereon; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   N.A.
         
DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio   Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   20%
         

DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio

  Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds.***   20%

 

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

 

** The percentage guidelines set forth above are not absolute limitations, but the Portfolios do not expect to exceed these guidelines under normal circumstances.

 

*** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

 

12


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio may invest in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the municipal bond market pending investment in municipal bonds.

An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest are passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The risks and costs of investing in ETFs are comparable to investing in a publicly traded company. The goal of an ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of ETFs. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

Each Portfolio may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis. When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued. It is possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled. In addition, each Portfolio may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the Portfolio contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time. Each Portfolio may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time a Portfolio enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on

 

13


Table of Contents

the settlement date than the price a Portfolio committed to pay or receive for the security. A Portfolio will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and a Portfolio will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

When entering into a commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, a Portfolio will segregate cash and/or liquid assets and will maintain such cash and/or liquid assets in an amount equal in value to such commitments.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

The One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, Two-Year Government Portfolio, Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio are expected to have high portfolio turnover rates due to the relatively short maturities of the securities to be acquired. The portfolio turnover rate for the DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio has varied from year to year due to market and other conditions. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES FOR THE MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIOS

The DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio (the “Municipal Bond Portfolios”) each may invest in certain types of securities and engage in certain investment practices that the other Portfolios do not. In addition to the securities and investment practices described in the prospectus, set forth below is a description of certain types of securities that the Municipal Bond Portfolios may purchase and certain investment techniques that each Portfolio may use to attempt to achieve its investment objective.

Variable Rate Obligations and Demand Notes

The Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in variable rate obligations. Variable rate obligations have a yield that is adjusted periodically based on changes in the level of prevailing interest rates. Floating rate obligations have an interest rate fixed to a known lending rate, such as the prime rate, and are automatically adjusted when the known rate changes. Variable rate obligations lessen the capital fluctuations usually inherent in fixed income investments. This diminishes the risk of capital depreciation of investment securities in a Portfolio and, consequently, of Portfolio shares. However, if interest rates decline, the yield of the Portfolio will decline, causing a Portfolio and its shareholders to forego the opportunity for capital appreciation of that Portfolio’s investments and of their shares.

The Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in floating rate and variable rate demand notes. Demand notes provide that the holder may demand payment of the note at its par value plus accrued interest by giving notice to the issuer. To ensure the ability of the issuer to make payment on demand, a bank letter of credit or other liquidity facility may support the note.

Pre-refunded Municipal Securities

The Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in pre-refunded municipal securities. Pre-refunded municipal securities are tax-exempt bonds that have been refunded to a call date prior to the final maturity of principal, or “escrowed-to-maturity bonds,” that have been refunded prior to the final maturity of principal and remain outstanding in the municipal market. The payment of principal and interest of the pre-refunded municipal securities held by a Municipal Bond Portfolio is funded from securities in a designated escrow account that holds U.S. Treasury securities or other obligations of the U.S. Government (including its agencies and instrumentalities) (“Agency Securities”). While still tax-exempt, pre-refunded municipal securities usually will bear a Aaa rating (if a re-rating has been requested and paid for) because they are backed by U.S. Treasury or Agency Securities held in an escrow account established by the municipality and an independent escrow agent. While a secondary market exists for pre-refunded municipal securities, if a Municipal Bond Portfolio sells pre-refunded municipal bonds prior to maturity, the price received may be more or less than the original cost, depending on market conditions at the time of sale. Investment in pre-refunded municipal securities held by a Municipal Bond Portfolio may subject the Portfolio to interest rate risk and market risk. To the extent permitted by the SEC and the Internal Revenue

 

14


Table of Contents

Service, a Municipal Bond Portfolio’s investment in pre-refunded municipal bonds backed by U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities in the manner described above, will, for purposes of diversification tests applicable to the Portfolio, be considered an investment in the respective U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities. The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act repeals the exclusion from gross income for interest on pre-refunded municipal securities effective for such bonds issued after December 31, 2017.

Standby Commitments

These instruments, which are similar to a put, give each Municipal Bond Portfolio the option to obligate a broker, dealer or bank to repurchase a security held by the Portfolio at a specified price.

Tender Option Bonds

Tender option bonds are relatively long-term bonds that are coupled with the option to tender the securities to a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution at periodic intervals and receive the face value of the bond. This investment structure is commonly used as a means of enhancing a security’s liquidity.

Structured or Indexed Securities

The Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in structured or indexed securities. The value of the principal of and/or interest on such securities is determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relative change in the two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of the structured or indexed securities may provide that, in certain circumstances, no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in a loss of a Portfolio’s investment. Structured or indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, changes in interest rates or the value of the security at maturity may be some multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, structured or indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the Portfolio bears the risk of the Reference. Structured or indexed securities may also be more volatile, less liquid and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities.

Zero Coupon Bonds

The Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds generally pay no cash interest (or dividends, in the case of preferred stock) to their holders prior to maturity. Accordingly, such securities usually are issued and traded at a deep discount from their face or par value and generally are subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than securities of comparable maturities and credit quality that pay cash interest (or dividends, in the case of preferred stock) on a current basis. Although a Portfolio will receive no payments on its zero coupon bonds prior to their maturity or disposition, a Portfolio would be required, for federal income tax purposes, generally to include in its dividends each year an amount equal to the annual income that accrues on its zero coupon securities. Such dividends will be paid from the cash assets of a Portfolio, from borrowings or by liquidation of portfolio securities, if necessary, at a time that a Portfolio otherwise would not have done so. To the extent a Portfolio is required to liquidate thinly traded securities, it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely traded. The risks associated with holding securities that are not readily marketable may be accentuated at such time. To the extent the proceeds from any such dispositions are used by a Portfolio to pay distributions that Portfolio will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with such proceeds, and as a result, its current income ultimately may be reduced.

Municipal Lease Obligations

The Municipal Bond Portfolios may invest in municipal lease obligations. These securities are sometimes considered illiquid because of the thinness of the market in which they are traded. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors, the Advisor may determine to treat certain municipal lease obligations as liquid, and therefore not subject to a Portfolio’s 15% limit on illiquid assets. The factors that the Advisor may consider in making these liquidity determinations include: (1) the frequency of trades and quotations for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers; (3) the willingness of dealers to underwrite and make a market in the security; (4) the nature of the marketplace trades, including the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the mechanics of transfer; and (5) factors unique to a particular security, including general creditworthiness of the issuer, the importance to the issuer of the property covered by the lease and the likelihood that the marketability of the securities will be maintained throughout the time the security is held by a Portfolio.

 

15


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Insurance

The Advisor anticipates that a portion of each Municipal Bond Portfolio’s investment portfolio will be invested in municipal securities whose principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a private insurance company at the time of purchase. Each Portfolio’s insurance coverage may take one of several forms. A primary insurance policy is purchased by a municipal securities issuer at the time the securities are issued. This insurance is likely to increase the credit rating of the securities, as well as their purchase price and resale value. A mutual fund insurance policy is purchased by a Portfolio and used to guarantee specific securities only while the securities are held by the Portfolio. Finally, a secondary market insurance policy is purchased by a bond investor (such as a Portfolio) or a broker after the bond has been issued and insures the bond until its maturity date. Both primary insurance and secondary market insurance are non-cancelable and continue in force so long as the insured security is outstanding and the respective insurer remains in business. Premiums for portfolio insurance, if any, would be paid from a Portfolio’s assets and would reduce the current yield on its investment portfolio by the amount of such premiums.

Portfolio insurance coverage that terminates upon the sale of an insured security by a Municipal Bond Portfolio, may not improve the resale value of the security. Therefore, unless a Portfolio elects to purchase secondary market insurance with respect to such securities or such securities are already covered by primary insurance, the Portfolio generally will retain any such securities insured by portfolio insurance that are in default or in significant risk of default, and will place a value on the insurance equal to the difference between the market value of the defaulted security and the market value of similar securities that are not in default.

Each Municipal Bond Portfolio is authorized to obtain portfolio insurance from insurers that have obtained a claims-paying ability rating of AAA from S&P or Aaa (or a short-term rating of MIG-1) from Moody’s.

A Moody’s insurance claims-paying ability rating is an opinion of the ability of an insurance company to repay punctually senior policyholder obligations and claims. An insurer with an insurance claims-paying ability rating of Aaa is adjudged by Moody’s to be of the best quality. In the opinion of Moody’s, the policy obligations of an insurance company with an insurance claims-paying ability rating of Aaa carry the smallest degree of credit risk and, while the financial strength of these companies is likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the company’s fundamentally strong position. An S&P insurance claims-paying ability rating is an assessment of an operating insurance company’s financial capacity to meet obligations under an insurance policy in accordance with its terms. An insurer with an insurance claims-paying ability rating of AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The capacity of an insurer so rated to honor insurance contracts is adjudged by S&P to be extremely strong and highly likely to remain so over a long period of time.

An insurance claims-paying ability rating by Moody’s or S&P does not constitute an opinion on any specific insurance contract in that such an opinion can only be rendered upon the review of the specific insurance contract. Furthermore, an insurance claims-paying ability rating does not take into account deductibles, surrender or cancellation penalties or the timeliness of payment; nor does it address the ability of a company to meet non-policy obligations (i.e., debt contracts).

The assignment of ratings by Moody’s or S&P to debt issues that are fully or partially supported by insurance policies, contracts or guarantees is a separate process from the determination of insurance claims-paying ability ratings. The likelihood of a timely flow of funds from the insurer to the trustee for the bondholders is a likely element in the rating determination for such debt issues.

Participation Interests

A participation interest in a municipal security gives the purchaser an undivided interest in the municipal obligation in the proportion that a Municipal Bond Portfolio’s participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the municipal obligation. These instruments may have fixed, floating or variable rates of interest. If the participation interest is unrated, or has been given a rating below one that is otherwise permissible for purchase by a Portfolio, the participation interest will be backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of a bank that the Board of Directors has determined meets certain quality standards, or the payment obligation otherwise will be collateralized by government securities. Each Portfolio will have the right, with respect to certain participation interests, to demand payment, on a specified number of days’ notice, for all or any part of the Portfolio’s participation interest in the municipal obligation, plus accrued interest. Each Portfolio intends to exercise its right to demand payment only upon a default under the terms of the municipal obligation, or to maintain or improve the quality of its investment portfolio.

 

16


Table of Contents

Municipal Custody Receipts

The Municipal Bond Portfolios also may acquire custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments, or both, on certain municipal securities. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal securities and deposits the securities in an irrevocable trust or custody account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the securities. Custody receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon municipal securities described above. Although under the terms of a custody receipt a Portfolio would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, a Portfolio could be required to assert through the custodian bank those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Portfolio may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Portfolio had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custody account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS

The DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio (together, the “California Municipal Portfolios”) invest primarily in California municipal securities and, therefore, their performance is closely tied to the ability of California municipal issuers to continue to make principal and interest payments. Below is a brief discussion of certain factors that may affect California municipal issuers and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors. These factors only apply to the California Municipal Portfolios. The financial condition of California, its public authorities and local governments could affect the market values of California municipal securities, and therefore the net asset value per share and the interest income of the California Municipal Portfolios, or result in the default of existing obligations, including obligations that may be held by the California Municipal Portfolios.

The information contained below is based primarily upon information derived from state official statements, annual Fiscal Outlook publications, state and industry trade publications, other public documents relating to securities offerings of California municipal issuers, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in California. It has not been independently verified by the California Municipal Portfolios. The California Municipal Portfolios make no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information.

Economic Condition and Outlook

The California economy is the largest among the states and one of the largest and most diverse in the world. Major components of the State’s economy are high-technology, trade, entertainment, manufacturing, government, tourism, construction, and services. The relative proportion of the various components of the California economy closely resembles the makeup of the national economy. California continues to benefit from broad-based growth and the fiscal health of the State continues to improve since the end of the severe recession in 2009.

During the recession, the State experienced the most significant economic downturn since the Great Depression of the 1930s. As a result, tax revenues declined precipitously, resulting in large budget gaps and occasional cash shortfalls in the period from 2008 through 2011, which were addressed largely through various spending cuts and payment deferrals. California’s labor markets deteriorated dramatically during the latter half of 2008 and the first nine months of 2009, suffering their worst losses on record. From July 2007 through February 2010, the State lost nearly 1.3 million nonfarm jobs. These losses switched to very modest gains during 2010 and 2011, which accelerated in 2012. California gained 1.3 million jobs from February 2010 through April 2014, recovering almost all of the nonfarm jobs lost during the recession. The unemployment rate in the State reached a high of 12.4% in late 2010. The rate improved thereafter, falling to 6.3% in June 2015, and falling again to 5.1% in August of 2017, compared to the pre-recession low of 4.8% in November 2006.

California’s economy is experiencing a gradual and broadening recovery, showing moderate growth supported by job gains, falling unemployment, increases in personal income and increases in consumer spending, specifically, higher auto sales. California has the sixth largest economy in the world, reflected by a 2.9% increase in its real gross domestic product for 2016, totaling $2.6 trillion at current prices.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

The California housing market showed mixed results during the beginning of the 2016-17 fiscal year. As of December 2016, median home prices were up by 4.0% over the same period one year earlier, but the number of sales decreased 0.6% from the level observed in December 2015. New residential construction activity also leveled off in the first half of the 2016-17 fiscal year with the number of permits for new residential units coming in just under 100,000 units as of December 2016, an increase of 1.9% from the same period one year earlier. The pace of nonresidential construction showed signs of slowing during the first half of the 2016-17 fiscal year. The annual value of nonresidential permits for the period ending December 2016 had a year-to-year increase of 1.6%.

Despite significant budgetary improvements during the last several years, there remain a number of budget risks that threaten the financial condition of the state’s economy. These risks include the threat of recession, potentially unfavorable changes to federal fiscal policies, and the significant unfunded liabilities of the two main retirement systems managed by state entities, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“CalPERS”) and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”).

Revenues and Expenditures

The State receives revenues from taxes, fees and other sources, the most significant of which are personal income tax, sales and use tax and corporation tax. Significant expenditures include education, health and human services, and public safety programs. The State’s funds are segregated into the General Fund and various other funds, including special, bond, federal and other funds. The General Fund consists of revenues received by the State Treasury and not required by law to be credited to any other fund, as well as earnings from investment of State moneys not allocable to another fund. The California Legislative Analyst’s Office (the “LAO”) in its November 2017 California Fiscal Outlook (the “November Outlook”) estimates 2017-18 will end with $13.7 billion in total reserves, which is approximately $3.8 billion more than assumed in the 2017-18 Budget Act. Most of this difference is attributable to higher revenue estimates and lower estimated spending. The November Outlook further estimates that the State will end the 2018-19 fiscal year with $19.3 billion in total reserves (including $7.5 billion in discretionary reserves), assuming the legislature makes no additional budget commitments. Actual conditions may differ materially from assumptions underlying projected budgets, and there can be no assurances the projections will be achieved.

Adopted by voters in November 2014, Proposition 2 amended Articles IV and XVI of the California Constitution, creating a State reserve account (“Rainy Day Fund”) and modifying annual reserve deposit and debt servicing requirements. In 2012, voters approved Proposition 30, which increased the personal income tax rates applicable to high earners, retroactively effective for the 2012 taxable year, and raised State sales taxes. The 25-cent sales and use tax increase prescribed under Proposition 30 expired in December 31, 2016; however, the personal income tax portion of Proposition 30 was extended by Proposition 55 until 2030.

General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2017-18 are projected to increase by $3.7 billion, or 3%, compared with the revised estimate for fiscal year 2016-2017. The LAO estimates that the State’s General Fund employee compensation costs will increase by about $1 billion from 2017-18 to 2018-19. In addition, the State is expected to increase its contributions— established as a percentage of pay in labor agreements—to prefund retiree health benefits earned by active employees. In addition to the State’s actuarially-determined contributions to pension benefits, the 2017-18 budget includes a one-time $6 billion supplemental pension payment to CalPERS to mitigate the future increase in State contributions and reduce unfunded liabilities. In 2012, the State enacted a comprehensive pension reform package affecting State and local government, which increased the retirement age and reduced retirement benefits for most new State and local government employees hired on or after January 1, 2013. The State’s Medicaid program (“Medi-Cal”) is currently the budget’s second largest expenditure and, as a result, if health care cost inflation rises faster than expected, annual General Fund spending could quickly rise.

Current State Budget

The 2017-2018 budget was enacted on June 27, 2017 and proposes a variety of solutions to bring the State’s finances back into balance for 2017-2018. Based on slowed economic growth, lagging revenues and higher than expected expenditures in fiscal year 2016-17, the state budget had projected a deficit, absent corrective actions. The 2017 Budget Act provides for paying down the State’s debts and liabilities in accordance with Proposition 2 and increasing the Rainy Day Fund beyond current constitutional requirements in preparation for the next recession and maintains a structurally balanced budget through fiscal year 2019-20. The budget provides for increased funding for education while slowing the rate of spending growth in other areas to maintain a projected balanced budget. The current budget is based on a variety of estimates and assumptions. If actual results differ from those assumptions, the State’s financial condition could be adversely or positively affected. Risks that could impact the fiscal health of the State include geopolitical events, such as war or trade

 

18


Table of Contents

disruptions, the volatility of capital gains, which constitute a significant revenue source for the State, rising health care costs and challenges in responding to recessionary conditions due to the state’s debts and liabilities.

Limitation on Taxes

Certain California municipal obligations may be obligations of issuers that rely in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on ad valorem property taxes as a source of revenue. The taxing powers of California local governments and districts are limited by Article XIII A of the California Constitution, enacted by the voters in 1978 and commonly known as “Proposition 13.” Proposition 13 reduced and limited the future growth of property taxes and limited the ability of local governments to impose special taxes devoted to a specific purpose without two-thirds voter approval. Proposition 218, another constitutional amendment initiative enacted in 1996 further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes and fees. Counties in particular have had fewer revenue raising options than many other local government entities, while having to maintain many services.

Appropriations Limits

California and its local governments are subject to an annual “appropriations limit” imposed by Article XIII B of the California Constitution, enacted by the voters in 1979 and significantly amended by Propositions 98 and 111 in 1988 and 1990, respectively. Proposition 98, as modified by Proposition 111, changed State funding of public education below the university level and the operation of the appropriations limit, primarily by guaranteeing K-12 schools a minimum amount of funding. The Proposition 98 guarantee is funded by local property taxes and the General Fund. Article XIII B prohibits the State or any covered local government from spending “appropriations subject to limitation” in excess of the appropriations limit imposed. “Appropriations subject to limitation” are authorizations to spend “proceeds of taxes,” which consist of tax revenues, and certain other funds, including proceeds from regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees, to the extent that such proceeds exceed the cost of providing the product or service, but “proceeds of taxes” exclude most State subventions to local governments. No limit is imposed on appropriations of funds that are not “proceeds of taxes,” such as reasonable user charges or fees, and certain other non-tax funds.

Among the expenditures not included in the Article XIII B appropriations limit are (1) the debt service cost of bonds issued or authorized prior to January 1, 1979 or subsequently authorized by the voters, (2) appropriations required to comply with mandates of courts or the federal government, (3) appropriations for certain capital outlay projects, (4) appropriations for tax refunds, (4) appropriations of revenues derived from any increase in gasoline taxes and vehicle weight fees above January 1, 1990 levels, (5) appropriations of certain taxes imposed by initiative, and (6) appropriations made in certain cases of emergency. The appropriations limit for each year is based on the appropriations limit for the prior year, adjusted annually to reflect changes in per capita income and population, and any transfers of service responsibilities between government units.

Obligations of the State of California

Under the California Constitution, debt service on outstanding general obligation bonds is the second charge to the General Fund after support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. As of July 1, 2017, the State had outstanding obligations payable principally from the State’s General Fund or from lease payments paid from the operating budget of the respective lessees, which operating budgets are primarily, but not exclusively, derived from the General Fund, consisting of approximately $83.2 billion of outstanding general obligation bonds and lease revenue bonds.

Other Issuers of California Municipal Obligations

There are a number of State agencies, instrumentalities, and political subdivisions of the State that issue municipal obligations, some of which may be conduit revenue obligations payable from payments from private borrowers. These entities are subject to various economic risks and uncertainties, and the credit quality of the securities issued may vary considerably from the credit quality of the obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the State. The State of California has no obligation with respect to any obligations or securities of a county or any of the other participating entities, although under existing legal precedents, the State may be obligated to ensure that school districts have sufficient funds to operate.

Bond Ratings

As of December 2017, California’s general obligation bond ratings are AA- from Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”), AA- from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”), and Aa3 from Moody’s Investor’s Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”). Over the past year, both Moody’s and S&P have maintained their “Aa3” and “AA-” ratings, respectively, as well as their stable outlook on

 

19


Table of Contents

the State’s credit rating, while Fitch has upgraded the State’s credit rating. On August 12, 2016, Fitch upgraded California’s general bond rating from “A+” to “AA-.” Fitch attributed the upgrade to the State’s “large and diverse economy” and “moderate liabilities,” noting that California is now better positioned to withstand an economic downturn due to its many institutional improvements. Fitch also acknowledged the State’s budget management and efficient use of temporary tax revenues to address budgetary borrowing accumulated over two recessions. This upgrade follows a previous upgrade from “A” to “A+” by Fitch in February 2015.

In July 2015, following the enactment of the State’s 2015-16 budget, S&P had upgraded the State’s general obligation credit rating to “AA-.” S&P credited the State’s improved fiscal sustainability and commitment to pay down debt obligations that had been incurred from prior years. Furthermore, S&P cited the State’s approach to transfer a large portion of the projected operating surplus to the Rainy Day Fund as a credit positive.

Legal Proceedings

There are numerous civil actions pending against the State, which could, if decided against the State, require the State to make significant future expenditures and may substantially impair revenues and cash flow. It is not possible to predict what impact, if any, such proceedings may have on the California Municipal Portfolios.

Other Considerations

Substantially all of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Northern California, in 1989 and 2014, and southern California, in 1994, experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damages. Any California municipal obligation in the California Municipal Portfolios could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage at reasonable rates; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the Federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

In October 2017, several wildfires ignited in northern California’s “wine country” collectively resulting in one of the most destructive fire events in state history in terms of loss of life and property damage. Together, these fires could result in additional state General Fund costs for various activities such as fire suppression, debris removal, repair to damaged state and local infrastructure, and assistance to individuals whose property was lost or damaged. The total magnitude of these additional costs is unknown at this time, but could be in the hundreds of millions of dollars.

The California Municipal Portfolios are also susceptible to political, economic, or regulatory factors affecting issuers of California municipal obligations. These include the possible adverse effects of certain California constitutional amendments, legislative measures, voter initiatives, and other matters. The information provided above is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in California and is derived from sources that are generally available to investors and are believed to be accurate. No independent verification has been made of the accuracy or completeness of any of the preceding information.

NEW YORK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS

The DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio invests primarily in New York municipal securities and, therefore, its performance is closely tied to the ability of New York municipal issuers to continue to make principal and interest payments. Below is a brief discussion of certain factors that may affect New York municipal issuers and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The financial condition of New York, its public authorities, and local governments could affect the market values of New York municipal securities, and therefore the net asset value per share and the interest income of the DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio, or result in the default of existing obligations, including obligations that may be held by the Portfolio.

The information contained below is based primarily upon information derived from state official statements, New York State Annual Information Statement of June 20, 2017, other public documents relating to securities offerings of New York municipal issuers, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in New York. It has not been independently verified by the DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio. The DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio makes no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information.

 

20


Table of Contents

Economic Condition and Outlook

New York is the fourth most populous state in the U.S. and has a relatively high level of personal wealth. The State’s economy is diverse, with a comparatively large share of the country’s financial activities, information, education, and health services employment, and a relatively small share of the country’s farming and mining activity.

New York State’s private labor market continues to enjoy robust growth. The most recent detailed data demonstrates continued robust growth in professional and business services, transportation and warehousing, construction and real estate services, education, and health care. As a result, the Division of the Budget of the State of New York (“DOB”) estimates private sector job growth for 2017 will increase by 1.4%.

In 2016, the nation’s real Gross Domestic Product grew by 1.6 %, slower than economic growth of 2.6% in 2015. In comparison, New York’s real Gross State Product rose at half the national rate, 0.8%, ranking its economic growth 38th among the 50 states. Similar to the nation as a whole, this economic growth was slower than the 1.2% gain in 2015. New York’s growth was driven by gains in sectors including information, utilities, and construction, while the finance and insurance and manufacturing sectors detracted from overall economic growth.

While employment continued to increase at both the national and State levels in 2016, it did so at a slower pace than in 2015. However, job growth at the national level was stronger, increasing by 1.7%, compared to 1.5% growth in New York. Total employment in the State increased to nearly 9.4 million. Most of the job gains were concentrated in the downstate region, with the largest growth occurring in New York City. While most of the upstate region realized job growth, employment declined in the Elmira and Watertown-Fort Drum metropolitan statistical areas.

Wages at both the national and State levels increased in 2016, albeit at a slower rate than in 2015. Similar to job growth, gains in wages at the national level (3.9%) were stronger than those in New York (3.2%) in 2016. The industry sector in New York with the highest percentage wage growth was construction, while manufacturing realized a decline in total wages. Overall wage growth of 4.3% is projected for 2018.

The securities industry in New York City is an important contributor to the State’s revenues and has a significant impact on the downstate economy in particular, with typically high-paid jobs and large bonuses. Industrywide, profits increased by 21% in 2016, with the average bonus in the securities industry in New York City increasing by 1%. In addition, industry employment in the City continued to increase in 2016.

New York State employment and incomes are profoundly affected by the fortunes of the financial markets. The substantially higher wage growth in the finance and insurance sector increased its share of total State wages over time on a State fiscal year basis to a peak of 22.1% in 2006-07, but has since fallen and is unlikely to revisit that peak in the near future. The industry’s employment share is substantially lower than its wage share at only 7.6% of total State employment in 2015-16 and is expected to continue its downward trend. Nevertheless, finance sector workers continue to be, on average, very highly compensated. Even after falling to $174,000 in 2008-09 in the wake of the financial crisis, finance and insurance sector average wages were still 247% higher than the average wage for the rest of the State economy. Financial market wages have an important effect on employment and income in New York City and its surrounding suburbs, both directly – through compensation paid to finance sector workers and purchases made by finance sector firms, and indirectly – as finance sector workers spend their incomes on housing, entertainment, and other goods and services.

General Government Results

An operating deficit of $2.8 billion is reported in the General Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. As a result, the General Fund now has an accumulated fund balance of $2.3 billion. The State completed its fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 with a combined Governmental Funds operating deficit of $3.4 billion as compared to a combined Governmental Funds operating surplus in the preceding fiscal year of $408 million. The combined operating deficit of $3.4 billion for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 included an operating deficit in the General Fund of $2.8 billion, an operating surplus in the Federal Special Revenue Fund of $6 million, an operating deficit in the General Debt Service Fund of $774 million and an operating surplus in Other Governmental Funds of $204 million.

The State’s financial position as shown in its Governmental Funds Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2017 includes a fund balance of $11.2 billion comprised of $43.6 billion of assets less liabilities of $30.6 billion and deferred inflows of resources of $1.8 billion. The Governmental Funds fund balance includes a $2.3 billion accumulated General Fund balance.

State Budgetary Outlook

 

21


Table of Contents

New York ended fiscal year 2016 with a General Fund balance of $8.9 billion, which is $3.9 billion higher than the estimate in the Executive Budget Financial Plan (“Executive Budget”). This variance was primarily due to the timing of monetary settlements from the General Fund to other funds. General Fund receipts totaled $69.7 billion for fiscal year 2016, including transfers from other funds, an increase of $1.8 billion from the prior fiscal year. Disbursements, including transfers to other funds, totaled $68.0 billion, an increase of $5.2 billion from the prior fiscal year. Spending for school aid and transfers to support capital projects and Medicaid funding comprised some of these disbursements.

General Fund disbursements exceeded receipts by $1.2 billion in 2016-17, primarily reflecting the planned use of monetary settlements to support capital spending and reserves set aside for labor contracts. The General Fund ended the fiscal year with a closing cash fund balance of $7.7 billion, which consisted of approximately $1.8 billion in the State’s rainy day reserve funds ($1.3 billion in the Tax Stabilization Reserve Account and $540 million in the Rainy Day Reserve Fund), $56 million in the Community Projects Fund, $21 million in the Contingency Reserve Fund, and $5.9 billion in the Refund Reserve Account. Total General Fund receipts for the year (including transfers from other funds) were approximately $66.9 billion. Total General Fund disbursements for the year (including transfers to other funds) were approximately $68.1 billion.

Net operating results were $1.7 billion more favorable than anticipated in the original financial plan, with the original plan projecting a net operating deficit of $2.9 billion. Total receipts and transfers from other funds were less than original financial plan estimates by $2.1 billion, and total disbursements and transfers to other funds were less than original financial plan estimates by $3.8 billion.

Personal Income Tax receipts were $1.3 billion below initial projections, due to underlying weakness in estimated payments and withholding growth. Business tax receipts were $989 million below initial projections, due to shortfalls in both audit collections and cash payments associated with tax year 2015 final returns. The lower receipts were partly offset by higher-than-estimated estate tax collections related to stronger-than-anticipated growth in household net worth. Miscellaneous receipts were $1 billion higher than the original projections, due almost entirely to additional monetary settlement collections not anticipated in the initial budget for fiscal year 2017.

DOB projects that the State will end fiscal year 2018 with a General Fund cash balance of $6.7 billion, a decrease of $1.1 billion from the fiscal year 2017 closing balance. The decline mainly reflects the planned transfers of monetary settlements on as as-needed basis each year as spending occurs from appropriations funded with the monetary settlements.

In recent years, New York has sustained damage from three powerful storms that crippled entire regions. In August 2011, Hurricane Irene disrupted power and caused extensive flooding to various New York State counties. In September 2011, Tropical Storm Lee caused flooding in additional New York State counties and, in some cases, exacerbated the damage caused by Hurricane Irene two weeks earlier. Little more than one year later, on October 29, 2012, Superstorm Sandy struck the East Coast, causing widespread infrastructure damage and economic losses to the greater New York region. The frequency and intensity of these storms presents economic and financial risks to the State. State claims for reimbursement for the costs of the immediate response are in process, and both recovery and future mitigation efforts have begun, largely supported by Federal funds. In January 2013, the Federal government approved approximately $60 billion in Federal disaster aid for general recovery, rebuilding and mitigation activity nationwide. It is anticipated that New York, and its localities, may receive approximately one-half of this amount over the coming years for response, recovery, and mitigation costs. There can be no assurance that all anticipated Federal disaster aid described above will be provided to the State and its affected entities, or that such Federal disaster aid will be provided on the expected schedule.

Debt and Other Financing Activities

The State’s debt levels are typically measured by DOB using two categories: State-supported debt and State-related debt. State-supported debt represents obligations of the State that are paid from traditional State resources (i.e., tax revenue) and have a budgetary impact. It includes general obligation debt, to which the full faith and credit of the State has been pledged, and lease-purchase and contractual obligations of public authorities and municipalities, where the State’s legal obligation to make payments to those public authorities and municipalities is subject to and paid from annual appropriations made by the Legislature. These include the State Personal Income Tax (“PIT”) Revenue Bond Program and the New York Local Government Assistance Program bonds. The State reports that it has never defaulted on any of its general obligation indebtedness, PIT Revenue Bonds, Sales Tax Revenue Bonds or its obligations under lease-purchase or contractual obligation financing arrangements. As of March 31, 2017, the State had $2.5 billion in general obligation bonds outstanding.

New York State is one of the largest issuers of municipal debt, ranking second among the states, behind California, in the amount of debt outstanding. The State ranks sixth in the U.S. in debt per capita, behind Connecticut, Massachusetts, Hawaii, New Jersey and Washington. In the FY 2018 Enacted Budget Financial Plan, statutory bond authorizations on State-

 

22


Table of Contents

supported debt were raised by $10.5 billion across multiple programmatic purposes. The bonded indebtedness (and related capital spending) from the new authorizations is expected to occur over many years, and is counted against the State’s statutory debt caps only when bonds are actually issued. As of March 31, 2017, the State had $50.7 billion in outstanding debt obligations, compared to $52.4 billion as of March 31, 2016 – a decrease of approximately $1.7 billion.

Bond Ratings

The State’s general obligation bonds are rated AA+ (with a stable outlook) by S&P and Aa1 (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s (ratings confirmed as of December 18, 2017). On September 20, 2016, Fitch also affirmed its AA+ rating on the State’s general obligation bonds. There can be no assurance that such ratings will be maintained in the future. It should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local New York issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State of New York, and that there is no obligation on the part of the State to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

New York City (the “City”)

The fiscal demands on New York State may be affected by the fiscal condition of the City, which relies in part on State aid to balance its budget and meet its cash requirements. It is also possible that the State’s finances may be affected by the ability of the City, and its related issuers, to market securities successfully in the public credit markets.

The City, with a population of approximately 8,500,000 is the most populous city in the US. Its non-manufacturing economy is broadly based, with the banking and securities, insurance, information, publishing, fashion design, tourism, retail, education and health care industries accounting for a significant portion of the City’s total employment earnings. Manufacturing activity in the City is conducted primarily in apparel and printing. From 2009 to 2016, the City added 644,100 private sector jobs (growth of 20%). As of July 2017, total employment in the City was 4,450,900 compared to 4,344,100 in July 2016, an increase of 2.5% (not seasonally adjusted). As of July 2017, the total unemployment rate in the City was 5.0%, compared to 5.6% in July 2016, (not seasonally adjusted).

The City had General Fund surpluses of $4.0 billion, $3.6 billion and $2.01 billion before certain expenditures and transfers (discretionary and other) for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. For the fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, the General Fund surplus was $5 million after expenditures and transfers (discretionary and other).

MINNESOTA MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISKS

The DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio invests primarily in Minnesota municipal securities and, therefore, its performance is closely tied to the ability of Minnesota municipal issuers to continue to make principal and interest payments. Below is a brief discussion of certain factors that may affect Minnesota municipal issuers and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The financial condition of Minnesota, its public authorities, and local governments could affect the market values of Minnesota municipal securities, and therefore the net asset value per share and the interest income of the DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio, or result in the default of existing obligations, including obligations that may be held by the DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio.

The information contained below is based primarily upon information derived from state official statements, Minnesota State 2017 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report, other public documents relating to securities offerings of Minnesota municipal issuers, and other historically reliable sources. It is only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial situation in Minnesota. It has not been independently verified by the DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio. The DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio makes no representation or warranty regarding the completeness or accuracy of such information.

Economic Condition and Outlook

In its November 2017 forecast, Minnesota’s Office of Management and Budget reported that Minnesota is currently adding jobs at the same rate as the nation, and that steady job growth has kept the unemployment rate well below the US rate. Statewide, there are about as many job vacancies as there are unemployed job seekers. Together, high demand for labor and low unemployment have supported growth in Minnesota wage and salary income. In October 2017, average

 

23


Table of Contents

hourly wages by private sector employees in Minnesota were 3.9% higher than a year prior, ahead of the comparable rate for US workers, 2.4%.

The State added 41,372 jobs in the 12 months ending in October 2017, amounting to annual employment growth of 1.4%, the same as the US rate over the same period. Minnesota’s employment gains continue to be broad based. Comparing October 2017 with the same month in 2016, the sectors that showed solid gains are: education and health services (up 13,380 jobs), leisure and hospitality (up 6,776 jobs), retail trade (up 5,284 jobs), and construction (up 4,983 jobs). Additional industries that showed moderate growth are: other services (up 4.417 jobs), manufacturing (up 3,974 jobs), professional and business services (up 2,670 jobs), and state and local government (up 1,601 jobs). Minnesota’s annual job growth currently exceeds the US rate in nine of the eleven major sectors, with financial activities and professional and business services being the only sectors that fall behind the nation.

Minnesota’s housing market continues to show a persistent shortage of existing single family homes for sale. In October 2017, year-to-date closed sales of homes in Minnesota were unchanged from the prior year. With persistently tight supply, median and mean sale prices continue to rise. Rising home prices pose a risk to affordability. Overall, payments on purchased homes are still below where they were during the housing bubble, despite the higher prices in 2017 compared to 2006. Low home supply in Minnesota is expected to continue throughout 2017 and the beginning of 2018.

Budget Process

Minnesota operates on a two-year budget cycle (a biennium). The current biennium began on July 1, 2017 and will end on June 30, 2019. A budgetary balance of $1.651 billion was projected for the fiscal year 2018-19 biennium in February 2017.

On May 30, 2017 the Governor vetoed line-item appropriations for the Legislature. On June 13, 2017, the Legislature filed a complaint in Ramsey County District Court seeking a declaration that the Governor’s line-item vetoes were unconstitutional as a violation of the Separation-of-Powers clause in the Minnesota Constitution and seeking injunctive relief to allot the funds that were appropriated to the Legislature. On July 19, 2017, the district court declared the Governor’s line-item vetoes null and void as a violation of the Separation-of-Powers clause. On July 26, 2017, the State Supreme Court granted the Governor’s petition for accelerated review. The Supreme Court ordered the Legislature and the Governor to mediate their dispute. On September 22, 2017, the parties advised the Supreme Court that the mediation had reached an impasse. On November 16, 2017, the State Supreme Court held that the Governor’s line-item vetoes of the Legislature’s appropriations to itself were constitutional. It is not possible to predict the impact of the ongoing dispute between the Governor and the Legislature.

A lower revenue forecast and higher estimated spending partially offset by a higher beginning balance from the last biennium now results in a forecast deficit of $188 million for the current biennium. If the vetoed appropriations were included in the forecast, the deficit for the fiscal year 2018-19 biennium would increase to $302 million.

Revenues and Expenditures

The State’s combined net position for governmental and business-type activities increased $1.7 billion (11.6%) over the course of this fiscal year. This resulted from a $1.4 billion (12.4%) increase in net position of governmental activities, and a $293 million (8.7%) increase in net position of business-type activities.

Debt Management

The State debt management policy currently has three guidelines: 1) total tax-supported principal outstanding shall be 3.25% or less of total State personal income; 2) total amount of principal (both issued, and authorized but unissued) for State general obligations, State moral obligations, equipment capital leases, and real estate capital leases are not to exceed 6% of State personal income; and 3) 40.0% of general obligation debt shall be due within five years and 70% within 10 years, if consistent with the useful life of the financial assets and/or market conditions. As of February 28, 2017, total tax supported debt was 2.73% of estimated State personal income and total principal (issued, and authorized but unissued was 3.53% of estimated State personal income. Of the State’s general obligation bonds outstanding on June 30, 2016, 40.3% were scheduled to mature within five years and 71.2% were scheduled to mature with ten years.

 

24


Table of Contents

The State’s total long-term liabilities increased by $590 million (4.3%) during the 2016 fiscal year. The increase is primarily attributable an increase in the net pension liability and the issuance of state general obligation bonds for trunk highway projects and other various state purposes.

Bond Ratings

Moody’s rates Minnesota’s general obligation bonds Aa1 (with a stable outlook) and S&P rates the State’s general obligation bonds at AA+ (with a positive outlook); additionally, Fitch Ratings upgraded its rating from AA+ to AAA in July 2016 (ratings confirmed as of December 18, 2017). There can be no assurance that such ratings will be maintained in the future. It should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local Minnesota issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State of Minnesota, and that there is no obligation on the part of the State to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors

Organization of the Board

The Board of Directors of each Fund (each a “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Funds’ policies and for overseeing the management of each Fund. The Board of Directors elects the officers of each Fund, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board of Directors of each Fund is comprised of one interested Director and six disinterested Directors. David G. Booth, an interested Director, is Chairman of each Board. The disinterested Directors of the Board designated Myron S. Scholes as the lead disinterested Director. As the lead disinterested Director, Mr. Scholes, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Directors in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Directors; raises issues and discusses ideas with management on behalf of the disinterested Directors in between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Directors (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson). The existing Board structure for each Fund also provides the disinterested Directors with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and each Fund, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Director, who, as both an officer of the Fund and the Advisor, participates in the day-to-day management of each Fund’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the disinterested Directors in order to provide the Directors with the opportunity to contact Fund management and/or the disinterested Directors’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Directors regularly communicate with Mr. Booth regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of each Fund meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

Each Board has three standing committees. The Audit Committee and Nominating Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Directors. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Directors have direct oversight of each Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and the selection and nomination of candidates to each Fund’s Board. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) consists entirely of disinterested Directors. The Strategy Committee assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Fund and its performance.

Each Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson and Abbie J. Smith. The Audit Committee for each Board oversees the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, each Fund’s internal controls, each Fund’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof and performs other oversight functions as requested by each Board. The Audit Committee for each Board recommends the appointment of each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. There were two Audit Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

Each Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of George M. Constantinides, Roger G. Ibbotson, Edward P. Lazear, Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith. The Nominating Committee for each Board makes recommendations for

 

25


Table of Contents

nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Board members and to the full board. The Nominating Committee of each Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Douglas W. Diamond, Edward P. Lazear and Myron S. Scholes. At the request of a Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Fund, (ii) reviews performance of existing Portfolios of the Fund, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the Portfolios’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance the investment strategies or policies of each Portfolio, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for each Portfolio of the Fund. There were three Strategy Committee meetings held for each Fund during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017.

The Board of each Fund, including all of the disinterested Directors, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Fund.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board of each Fund, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Fund management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect each Fund.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of each Fund’s portfolios. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the portfolios. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a portfolio and such change could have a significant impact on the portfolio’s risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for their approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and each Fund’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enables the Board to review fair valued securities in a particular portfolio. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each portfolio. In addition, each Fund’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each portfolio’s year-end financial statements.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with each Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Directors meet in executive session with the CCO, and each Fund’s CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. Each Fund’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Fund and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Fund’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Director Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the

 

26


Table of Contents

Secretary of a Fund at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of each Portfolio of a Fund that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board of each Fund believes that it is in the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. Each Fund’s Board believes that each Director currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Fund and protect the interests of shareholders. Each Board noted that each Director had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Director held an academic position in the areas of finance, economics or accounting. The Board also noted that Myron S. Scholes and Abbie J. Smith each had experience serving as a director on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that David G. Booth contributed valuable experience due to his position with the Advisor. Certain biographical information for each disinterested Director and interested Director of a Fund is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Director’s experience as a Director of a Fund and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Directors

 

Name, Address and 

Year of Birth 

  Position    

Term of

Office1 and

Length of

Service

  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years  

Portfolios

within the

DFA Fund
Complex2 Overseen

  Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

George M. Constantinides University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1947

  Director  

DFAIDG – Since 1983;

DIG – Since 1993

  Leo Melamed Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1978).   127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

Douglas W. Diamond

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

  Director  

DFAIDG – Since 2017;

DIG – Since 2017

  Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1988). Visiting Scholar, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (since 1990). Formerly, Fischer Black Visiting Professor of Financial Economics, Alfred P. Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (2015 to 2016).   127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

Roger G. Ibbotson

Yale School of Management

P.O. Box 208200

New Haven, CT 06520-8200

 

1943

  Director  

DFAIDG – Since 1981;

DIG – Since 1993

  Professor in Practice Emeritus of Finance, Yale School of Management (since 1984). Chairman, CIO and Partner, Zebra Capital Management, LLC (hedge fund and asset manager) (since 2001). Formerly, Consultant to Morningstar, Inc. (2006—2016) .   127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

 

27


Table of Contents

Name, Address and 

Year of Birth 

  Position    

Term of

Office1 and

Length of

Service

  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   Portfolios within
the DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  Other
Directorships of
Public
Companies Held
During Past 5
Years

Edward P. Lazear

Stanford University Graduate School of Business

Knight Management Center, E346

Stanford, CA 94305

 

1948

  Director   DFAIDG –Since 2010;  

Institute for Research in Economics, University of

Chicago (since 2015). Morris Arnold Cox Senior Fellow, Hoover Institution (since 2002). Jack Steele Parker Professor of Human Resources Management and Economics, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1995). Cornerstone Research (expert testimony and economic and financial analysis) (since 2009).

  127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   None

Myron S. Scholes

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1941

  Director  

DFAIDG –Since 1981;

DIG – Since 1993

  Chief Investment Strategist, Janus Henderson Investors (since 2014). Frank E. Buck Professor of Finance, Emeritus, Graduate School of Business, Stanford University (since 1981).   127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   Formerly, Adviser, Kuapay, Inc. (2013-2014). Formerly, Director, American Century Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (43 Portfolios) (1980-2014).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

 

1953

  Director  

DFAIDG –

Since 2000;

DIG – Since

2000

  Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).   127 portfolios in 4 investment companies   Director (since 2000) and formerly, Lead Director (May 2014-May 2017), HNI Corporation (formerly known as HON Industries Inc.) (office furniture); Director, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee, UBS Funds (3 investment companies within the fund complex) (21 portfolios) (since 2009).

 

28


Table of Contents

Interested Director

The following interested Director is described as such because he is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

 

Name, Address 
and Year of 
Birth 
  Position   Term of
Office1 and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years   Portfolios
within the
DFA Fund
Complex2
Overseen
  

Other Directorships

of Public Companies
Held During Past 5
Years

David G. Booth

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1946

  Chairman and Director  

DFAIDG –Since 1981;

DIG – Since 1992

  Chairman, Director/Trustee, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until March 2017) of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFAIDG, Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”) and The DFA Investment Trust Company (“DFAITC”). Executive Chairman, and formerly, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer (each until February 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, DFAIDG, DIG and DFAITC, the “DFA Entities”). Chairman and Director (since 2009) and formerly, Co-Chief Executive Officer (2010 – June 2017) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Trustee, University of Chicago (since 2002). Trustee, University of Kansas Endowment Association (since 2005). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2002 – July 2017), DFA Australia Limited (1994 – July 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (2012 – July 2017), Dimensional Funds plc (2006 – July 2017) and Dimensional Funds II plc (2006 – July 2017). Formerly, Director and President of Dimensional Japan Ltd. (2012 – April 2017). Formerly, President, Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC (2009-2014) ; and Limited Partner, VSC Investors, LLC (2007 to 2015). Formerly, Chairman, Director, President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (2010-September 2017).   127 portfolios
in 4 investment
companies
   None
1  Each Director holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

2  Each Director is a director or trustee of each of the four registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Funds; DFAITC; and DEM. Each disinterested Director also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Director’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios of the Funds in this SAI and in all registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Name Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned Aggregate Dollar Range of
Shares Owned in All Funds
Overseen by Director in Family
of Investment Companies
Disinterested Directors:
George M. Constantinides None None Directly; Over $100,000 in
Simulated Funds**
Douglas W. Diamond None None Directly; $50,001-$100,000 in
Simulated Funds**
Roger G. Ibbotson None Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in
Simulated Funds**
Edward P. Lazear None None Directly; Over $100,000 in
Simulated Funds**
Myron S. Scholes None Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in
Simulated Funds**
Abbie J. Smith None None Directly; Over $100,000 in
Simulated Funds**

 

29


Table of Contents
Name Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned

Aggregate Dollar Range of
Shares Owned in All Funds
Overseen by Director in  Family

of Investment Companies

Interested Director:
David G. Booth

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio -Over $100,000

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio –Over $100,000

Over $100,000

**        As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Directors may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Directors who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Directors do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Director entitled to receive compensation, the compensation received from the Funds during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 and the total compensation received from all four registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during that same fiscal period. The table also provides the compensation paid by each Fund to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017. Douglas W. Diamond was appointed to each Board of the DFA Fund Complex effective June 1, 2017.

 

Name and Position

   Aggregate
Compensation
from DFAIDG*
     Aggregate
Compensation
from DIG*
     Pension or
Retirement
Benefits as Part
of Fund
Expenses
     Estimated
Annual Benefits
upon Retirement
     Total
Compensation
from the Funds
and DFA Fund
Complex Paid
to Directors
 

George M. Constantinides
Director

   $ 208,969      $ 21,301        N/A        N/A      $ 300,000  

Douglas W. Diamond
Director

   $ 111,229      $ 11,229        N/A        N/A      $ 159,500  

Roger G. Ibbotson
Director

   $ 243,863      $ 24,823        N/A        N/A      $ 350,000  

Edward P. Lazear
Director

   $ 229,934      $ 23,402        N/A        N/A      $ 330,000  

Myron S. Scholes
Lead Independent Director

   $ 278,611      $ 28,405        N/A        N/A      $ 400,000  

Abbie J. Smith
Director

   $ 208,969      $ 21,301        N/A        N/A      $ 300,000  

Christopher S. Crossan
Chief Compliance Officer

   $ 302,797      $ 30,741        N/A        N/A        N/A  

 

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the four registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory and administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

*

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Directors of the Fund may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the four Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Directors under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Director or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Director. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the disinterested Directors from the DFA Fund Complex who participated in the Plan during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017 is as follows: $350,000 (Mr. Ibbotson), $330,000 (Mr. Lazear) and $71,000 (Mr. Diamond). A disinterested Director’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Director’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability, or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts

 

30


Table of Contents
 

as the disinterested Director has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Funds and the principal occupation for each officer of the Funds. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

 

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position   Term of
Office1
and
Length  of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Valerie A. Brown

1967

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Since 2001   Vice President and Assistant Secretary of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. and Dimensional Hong Kong Limited. Director, Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

David P. Butler

1964

  Co-Chief Executive Officer   Since 2017   Co-Chief Executive Officer of all the DFA entities (since 2017); Director of Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since February 2017), Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since March 2017), Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since April 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since July 2017), DFA Australia Limited (since July 2017) and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since August 2017); Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since September 2017). Formerly, Vice President (October 2007 to February 2017), of all the DFA Entities. Formerly, Head of Global Financial Advisor Services (October 2007 to December 2017) for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Stephen A. Clark

1972

  Executive Vice President   Since 2017   Executive Vice President (since March 2017) and formerly, Vice President (2004 to March 2017), of all the DFA Entities. Director and Vice President (since February 2016) of Dimensional Japan Ltd. President and Director (since February 2016) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC. Vice President (since April 2008) and Director (since October 2016) of DFA Australia Limited. Director (since April 2016) of Dimensional Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd., and Dimensional Hong Kong Limited. Vice President (since June 2016) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. Head of Global Institutional Services (since January 2014) for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Formerly, Vice President (December 2010 – February 2016) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; and Head of Institutional, North America (March 2012 to December 2013) for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Christopher S. Crossan

1965

  Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer   Since 2004   Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities, DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Privacy Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since October 2006 and March 2015, respectively), Chief Compliance Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since October 2012) and Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since February 2017). Formerly, Vice President and Global Chief Compliance Officer (October 2010 – 2014) for Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC.

(Michael) Sam Gilliland

1962

  Executive Vice President   Since 2017   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the DFA Fund Complex (since March 2017). Executive Vice President (since February 2017), Senior Advisor and Chief Operating Officer (since February 2016) of Dimensional Funds Advisors LP, Dimensional Holdings Inc. and Dimensional Investment LLC. Executive Vice President (since February 2017) of DFA Securities LLC. Director of Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since February 2017), Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since February 2017) and DFA Australia Limited (since October 2016). Formerly, Consultant for MSG Consulting (August 2013 – February 2017), and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sabre Holdings (December 2003 – August 2013).

Gregory K. Hinkle

1958

  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer   Since 2015   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of all the DFA Entities. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Vice President of Dimensional Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Hong Kong Limited, Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC, Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd and DFA Australia Limited. Director (since August 2016) for Dimensional Funds plc and Dimensional Funds II plc. Formerly, interim Chief Financial Officer and interim Treasurer of all the DFA Entities (April 2016 – September 2016); interim Chief Financial Officer and interim Treasurer (April 2016 – July 2016) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd, Dimensional Hong Kong Limited, Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Controller (August 2015 – September 2016) of all the DFA Entities; Controller (August 2015 – July 2016) Dimensional Fund Advisors LP; Vice President of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and Director of Investment Treasury and Treasurer of the T. Rowe Price Funds (March 2008 – July 2015).

 

31


Table of Contents

Name and Year of

Birth

  Position   Term of
Office1
and
Length of
Service
  Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Vice President since 2004 and Assistant Secretary since 2017   Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2004 and March 2017, respectively) of all the DFA Entities and Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.

Joy L. Lopez

1971

  Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   Vice President since 2015 and Assistant Treasurer since 2017   Vice President of all the DFA Entities (since 2015). Assistant Treasurer of DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since December 2017). Formerly, Senior Tax Manager (February 2013 – January 2015) for Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Catherine L. Newell

1964

  President and General Counsel   Since 2017   President and General Counsel (since March 2017), and formerly, Vice President and Secretary (1997 and 2000, respectively, to March 2017), of all the DFA Entities. Director, Vice President and Secretary of DFA Australia Limited and Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since February 2002, April 1997, and May 2002, respectively). Vice President and Secretary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since June 2003), Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd., Dimensional Japan Ltd (since February 2012), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since March 2012) and Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since June 2012). Director of Dimensional Funds plc and Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2002 and 2006, respectively). Director of Dimensional Japan Ltd., Dimensional Advisors Ltd., Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. and Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since August 2012 and July 2012). Formerly, Vice President and Secretary (October 2010 – November 2014) of Dimensional SmartNest (US) LLC.

Selwyn Notelovitz

1961

  Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer   Since 2013   Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer of all the DFA Entities. Deputy Chief Compliance Officer (since December 2012) of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP.

Carolyn L. O

1974

  Vice President and Secretary   Vice President since 2010 and Secretary since 2017   Vice President and Secretary (since 2010 and March 2017, respectively) of all the DFA Entities, Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd., and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since April 2016).

Gerard K. O’Reilly

1976

  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer   Since 2017   Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of DFAIDG, DFAITC, DIG and DEM (since September 2017) and Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, DFA Securities LLC and Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since September 2017); Chief Investment Officer and Director of DFA Australia Limited (since September 2017 and October 2017, respectively); Director, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since September 2017); Director of Dimensional Funds plc and Dimensional Fund II plc (since August 2014) and Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since June 2017); Co-Chief Investment Officer and Vice President (since February 2016) of Dimensional Japan Ltd. Formerly, Executive Vice President (March 2017 – September 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer ( June 2014 – September 2017) and Vice President (January 2007 – March 2017) of DFAIDG, DFAITC, DIG and DEM; Executive Vice President (February 2017 – September 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (June 2014 – September 2017) and Vice President (January 2007 – February 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP and DFA Securities LLC; Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer (April 2014 – September 2017) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC ; Co-Chief Investment Officer of DFA Australia Limited (April 2014 – September 2017); Co-Chief Investment Officer of DFA Securities LLC, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, and Dimensional Holdings LLC (April 2014 – September 2017).

 

1  Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Boards of Directors and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

As of January 31, 2018, the Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding stock of each Portfolio described in this SAI.

 

32


Table of Contents

SERVICES TO THE FUNDS

Administrative Services—All Portfolios

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the accounting and administration services, dividend disbursing and transfer agent for the Portfolios. The services provided by State Street are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Boards of Directors of the Funds, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, liaison with its custodians, and transfer and dividend disbursing agency services. For the administrative and accounting services provided by State Street, the Portfolios (except with respect to the DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio’s and DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio’s investments in the Underlying Funds) pay State Street annual fees that are calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the applicable aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex, which includes four registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

.0063% of the Fund Complex’s first $150 billion of average net assets;

.0051% of the Fund Complex’s next $50 billion of average net assets; and

.0025% of the Fund Complex’s average net assets in excess of $200 billion.

The fees charged to a Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s pro-rata portion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex.

The Portfolios also pay separate fees to State Street with respect to the services State Street provides as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodians

Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005, is the custodian for the DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio and DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio.

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian for the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio.

Each custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

Distributor

Each Fund’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC (formerly, DFA Securities Inc.) (“DFAS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Advisor. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas 78746.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Funds by serving as the principal underwriter of the Funds’ shares. Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreement, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Funds. No compensation is paid by the Funds to DFAS under the Distribution Agreements.

 

33


Table of Contents

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Funds. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Funds and audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. PwC’s address is Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042.

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with the Fund on behalf of each Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for the management of each Portfolio’s assets.

The Advisor has entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFA Australia”), respectively, with respect to the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA World Ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio, DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio, DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio, DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio and DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio. Pursuant to the terms of each Sub-Advisory Agreement, DFAL and DFA Australia each have the authority and responsibility to select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions for each Portfolio. Each Sub-Advisor’s duties include the maintenance of a trading desk and the determination of the best and most efficient means of executing securities transactions. On at least a semi-annual basis, the Advisor reviews the holdings of each Portfolio and reviews the trading process and the execution of securities transactions. The Advisor is responsible for determining those securities that are eligible for purchase and sale by a Portfolio and may delegate this task, subject to its own review, to DFAL and DFA Australia. DFAL and DFA Australia maintain and furnish to the Advisor information and reports on securities of companies in certain markets, including recommendations of securities to be added to the securities that are eligible for purchase by each Portfolio, as well as making recommendations and elections on corporate actions. The Advisor controls DFAL and DFA Australia. DFA Australia has been a U.S. federally registered investment advisor since 1994 and is located at Level 43 Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. DFAL has been a U.S. federally registered investment advisor since 1991 and is located at 20 Triton Street, Regent’s Place, London NW13BF, United Kingdom. DFAL is a member of the Financial Conduct Authority, a self-regulatory organization for investment managers operating under the laws of England.

The Advisor or its affiliates may provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection or other consulting services) to broker-dealers or investment advisers that may be involved in the distribution of the Portfolios or other mutual funds advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”) or who may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide historical market analysis, risk/return analysis, and continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers) as well as educational speakers and facilities for investment adviser conferences. The Advisor or its affiliates may pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring such conferences or pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending an investment adviser sponsored conference. Sponsorship of investment adviser and/or broker-dealer events by the Advisor may include direct payments to vendors or reimbursement of expenses incurred by investment advisers and/or broker-dealers in connection with hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for broker-dealers and/or investment advisors or their customers. Dimensional personnel may or may not be present at such events. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more such investment advisers. Any such services or arrangements may give such broker-dealers and investment advisers an incentive to recommend DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive such non-advisory services from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds sold or recommended by such broker-dealers or investment advisers.

 

34


Table of Contents

ADVISORY FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. Mr. Booth also serves as Director and officer of the Funds. For the services it provides as investment advisor to each Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio. Each class of each Portfolio pays its proportionate share of the fees paid by the Portfolio to the Advisor based on the average net assets of the classes.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2017, October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015, the Portfolios paid investment advisory fees (to the Advisor and any sub-advisor) as set forth in the following table (the dollar amount is shown prior to any fee waivers or recoupments by the Advisor):

 

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2017

(000)

   

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED 2016

(000)

    

FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
2015

(000)

 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

     $10,799       $10,903        $11,976  

DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

     $120       $129        $146  

DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

     $168       $183        $213  

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

     $7,458       $7,401        $8,682  

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio(a)

     $1,603       $1,437        $1,637  

DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio(b)

     $3,671       $3,588        $3,733  

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

     $32,880       $29,659        $26,347  

DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio(a)

     $1,5221       $1,22714        $838 27  

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

     $4,193       $3,526        $4,311  

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio(a)

     $10,3262       $8,44315        $8,39428  

DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio(a)

     $3,1143       $2,43516        $4,94129  

DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio(a)(c)

     $8374       $53417        $16030  

DFA Investment Grade Portfolio(d)

     $14,3085       $10,19918        $6,56531  

DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio (e)

     $4146       $1719        N/A  

DFA LTIP Portfolio(a)

     $957       $3520        $132  

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio(a)

     $3,954       $3,275        $2,896  

DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio(f)

     $2,0418       $1,58421        $1,45933  

DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio(a)(g)

     $1,265       $68622        $19634  

DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio(a)(h)

     $5819       $32723        $7735  

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio(b)

     $4,620       $4,301        $4,392  

DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio(a)

     $3,00710       $2,24224        $1,375 36  

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio(a)

     $1,926       $1,674        $1,535  

DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio(a)

     $61011       $44925        $333 37  

DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio(a)(i)

     $39 12      N/A        N/A  

DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio(a)(j)

     $15113       $8526        $19 38  

 

 

35


Table of Contents
1 $1,453 after waiver
2 $10,081 after waiver
3 $3,076 after waiver
4 $722 after waiver
5 $14,058 after waiver
6 $0 after waiver
7 $100 after recoupment of fees previously waived
8 $2,137 after recoupment of fees previously waived
9 $559 after waiver
10 $3,059 after recoupment of fees previously waived
11 $623 after recoupment of fees previously waived
12 $19 after waiver
13  $149 after waiver
14 $1,077 after waiver
15  $8,402 after waiver
16 $2,393 after waiver
17  $423 after waiver
18  $9,996 after waiver
19  $0 after waiver
20  $14 after waiver
21  $1,688 after recoupment of fees previously waived
22  $759 after recoupment of fees previously waived
23  $290 after waiver
24  $2,305 after recoupment of fees previously waived
25  $457 after recoupment of fees previously waived
26  $47 after waiver
27 $756 after waiver
28 $8,249 after waiver
29 $4,934 after waiver
30 $92 after waiver
31 $1,417 after waiver
32 $0 after waiver
33 $1,497 after recoupment of fees previously waived
34 $123 after waiver
35 $23 after waiver
36 $1,362 after waiver
37 $327 after waiver
38 $0 after waiver

 

(a)

Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for each of these Portfolios, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of each Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of each Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rates listed below as a percentage of a class of the respective Portfolio’s average net assets (“Expense Limitation Amount”).

 

Portfolio    Expense Limitation Amount

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

   0.25%

DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio

   0.20%

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

   0.22%

DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

   0.22%

DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio

   0.20%

DFA LTIP Portfolio

   0.15%

 

36


Table of Contents
Portfolio    Expense Limitation Amount

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

   0.20%

DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio

   0.27%

DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.23%

DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.23%

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.30%

DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.23%

DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.32%

DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.25%

At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the applicable Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement described above will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(b)

Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for each of these Portfolios, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee to the extent necessary to reduce the ordinary operating expenses (excluding expenses incurred through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) of a class of each Portfolio so that such Portfolio Expenses, on an annualized basis, do not exceed the rate reflected below for a class of each such Portfolio (the “Expense Limitation Amount”).

 

Portfolio    Expense Limitation Amount

DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio

   0.20%

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

   0.30%

At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of a class of a Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount for a class of a Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the applicable Expense Limitation Amount. A Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement described above will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(c)

The DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio commenced operations on May 20, 2015.

 

(d)

Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor has agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the expenses of a class of the DFA Investment Grade Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund and its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to no more than 0.22% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses are less than the Expense Limitation Amount of a class of shares of the Portfolio, the

 

37


Table of Contents
 

Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(e)

The DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio commenced operations on August 10, 2016. Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”) for the Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor, excluding money market funds, but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.15% of the average net assets of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor. At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio are less than the Expense Limitation Amount, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio will not reimburse the Advisor for fees waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived.

 

(f)

Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive up to the full amount of the Portfolio’s management fee of 0.20% to the extent necessary to offset the proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor, except for the fees paid through its investment of securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund. In addition, under the Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement, the Advisor has also agreed to waive all or a portion of the management fee and to assume the ordinary operating expenses of a class of the Portfolio (including the expenses that the Portfolio bears as a shareholder of other funds managed by the Advisor but excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through investment of its securities lending cash collateral in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund and the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in unaffiliated investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to 0.24% of the average net assets of a class of the Portfolio on an annualized basis (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio’s annualized Portfolio Expenses are less than the Portfolio’s Expense Limitation Amount, described above, the Advisor retains the right to seek reimbursement for any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such reimbursement will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses of a class of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement. Prior year expenses can be recaptured only if the current expense ratio is less than the prior year expense cap that was in place when such prior year expenses were waived. The Advisor shall also not be reimbursed for any management fees previously waived to offset the Portfolio’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by the Portfolio through its investment in other funds managed by the Advisor. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Portfolio will remain in effect through February 28, 2019, and may only be terminated by the Fund’s Board of Directors prior to that date. The Amended and Restated Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Fund or the Advisor.

 

(g)

The DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio commenced operations on November 4, 2014.

 

(h)

The DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio commenced operations on March 10, 2015.

 

38


Table of Contents
(i) The DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio commenced operations on July 25, 2017.

 

(j) The DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio commenced operations on June  16, 2015.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below are the portfolio managers that coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

 

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    David A. Plecha, Joseph F. Kolerich and Pamela B. Noble
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio, DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA Investment Grade Portfolio, DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio    David A. Plecha and Joseph F. Kolerich
DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio, DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio, DFA LTIP Portfolio and DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio    David A. Plecha, Joseph F. Kolerich and Alan R. Hutchison
Municipal Bond Portfolios    David A. Plecha, Joseph F. Kolerich and Travis A. Meldau

Investments in Each Portfolio

Information relating to each portfolio manager’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in the Portfolios contained in this SAI that he or she manages as of October 31, 2017 is set forth in the chart below.

 

Portfolio Portfolio Manager(s) Dollar Range of
Portfolio Shares Owned

DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Pamela B. Noble

$10,001 - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Pamela B. Noble

None

None

None

DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Alan R. Hutchison

None

None

None

DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Pamela B. Noble

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

 

39


Table of Contents
Portfolio Portfolio Manager(s) Dollar Range of Portfolio
Shares Owned

DFA World ex U.S. Government Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Alan R. Hutchison

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Alan R. Hutchison

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Global Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

None

None

DFA Investment Grade Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

DFA LTIP Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Alan R. Hutchison

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

DFA Inflation-Protected Securities Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Alan R. Hutchison

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Short-Duration Real Return Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

DFA Municipal Real Return Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

DFA California Municipal Real Return Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

None

None

None

DFA Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

None

None

DFA Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

$10,001  - $50,000  

None

DFA Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

DFA California Short-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

DFA California Intermediate-Term Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

DFA MN Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

None

None

None

DFA NY Municipal Bond Portfolio

David A. Plecha

Joseph F. Kolerich

Travis A. Meldau

$10,001  - $50,000  

$1-$10,000

None

 

40


Table of Contents

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

 

    Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

 

    Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time, by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios, the portfolio managers manage (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered mutual funds and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which the portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager   

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category

As of October 31, 2017

 

David A. Plecha

  

•  64 U.S. registered mutual funds with $107,441 million in total assets under management.

•  10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $5,669 million in total assets under management.

•  12 other accounts with $3,406 million in total assets under management.

 

Joseph F. Kolerich

  

•  64 U.S. registered mutual funds with $107,441 million in total assets under management.

•  10 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $5,669 million in total assets under management.

•  12 other accounts with $3,406 million in total assets under management.

 

Travis A. Meldau

  

•  7 U.S. registered mutual funds with $?,??? million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  0 other accounts.

 

Alan R. Hutchison

  

•  7 U.S. registered mutual funds with $13,291 million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  2 other accounts with $427 million in total assets under management.

 

 

41


Table of Contents
Name of Portfolio Manager    Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category
As of October 31, 2017

 

Pamela B. Noble

  

•  U.S. registered mutual funds with $??,??? million in total assets under management.

•  0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

•  0 other accounts.

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one Portfolio and other accounts. Other accounts include registered mutual funds (other than the Portfolios in this SAI), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 

 

Time Management. The management of multiple Portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio and/or Accounts. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

 

 

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one Portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any Portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Portfolio or Account, a Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple Portfolios and Accounts.

 

 

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Portfolio or the Account.

 

 

Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 

 

Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

GENERAL INFORMATION

DFAIDG was incorporated under Maryland law on June 15, 1981. Until June 1983, DFAIDG was named DFA Small Company Fund Inc. Until September 1995, DFA Intermediate Government Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Intermediate Government Bond Portfolio; DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Global Bond

 

42


Table of Contents

Portfolio; and DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio was named DFA Fixed Income Shares. Effective as of October 23, 2009, the DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio were no longer feeder portfolios and now hold the portfolio securities previously held by The DFA One-Year Fixed Income Series and The DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Series, respectively, the Master Funds in which the Portfolios invested. The Fund generally offers shares of the Portfolios only to institutional investors and clients of registered investment advisers. Until February 28, 2011, DFA Short-Term Government Portfolio was named DFA Five-Year Government Portfolio. Until February 28, 2015, DFA LTIP Portfolio was named Dimensional Retirement Fixed Income Fund III.

DIG was incorporated under Maryland law on March 19, 1990. DIG was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Inc. from February 1992, until it amended its Articles of Incorporation in April 1993, to change to its present name. Prior to a February 1992 amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, it was known as DFA U.S. Large Cap Portfolio Inc. DIG began offering shares of the DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio in May 1996. Until July 31, 2017, DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio were named LWAS/DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio and LWAS/DFA Two-Year Government Portfolio, respectively.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Funds, the Advisor, DFA Australia , DFAL and DFAS have adopted a revised Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolios’ Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of a Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive on a per class basis the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular Portfolio. Ordinarily, the Funds do not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. Each Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Funds, the latter being audited.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling a Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of January 31, 2018, the following persons beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the Portfolios, as set forth below:

 

DFA ONE-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*

   37.49%

101 Montgomery Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

 

43


Table of Contents

National Financial Services LLC*

   14.61%

200 Liberty Street

  

One World Financial Center

  

New York, NY 10281

  

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*

   11.00%

P.O. Box 2226

  

Omaha, NE 68103

  

LPL Financial*

   5.33%

4707 Executive Dr.

  

San Diego, CA 92121

  
DFA TWO-YEAR FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   51.71%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   23.31%

Pershing LLC*

   20.16%

One Pershing Plaza

  

P.O. Box 2052

  

Jersey City, NJ 07303

  
DFA TWO-YEAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   68.65%

Pershing LLC*1

   18.47%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   9.43%
DFA TWO-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   36.17%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   21.03%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   15.15%

The RBB Fund Inc. Free Market Fixed Income Fund

   7.53%

5955 Deerfield Blvd

  

Mason, OH 45040

  
DFA SELECTIVELY HEDGED GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

DFA Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio

   51.54%

C/O Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building 1

  

Austin, TX 78746

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   20.07%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   12.81%

 

44


Table of Contents
DFA FIVE-YEAR GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   35.32%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   26.65%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   15.36%
DFA WORLD EX U.S. GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   37.90%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   13..13%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   11.18%

DFA Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio1

   9.76%
DFA SHORT-TERM GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   36.25%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   21.06%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   16.34%

TD Ameritrade Trust Company*

   5.67%

P.O. Box 17748

  

Denver, CO 80217

  
DFA INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   43.38%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.*1

   26.04%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   8.12%

DFA Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio

   6.67%

C/O Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building 1

  

Austin, TX 78746

  
DFA SHORT-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   30.32%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   27.10%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   12.464%

DFA Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio1

   6.94%

 

45


Table of Contents
DFA INTERMEDIATE-TERM EXTENDED QUALITY PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   27.72%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   15.73%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   15.48%

DFA Global Allocation 60/40 Portfolio1

   10.51%

LVIP Dimensional US Equity Fund

   7.18%

1300 South Clinton Street

  

Fort Wayne, IN 46802

  

LPL Financial *1

   5.55%
DFA TARGETED CREDIT PORTFOLIO   

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   44.51%

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc. *1

   33.61%

National Financial Services LLC* 1

   5.78%
DFA GLOBAL CORE PLUS FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc. *1

   81.87%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   18.13%
DFA INVESTMENT GRADE PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   33.05%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   24.16%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   19.63%

LPL Financial *1

   9.87%
DFA DIVERSIFIED FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO       

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   58.55%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   26.70%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   14.25%
DFA LTIP PORTFOLIO   

Dimensional 2025 Target Date Retirement Income Fund

   25.50%

C/O Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

  

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building 1

  

Austin, TX 78746

  

Dimensional 2030 Target Date Retirement Income Fund

   22.08%

C/O Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

  

 

46


Table of Contents

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building 1

  

Austin, TX 78746

  

Dimensional 2020 Target Date Retirement Income Fund

   16.54%

C/O Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

  

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building 1

  

Austin, TX 78746

  

TIAA-CREF Trust Company Custodian FBO

  

Retirement Plans for which TIAA Acts as Record Keeper*

   12.51%

211 North Broadway Street, Suite 1000

  

St. Louis, MO 63102

  

Dimensional 2035 Target Date Retirement Income Fund

   6.20%

C/O Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

  

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building 1

  

Austin, TX 78746

  

National Financial Services LLC*15.38%

  
DFA INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   12.51%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   14.14%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   10.46%

SEI Private Trust Co.

   7.55%

1 Freedom Valley Drive

  

Oaks, PA 19456-9989

  
DFA SHORT-DURATION REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   49.93%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   26.45%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   6.62%
DFA MUNICIPAL REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   4383%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   38.59%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   10.64%
DFA CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   75.72%

Pershing LLC*1

   14.52%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   7.15%

 

47


Table of Contents

DFA MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

  

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   53.22%

National Financial Services LLC

   17.62%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   17.56%

Pershing LLC*1

   6.48%
DFA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   33.18%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   30.40%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   20.46%

Pershing LLC*1

   5.67%
DFA INTERMEDIATE-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   35.22%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   26.42%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   17.45%

LPL Financial*1

   5.46%
DFA CALIFORNIA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   58.47%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   19.96%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   15.08%
DFA CALIFORNIA INTERMEDIATE-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   57.01%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.* 1

   17.79%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   15.07%

Pershing LLC*1

   5.64%

 

48


Table of Contents
DFA MN MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   97.31%
DFA NY MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO   

Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.* 1

   53.21%

National Financial Services LLC*1

   26.33%

TD Ameritrade, Inc.*1

   12.50%

 

 

*  Owner of record only (omnibus).

 

1  See address for shareholder previously noted above in list.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Funds will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is scheduled to be open for business. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Funds generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE generally is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Funds are closed.

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of any or all Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of that Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Funds or their transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

Each Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may, subject to a Fund’s sole discretion, transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Portfolio’s transfer agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred, and include the signature of all registered owners. The signature on the letter of request must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Each Fund has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Portfolios to redeem in-kind redemption requests of a certain amount. Specifically, if the amount being redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or

 

49


Table of Contents

1% of a Portfolio’s net assets, the Portfolio has the right to redeem the shares by providing the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets in securities instead of cash. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio (sometimes referred to as “the Portfolio”). Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

For investors in the Municipal Bond Portfolios, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with the discussion below under the subheading, “Additional Tax Information With Respect To Municipal Bond Portfolios.”

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

Distribution Requirement — the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

 

   

Income Requirement — the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

 

   

Asset Diversification Test — the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

 

50


Table of Contents

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the applicable corporate tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.    Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance. See “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Portfolio may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See “Non-U.S. InvestorsCapital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. However, for any net capital losses realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, the Portfolio is only permitted to carry forward such capital losses for eight years as a short-term capital loss. Capital losses arising in a taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 must be used before capital losses realized in a taxable year beginning on or before December 22, 2010. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate (or, in the case of those realized in taxable years of the Portfolio beginning on or before December 22, 2010, expiring unutilized), thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio.

 

51


Table of Contents

Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio Distributions – Distributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 

   

any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

 

   

the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Portfolio has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the applicable corporate tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various

 

52


Table of Contents

countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received.    See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Portfolio’s earnings and profits.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Amounts reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Portfolio (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. If the qualifying dividend income received by the Portfolio is equal to or greater than 95% of the Portfolio’s gross income (exclusive of net capital gain) in any taxable year, all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Portfolio will be qualifying dividend income. Because the income of the Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of the Portfolio’s dividends will be qualified dividend income. Income dividends from interest earned by the Portfolio on debt securities will continue to be taxed at the higher ordinary income tax rate.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the 7050% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be reported by the Portfolio to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Portfolio and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Portfolio may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction

 

53


Table of Contents

for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Even if reported as dividends eligible for the dividends-received deduction, all dividends (including any deducted portion) must be included in your alternative minimum taxable income calculation. (Under 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, corporations are no longer subject to the AMT for taxable years of the corporation beginning after Dec. 31, 2017.) Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment. Because the income of the Portfolio is derived primarily from interest on debt securities, none or only a small amount of their distributions are expected to qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Portfolio may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). For example, the amount of any foreign tax credits available to you (as a result of the pass-through to you of your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio) will be reduced if you receive from the Portfolio qualifying dividends from qualifying foreign corporations that are subject to tax at reduced rates. The Portfolio will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio reserves the right not to pass through to its shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. Additionally, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsSecurities lending” below.

U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Portfolio invests in certain U.S. Government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio to shareholders that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.    

Information on the amount and tax character of distributions. The Portfolio will inform you of the amount and character of your distributions at the time they are paid, and will advise you of the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may report to shareholders and distribute to you, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further report and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable to you as if they were paid in December.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). Net investment income does not include exempt-interest dividends. This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

 

54


Table of Contents

Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) of Portfolio shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Tax basis information. The Portfolio is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Portfolio (referred to as “covered shares”) and which are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Portfolio through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. When required to report cost basis, the Portfolio will calculate it using the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Portfolio in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long-term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Portfolio does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Portfolio in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by DFA, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

 

    FIFO (First In, First Out) – Shares acquired first are sold first.
    LIFO (Last In, First Out) – Shares acquired last are sold first.
    HIFO (Highest Cost, First Out) – Shares with the highest cost basis are sold first.
    LOFO (Lowest Cost, First Out) – Shares with the lowest cost basis are sold first.
    LGUT (Loss/Gain Utilization) – A method that evaluates losses and gains and then strategically selects lots based on that gain/loss in conjunction with a holding period.
    Specific Lot Identification – Identification by the shareholder of the shares the shareholder wants to sell or exchange at the time of each sale or exchange on the trade request. The original purchase dates and prices of the shares identified will determine the cost basis and holding period.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Portfolio in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any “noncovered shares” (defined below) you may own. You may change from average cost to another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Portfolio in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

The Portfolio may also provide Portfolio shareholders (but not the IRS) with information concerning the average cost basis of their shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012 or shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 for which cost basis information is not known by the Portfolio (“noncovered shares”) in order to assist you with the calculation of gain or loss from a sale or redemption of noncovered shares. With the exception of the specific lot identification method, DFA first

 

55


Table of Contents

depletes noncovered shares with unknown cost basis in first in, first out order and then noncovered shares with known basis in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first. Shareholders that use the average cost method for noncovered shares must make the election to use the average cost method for these shares on their federal income tax returns in accordance with Treasury regulations. This election for noncovered shares cannot be made by notifying the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will compute and report the cost basis of your Portfolio shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and, in the case of covered shares, to the IRS. However the Portfolio is not required to, and in many cases the Portfolio does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolio, whether this information is provided pursuant to compliance with cost basis reporting requirements for shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, or is provided by the Portfolio as a service to shareholders for shares acquired prior to that date, and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Portfolio shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a portfolio on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character, of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the portfolio held the debt obligation unless the portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the portfolio generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the portfolio to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent

 

56


Table of Contents

a portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the portfolio. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a portfolio is exercised and the portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the portfolio minus (b) the portfolio’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a portfolio pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the portfolio generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a portfolio expires unexercised, the portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a portfolio as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a portfolio’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Certain of a portfolio’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a portfolio’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the portfolio could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a portfolio’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the portfolio’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive

 

57


Table of Contents

income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid to you.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a portfolio, the portfolio generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. Additionally, in the case of a portfolio with a strategy of investing in tax-exempt securities, any payments made “in lieu of” tax-exempt interest will be considered taxable income to the portfolio, and thus, to the investors, even though such interest may be tax-exempt when paid to the borrower.

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character.    A portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Pre-refunded municipal securities. A portfolio may invest in pre-refunded municipal securities. For purposes of the Asset Diversification Test, a portfolio’s investment in pre-refunded municipal securities backed by U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities will be considered an investment in the respective U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities that were deposited in the escrow account for the securities.    The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act repeals the exclusion from gross income for interest on pre-refunded municipal securities effective for such bonds issued after Dec. 31, 2017.

Backup Withholding

By law, the Portfolio may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

certify that this number is correct,

certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

58


Table of Contents

The Portfolio also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate (or at a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S.) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for exempt-interest dividends, capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) a short-term capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below), are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. Dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the reporting of interest-related dividends is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year-end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to report to shareholders, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not report, small amounts of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s reporting of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Exempt-interest dividends. Exempt-interest dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from interest earned on municipal securities are not subject to U.S. withholding tax.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income

 

59


Table of Contents

resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Portfolio is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Portfolio may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.    

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, the Portfolio will be required to withhold a 30% tax on the following payments or distributions made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”): (a) income dividends and (b) after December 31, 2018, certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions, and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares. The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, reporting information relating to them. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Portfolio can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Portfolio or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

 

60


Table of Contents

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Portfolio will need to provide the Portfolio with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Portfolio. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

Additional Tax Information With Respect To Municipal Bond Portfolios

Exempt-interest dividends. By meeting certain requirements of the Code, each of the Municipal Bond Portfolios qualifies to pay exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders. These dividends are derived from interest income exempt from regular federal income tax and are not subject to regular federal income tax when they are paid to shareholders. However, shareholders required to file a federal income tax return will be required to report the receipt of exempt-interest dividends on their returns. Exempt-interest dividends that are excluded from federal taxable income may still be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. See the discussion below under the heading, “Alternative minimum tax.”

Exemption from state tax. To the extent that exempt-interest dividends are derived from interest on obligations of a state or its political subdivisions, or from interest on qualifying U.S. territorial obligations (including qualifying obligations of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Guam), they also may be exempt from that state’s personal income taxes. Shareholders in a qualified fund of funds that receive exempt-interest dividends should consult their own tax advisors as to whether such dividends are exempt from personal income tax in their state of residence. In addition, most states do not grant tax-free treatment to interest on state and municipal securities of other states.

Taxable income dividends. The Municipal Bond Portfolios may earn taxable income from many sources, including temporary investments, discount from stripped obligations or their coupons, income from securities loans or other taxable transactions, and ordinary income from the sale of market discount bonds. If you are a taxable investor, any distributions by the Portfolio from this income will be taxable to you as ordinary income, whether you receive them in cash or in additional shares.

Redemption at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on the redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends paid to you with respect to your Portfolio shares, and any remaining loss will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares. However, this rule will not apply to any loss incurred on a redemption or exchange of shares of a portfolio that declares exempt-interest dividends daily and distributes them at least monthly for which your holding period begins after December 22, 2010.

Information On The Amount and Tax Character of Distributions. The Municipal Bond Portfolios will inform you of the amount of your exempt-interest dividends, taxable ordinary income and capital gain dividends at the time they are paid, and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes shortly after the end of each calendar year, including the portion, if any, of the distributions that on average are comprised of taxable income or interest income that is a tax preference item when determining your alternative minimum tax. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, a Portfolio may report and distribute to you, as taxable, as tax-exempt or as tax preference income, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by a Portfolio in December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxed to you as if made in December.

 

61


Table of Contents

Alternative minimum tax. Interest on certain private activity bonds, while exempt from regular federal income tax, is a preference item for you when determining your alternative minimum tax under the Code and under the income tax provisions of several states. Private activity bond interest could subject you to or increase your liability under federal and state alternative minimum taxes. However, tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not an item of tax preference for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. If you are a person defined in the Code as a “substantial user” (or persons related to such users) of a facility financed by private activity bonds, you should consult with your tax advisor before buying shares of either Municipal Bond Portfolio. The Municipal Bond Portfolios do not currently intend to invest their assets in securities whose interest is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Effect on taxation of social security benefits; denial of interest deduction; “substantial users.” Exempt-interest dividends must be taken into account in computing the portion, if any, of social security or railroad retirement benefits that must be included in an individual shareholder’s gross income subject to federal income tax. Interest on debt you incur to buy or hold shares of the Municipal Bond Portfolios may not be deductible for federal income tax purposes. Indebtedness may be allocated to shares of a Portfolio even though not directly traceable to the purchase of such shares. Moreover, a shareholder who is (or is related to) a “substantial user” of a facility financed by industrial development bonds held by the Portfolio will likely be subject to tax on dividends paid by the Portfolio that are derived from interest on such bonds. Receipt of exempt-interest dividends may result in other collateral federal income tax consequences to certain taxpayers, including financial institutions, property and casualty insurance companies and foreign corporations engaged in a trade or business in the United States.

Loss of status of securities as tax-exempt. Failure of the issuer of a tax-exempt security to comply with certain legal or contractual requirements relating to the security could cause interest on the security, as well as Portfolio distributions derived from this interest, to become taxable, perhaps retroactively to the date the security was issued. In such a case, the Portfolio may be required to report to the IRS and send to shareholders amended Forms 1099 for a prior taxable year in order to report additional taxable income. This, in turn, could require shareholders to file amended federal and state income tax returns for such prior year to report and pay tax and interest on their pro rata share of the additional amount of taxable income.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Boards of Directors of the Funds have delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor. The Voting Guidelines are largely based on those developed by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy service provider, except with respect to certain matters for which the Advisor has modified the standard voting guidelines. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with the Voting Policies, and (iv) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Corporate Governance Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate other personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, including all authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Portfolios and which seeks to maximize the value of the Portfolios’ investments. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies and the Voting Guidelines. Since most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines proxies voted should not result from conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Corporate Governance Committee (“Committee”) member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy

 

62


Table of Contents

on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund.

The Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes counter to the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of the Portfolio would be served by such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Corporate Governance Committee. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Voting Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the Portfolio.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a Portfolio and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of the Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

With respect to non-U.S. securities, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs, and other requirements or restrictions. The Advisor does not intend to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if the Advisor determines that the expected economic costs from voting outweigh the anticipated economic benefit to a Portfolio associated with voting. The Advisor intends to make its determination on whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis, and generally seeks to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in a country. The Advisor periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a portfolio by portfolio and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisor’s decision of whether or not to vote. In the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting the proxies exceed the costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.

The Advisor and the Funds have retained ISS to provide certain services with respect to proxy voting. ISS provides information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translates proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Voting Guidelines; effects votes on behalf of the Portfolios; and provides reports concerning the proxies voted (the “Proxy Voting Services”). In addition, the Advisor may retain the services of supplemental third-party proxy service providers to provide, among other things, research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations for certain shareholder meetings, as identified in the Voting Guidelines. Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions. In this regard, the Advisor uses commercially reasonable efforts to oversee the directed delegation to third-party proxy voting service providers, upon which the Advisor relies to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. Prior to the selection of a new third-party proxy service provider and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Corporate Governance Committee will consider whether the proxy service provider (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how each of the Portfolios voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) on the Advisor’s website at http://us.dimensional.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

63


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Boards of Directors of DFAIDG and DIG have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of the Portfolios (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules and regulations.

Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information . Each Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, http://us.dimensional.com, 30 days following the month-end.

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients. The Advisor’s Head of Global Institutional Services and Global Chief Compliance Officer or a delegate of the same, respectively (collectively, the “Designated Persons”) , together may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about a Portfolio’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination.

As of January 31, 2018, the Advisor and the Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

 

Recipient    Business Purpose    Frequency

 

American Medical Association

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

 

BAM Advisor Services

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

 

Cambridge Associates Limited

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

   Fund Custodian    Daily

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

   Middle office operational support service provider to the Advisor    Daily

 

Marquette Associates, Inc.

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly

 

Pavilion Advisory Group

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Quarterly

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

   Independent registered public accounting firm    Upon Request

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company

 

   Fund Administrator, Accounting Agent, Transfer Agent and Custodian    Daily

 

State Street Global Advisors

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Montly

 

Wilshire Associates, Inc.

 

   Monitoring investor exposure and investment strategy    Monthly

 

 

64


Table of Contents

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Funds, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and the Portfolios, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders, in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Funds; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at http://us.dimensional.com, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits a Portfolio, the Advisor or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

Disclosure of Non-Material Information. To the extent permitted under the Policy, Designated Persons, officers of the Funds, portfolio managers, other representatives of the Advisor, and anyone employed by or associated with the Advisor who has been authorized by the Advisor’s Legal Department or the Designated Persons (collectively, “Approved Representatives”) may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information, in connection with or relating to the Portfolios or their Holdings Information and/or other investment positions (collectively, commentary and analysis) or any changes in the Holdings Information of the Portfolios that occurred after the most recent publicly disclosed Holdings Information (recent portfolio changes) to any person if such information does not constitute material non-public information.

With respect to each instance of such disclosure, an Approved Representative will make a good faith determination whether the information constitutes material non-public information, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Advisor believes that in most cases recent portfolio changes that involve a few or even several securities in a diversified portfolio and/or commentary and analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a

 

65


Table of Contents

recipient in making an investment decision concerning a Portfolio. Nonexclusive examples of commentary and analysis include: (i) the allocation of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries; (ii) the characteristics of the equity and fixed income components of a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions; (iii) the attribution of Portfolio returns by asset class, sector, industry and country; and (iv) the volatility characteristics of a Portfolio. An Approved Representative may in his or her sole discretion determine whether to deny any request for information made by any person, and may do so for any reason or no reason.

Such information, if made available to anyone, will be made available to any person upon request, but, because such information is generally not material to investors, it may or may not be posted on a Portfolio’s website.

SECURITIES LENDING

The Boards of the following Portfolios (collectively, the “Securities Lending Portfolios”) have approved their participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian. Under a separate securities lending program, Citibank, N.A. serves as the securities lending agent for those Securities Lending Portfolios for which it acts as custodian.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, the income earned by the following Portfolios, as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by the Portfolios (in dollars) pursuant to a securities lending agency/authorization agreement between the Portfolios and State Street Bank and Trust Company or Citibank, N.A. (each, a “Securities Lending Agent”), were as follows:

 

         

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services:

    

Portfolio

 

   Gross
income
from
securities
lending
activities
   Fees paid to
Securities
Lending
Agent from
a revenue
split
   Fees paid for
any cash
collateral
management
service
(including
fees deducted
from a pooled
cash collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) not
included in the
revenue split
   Administrative
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Indemnification
fees not
included in the
revenue split
   Rebate
(paid to
borrower)
   Other
fees not
included
in the
revenue
split
   Aggregate
fees/
compensation
for securities
lending
activities
   Net income
from
securities
lending
activities
DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    $1,133,438    $24,437    $48,968    —      —      $840,208    —      $913,612    $219,826
DFA Two-Year Fixed Income Portfolio    $5,303    $139    $380    —      —      $3,531    —      $4,050    $1,253
DFA Two-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    $642,146    $12,472    $33,456    —      —      $449,417    —      $495,344    $146,801
DFA Selectively Hedged Global Fixed Income Portfolio    $419,231    $4,672    $13,517    —      —      $343,622    —      $361,811    $57,419
DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Portfolio    $988,699    $33,860    $48,912    —      —      $507,624    —      $590,396    $398,303

 

66


Table of Contents
DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    $611,990    $21,519    $36,107          $303,173       $360,799    $251,191
DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio    $768,984    $26,305    $34,530          $398,810       $459,644    $309,340
DFA Targeted Credit Portfolio    $117,488    $6,096    $5,276          $35,979       $47,351    $70,137
DFA Investment Grade Portfolio    $6,442,422    $120,383    $247,637          $4,675,597       $5,043,616    $1,398,806
DFA Short Duration Real Return Portfolio    $480,201    $20,929    $25,787          $190,074       $236,790    $243,412

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, each Securities Lending Agent provided the following services for their respective Securities Lending Portfolios in connection with securities lending activities: (i) entering into loans with approved entities subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (ii) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of cash collateral; (iii) monitoring daily the value of the loaned securities and collateral, including receiving and delivering additional collateral as necessary from/to borrowers; (iv) negotiating loan terms; (v) selecting securities to be loaned subject to guidelines or restrictions provided by the Portfolios; (vi) recordkeeping and account servicing; (vii) monitoring dividend/distribution activity relating to loaned securities; and (viii) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Portfolios at loan termination.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC audits the Funds’ annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of the Portfolios for their fiscal year ended October 31, 2017, as set forth in the Funds’ annual reports to shareholders, including the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

A shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual reports, upon request and without charge, by contacting the Funds at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI.

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and mutual fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future.

 

67


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

U.S. PROXY VOTING CONCISE GUIDELINES

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

Board of Directors:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally vote FOR director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

1.

Accountability

Vote AGAINST1 or WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1.

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a WITHHOLD/AGAINST vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

 

                                                             

1 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

2 A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If it cannot be determined whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2.

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers and/or industry groups. Take into consideration the company’s total shareholder return and financial/operational performance over short- to long-term time horizons. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

  ·  

A classified board structure;

 

  ·  

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

  ·  

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

  ·  

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

 

  ·  

A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills3:

 

  1.3.

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5.

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all nominees if:

 

  1.6.

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

                                                             

3 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has (i) adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses, or (ii) failed to eliminate a poison pill following a proxy contest in which a majority of directors were replaced.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
  ·  

The issuer’s rationale;

 

  ·  

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

  ·  

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7.

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote AGAINST on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8.

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9.

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10.

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11.

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and (potentially the full board) if:

 

  1.12.

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13.

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14.

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15.

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

 

  1.16.

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17.

The company’s previous say-on-pay proposal received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The company’s response, including:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

  ¡  

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ·  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments

 

  1.18.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors, as applicable:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

  ·  

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

  ·  

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

  ·  

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure;

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

  ·  

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

A-4


Table of Contents
  ·  

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees. Generally vote AGAINST (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the directors:

 

  ·  

Classified the board;

  ·  

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

  ·  

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19.

For newly public companies, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights,4 considering the following factors:

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

  ·  

The disclosed rationale for adopting the provision;

  ·  

The ability to change the governance structure in the future (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

  ·  

The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure; and,

  ·  

A public commitment to put the provision to a shareholder vote within three years of the date of the initial public offering.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or submitted to a vote of public shareholders, vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20.

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight5, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21.

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22.

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

                                                             

4 Under the Advisors’ guidelines, implementation of a multi-class voting structure prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering will not, per se, warrant a vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD under this provision.

5 Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

A-5


Table of Contents
2.

Responsiveness

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors (as appropriate) if:

 

  2.1.

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

  ·  

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

  ·  

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

  ·  

The subject matter of the proposal;

 

  ·  

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

  ·  

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

  ·  

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

  ·  

Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3.

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

  ·  

The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

  ·  

The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

  ·  

ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

  ·  

The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

A-6


Table of Contents
3.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1.

Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE6) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

  ·  

Medical issues/illness;

 

  ·  

Family emergencies; and

 

  ·  

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote CASE-BY-CASE, considering relevant factors on individual directors (e.g., attendance or other board seats).

 

4.

Independence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors when:

 

  4.1.

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2.

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3.

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4.

Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote with management on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

 

                                                             

6 For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Proxy Access7

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests—Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections8

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

  ·  

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

  ·  

Management’s track record;

 

  ·  

Background to the contested election;

 

  ·  

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

  ·  

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

  ·  

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

  ·  

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access vote CASE-BY-CASE considering the same factors listed above – or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Shareholder Rights & Defenses9

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)10

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all

                                                             

7 An Advisor generally does not consider the duration of required ownership in evaluating proxy access.

8 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

9 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

10 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director has adopted a fee-shifting bylaw provision without a shareholder vote.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

  ·  

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

  ·  

Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  ·  

The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

  ·  

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections

Generally vote AGAINST bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

  ·  

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

  ·  

A term of no more than three years;

 

  ·  

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

  ·  

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

  ·  

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

  ·  

The value of the NOLs;

 

  ·  

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

  ·  

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Generally vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote FOR management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

  ·  

Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

  ·  

The consent threshold;

 

  ·  

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

  ·  

Investor ownership structure; and

 

  ·  

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

  ·  

An unfettered11 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 25 percent threshold;

 

  ·  

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

  ·  

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

  ·  

An annually elected board.

 

                                                             

11 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING12

Common Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

  ¡  

The dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Apply the relevant allowable increase below in determining vote on requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

A.

Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

B.

Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

C.

Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

D.

Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

                                                             

12 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that is receiving a FOR vote, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

  ·  

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

  ¡  

The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

 

  ¡  

The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

  ¡  

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; or

 

  ¡  

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  ·  

Past Board Performance:

 

  ¡  

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

  ·  

The Current Request:

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

  ¡  

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

  ¡  

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

A-12


Table of Contents
  ¡  

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

  ·  

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION13

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1.

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will

                                                             

13 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
 

take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2.

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3.

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4.

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5.

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

  ·  

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  ·  

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  ·  

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  ·  

There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an AGAINST vote on an MSOP is warranted due to a pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

  ·  

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

  ·  

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

  ·  

The situation is egregious.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

In casting a vote on executive compensation proposals, an Advisor may consider the following:

 

  1.

Peer Group14 Alignment:

 

  ·  

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over different time horizons.

 

  ·  

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2.

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests, may be considered

 

  ·  

The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

  ·  

The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

  ·  

The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

  ·  

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

  ·  

Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

  ·  

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

  ·  

Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

 

  ·  

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

  ·  

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

                                                             

14 In addition to the peer group disclosed in a company’s proxy statement, an Advisor may consider other peer companies that are comparable in market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), industry and other factors.

 

A-15


Table of Contents
  ·  

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

  ·  

Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated CASE-BY-CASE considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

  ·  

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

  ·  

Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

  ·  

New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

  ¡  

Change in control (CIC) payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

  ¡  

CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

  ¡  

CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups).

 

  ·  

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

  ·  

Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

  ·  

A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

  ·  

Metrics and incentives that are misaligned with shareholders’ interests and publicly disclosed business objectives;

 

  ·  

Lucrative severance packages;

 

  ·  

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

  ·  

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

  ·  

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined CASE-BY-CASE to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

A-16


Table of Contents
  ·  

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

  ·  

Duration of options backdating;

 

  ·  

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

  ·  

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

  ·  

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors CASE-BY-CASE when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

  ·  

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

  ·  

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

  ¡  

The company’s response, including:

 

   

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

   

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

  ¡  

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

  ¡  

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

  ¡  

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

Vote FOR triennial advisory votes on compensation.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Features that may result in an AGAINST recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

  ·  

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

  ·  

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

  ·  

Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

  ·  

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

  ·  

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

  ·  

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

  ·  

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans15

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on certain equity-based compensation plans16 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated under these three pillars:

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

  ·  

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

  ·  

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

                                                             

15 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

16 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Plan Features:

 

  ·  

Automatic or discretionary single-triggered award vesting upon a CIC;

 

  ·  

Discretionary vesting authority;

 

  ·  

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

  ·  

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

  ·  

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

Grant Practices:

 

  ·  

The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

  ·  

Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

  ·  

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

  ·  

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

  ·  

Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

  ·  

Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

  ·  

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

  ·  

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies -- or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

  ·  

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

  ·  

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Social/Environmental Issues

Global Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving social/environmental issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a social/environmental issue may have material economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.17

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, an Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address

 

                                                             

17 See Governance Failures section under Section 1 above (Board of Directors – Accountability)

 

A-20


Table of Contents
 

related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant market proxy voting guidelines.

Political Issues

Overall Approach

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving political issues. When evaluating political shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Routine/Miscellaneous

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

A-21


Table of Contents
  ·  

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

  ·  

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

  ·  

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP, or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

  ·  

Fees for non-audit services (“other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING SUMMARY GUIDELINES18

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2018

The proxy voting process as described in this Policy and the Guidelines seeks to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of the Advisors’ clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote. In order to provide greater analysis on certain shareholder meetings, the Advisors have elected to receive research reports for meetings from Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a third party service provider, as well as certain other third party proxy service providers, such as Glass Lewis, in the following circumstances: (1) where an Advisor’s clients have a significant aggregate holding in the issuer and the meeting agenda contains proxies concerning: Anti-takeover Defenses or Voting Related Issues, Mergers and Acquisitions or Reorganizations or Restructurings, Capital Structure Issues, Compensation Issues or a proxy contest; or (2) where the Advisor in its discretion, has deemed that additional research is warranted.

1. General Policies

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

  ·  

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

  ·  

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

  ·  

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

 

                                                             

18 This is a summary of the majority of International Markets, however, certain countries and/or markets have separate policies which are generally consistent with the principles reflected in this summary but are modified to reflect issues such as those related to customs, disclosure obligations and legal structures of the relevant jurisdiction.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

  ·  

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

  ·  

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

  ·  

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

  ·  

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

  ·  

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Non-Contested Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

  ·  

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

  ·  

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;19

 

  ·  

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

  ·  

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

  ·  

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

Vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the ISS analysis is written and therefore no research is provided on the nominee.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.20

Classification of Directors - International Policy

 

Executive Director

 

  ·  

Employee or executive of the company;

 

  ·  

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

 

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

  ·  

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

                                                             

19 In Japan, an Advisor may vote FOR individual director(s) where proxy research has identified no overriding concerns beyond the company’s failure of a quantitative capital efficiency (ROE) test applied by the proxy research firm.

20 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

 

  ·  

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

 

  ·  

Government representative;

 

 

  ·  

Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

 

  ·  

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

 

  ·  

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

 

  ·  

Relative[1] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

 

  ·  

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

 

  ·  

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

 

  ·  

Former executive (5 year cooling off period);

 

 

  ·  

Years of service will NOT be a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market:

 

 

  ¡  

9 years (from the date of election) in the United Kingdom and Ireland;

 

 

  ¡  

12 years in European markets;

 

 

  ¡  

7 years in Russia.

 

Independent NED

 

  ·  

Not classified as non-independent (see above);

 

 

  ·  

No material[4] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

 

Employee Representative

 

  ·  

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

Footnotes:

[1] “Relative” follows the SEV’s proposed definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[3] If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.)

[4] For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Contested Director Elections21

For shareholder nominees, the persuasive burden is on the nominee or the proposing shareholder to prove that they are better suited to serve on the board than management’s nominees. Serious consideration of shareholder nominees will be given only if there are clear and compelling reasons for the nominee to join the board. These nominees must also demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations; some nominees may have hidden or narrow agendas and may unnecessarily contribute to divisiveness among directors.

The major decision factors are:

 

  ·  

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

  ·  

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

  ·  

Independence of directors/nominees;

 

  ·  

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

  ·  

Governance profile of the company;

 

  ·  

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

  ·  

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  ·  

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, an Advisor will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value)?

 

 

                                                             

21 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

  ·  

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  ·  

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  ·  

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.22

Discharge of Board and Management

Vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling concerns that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis by:

 

  ·  

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest

 

  ·  

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

  ·  

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR routine proposals to fix board size.

 

                                                             

22 The Advisor may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from an individual director if the director also serves as a director for another company that has adopted a poison pill for any purpose other than protecting such other company’s net operating losses.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE23

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Vote FOR issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines.

Specific Issuances

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

  ·  

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

  ·  

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

                                                             

23 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions the Advisor may take.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets the guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

  ·  

Maximum Volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

A-30


Table of Contents
  ·  

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

Vote AGAINST any proposal where:

 

  ·  

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

  ·  

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

  ·  

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

 

  ·  

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume in exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring), will be assessed CASE-BY-CASE based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

  ·  

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

 

  ·  

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. COMPENSATION24

Compensation Plans

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis consistent with the following principles:

 

  ·  

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

  ·  

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

  ·  

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

  ·  

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

  ·  

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

                                                             

24 See introductory information concerning proxies involving this issue and the supplementary actions an Advisor may take.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

5. OTHER ITEMS

Reorganizations/Restructurings

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

  ·  

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? An Advisor places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

  ·  

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

  ·  

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders or have special interests influenced directors and officers to support or recommend the merger?

 

  ·  

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to allow shareholders to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Reincorporation Proposals

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues

Generally vote FOR the management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals involving CSR Issues. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, an Advisor considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

An Advisor will communicate directly with a company when it believes a CSR issue may have economic ramifications for the shareholders. If a company is unresponsive to the concerns raised, an Advisor will reinforce board accountability by voting against or withholding from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.

Environmentally Screened Portfolios

With respect to environmentally screened portfolios, the Advisor will generally vote on shareholder proposals involving environmental issues in accordance with the following guidelines:

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

A-33


Table of Contents
  ·  

If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

  ·  

If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

  ·  

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

  ·  

The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

  ·  

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

  ·  

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

  ·  

The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

  ·  

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

  ·  

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

  ·  

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

  ·  

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

  ·  

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

  ·  

The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

  ·  

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Country of Incorporation vs. Country of Listing-Application of Policy

In general, country of incorporation will be the basis for policy application. US policies will be applied to the extent possible to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual and 10-Q quarterly reports and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges

Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs), will be subject to the following policy:

Vote AGAINST (or WITHHOLD from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. In all other cases, equity compensation plans will be evaluated according to the US Proxy Voting Guidelines.

All other voting items will be evaluated using the International Proxy Voting Guidelines.

FPIs are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S.

 

A-35